THE JOURNAL
of the
Acoustical Society of America
VOL. 47, NUMBERS 1-6 INDEX 1970
Index to Volume 47
Classification of Subjects....................................1619
Author Index to Volume 47 ................................... 1623
Inventor Index to Acoustical Patents, Volume 47 ............. 1639
Analytic Subject Index to Volume 47 ......................... 1651
Acoustical Society of America
The Acoustical Society of America was founded in 1929 to increase and diffuse the
knowledge of acoustics and promote its practical applications. Any person or corporation
interested in acoustics is eligible for membership in this society.
Annual Dues : Fellows and Members, $25 ; Associates, $20; Associates after the Sth year, $25 ;
Students, $7.50 (after 3 years, $20) ; Sustaining Members, $200. Further information concerning
membership, together with application blanks, may be obtained by addressing the Administrative
Secretary of the Society.
OFFICERS 1970-1971
Vincent Salmon
Stanford Research Institute
Menlo Park, California 94025
John C. Johnson
Pennsylvania State University
Box 30
State College, Pennsylvania 16801
John V. Bouyoucos
General Dynamics/Electronics
1400 North Goodman Street
Rochester, New York 14609
President
President-Elect
Vice-President
Kenneth Stevens	Vice-President-Elect
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Massachusetts Avenue
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
Wallace Waterfall	Secretary Emeritus
Acoustical Society of America and Treasurer
335 East 45 Street
New York, New York 10017
Betty H. Goodfriend Administrative Secretary
Acoustical Society of America
335 East 45 Street
New York, New York 10017
R. Bruce Lindsay
Department of Physics
Brown University
Providence, Rhode Island 02912
Editor-in-Chief
The officers are also members of the Executive and the Technical Councils
EXECUTIVE COUNCILMEN
Isadore Rudnick
Department of Physics
University of California
Los Angeles, California 90024
Manfred R. Schroeder
Drittes Physikalisches Instftut
Universitat Gottingen
34 Gottingen, Germany
John A. Swets
Bolt Beranek & Newman Inc.
50 Moulton Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
Tony Embleton
Division of Applied Physics
National Research Council
Ottawa 7, Ontario, Canada
Murray Strasberg
Naval Ship and Development Center
Washington, D. C. 20007
Karl Uno Ingard
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Physics Department
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
Henning von Gierke
Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory
Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio 45433
Technical Councilmen
Editorial Board
M. J. Kodaras, Architectural Acoustics
R. S. Woollett, Engineering Acoustics
Arthur H. Benade, Musical Acoustics
G. C. Maling, Jr., Noise
M. A. Breazeale, Physical Acoustics
D. M. Green, Psychological and Physiological
Acoustics
R. R. Bouche, Shock and Vibration
Douglas L. Hogan, Speech Communication
J. Е. Barger, Underwater Acoustics
Vernon M. Albers
James E. Burke
Peter B. Denes
Floyd Dunn
Frederick H. Fisher
David M. Green
Cyril M. Harris
Mones E. Hawley
Arturs Kalnins
R. Bruce Lindsay
Richard H. Lyon
Rudolph H. Nichols, Jr.
Thomas D. Northwood
Harry F. Olson
Russell R. Pfeiffer
Arnold M. Small
John C. Snowdon
Martin Sonn
Murray Strasberg
William A. Von Winkle
Frederick E. White
Robert W. Young
Please see inside back cover for information on subscriptions and submission of papers
Permission Is hereby granted by this journal for anyone to reproduce a fractional part of any paper In this Issue if he obtains permission from Its author (s)
and credit Is given the author (s) and this journal. Notification to the Director of Publications of the American Institute of Physics is also required. An
author, or his research sponsor, may reproduce his paper in full, crediting this journal, this permission Is not assignable. Reproduction of whole articles for
commercial purposes requires consent of the author and specific permission from AIP, but the making of a single copy for scientific purpo es Is considered
"fair use." Although this journal is copyrighted, the right of the V. S. Government to unrestricted copying for Its own use. of material originating In Its
laboratories or under its contracts, is specifically recognized. Published monthly by the American Institute of Physica for the Acoustical Society of America
at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa.
9-29-70
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
INDEX
1970
Table of Contents
Classification of Subjects........................„	. , . ..............................................1619
Author Index to Volume 47 .
.......................................1623
Inventor Index to Acoustical Patents, Volume 47 ............................................... 1639
Analytic Subject Index to Volume 47 .
1651

INDEX TO VOLUME 47
R. Bruce Lindsay
Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912
How to Use This Index
This volume index is similar in form to the cumulative indexes
of this Journal, covering respectively, Volumes 1-10, 11-20,
21-30, 31-35, 36-44 and it is composed of three main
divisions:
1.	Author Index to Volume 47
2.	Inventor Index to Acoustical Patents, Volume 47
3.	Analytic Subject Index to Volume 47
The Subject Index to Volume 47 of The Journal of the Acous-
tical Society of America lists the titles of all items as they have
appeared in the Journal. They are grouped under the 17
major section headings as listed in the Classification of Sub-
jects, which follows immediately after these paragraphs. Each
of these sections is subdivided into a considerable number of
decimally numbered subjects. Each subject is further sub-
divided into 9 parts entitled, respectively.
1.	Papers	5.	Subtitles
2.	Letters to the Editor	6.	Patents
3.	Technical Notes and Research 7. Book Reviews
Briefs	8.	News
4.	Abstracts	9.	Errata
Papers catalogs alphabetically by title those Journal papers
covered by the specific area of the decimal heading under
which these are listed. Abstracts lists alphabetically the
titles of papers presented at meetings. Subtitles includes some
subtitles from Papers whose titles do not fully describe all the
areas covered therein; specially “devised” subtitles when such
did not appear in the Paper itself; and some Figure captions.
Thus, while the Subtitles portion of the Index is informal, it is
hoped that it will increase the probability of finding the de-
sired information quickly. Patents lists alphabetically the
titles of all Patents as they have appeared in the Journal.
References on most subjects can be located immediately by a
logical use of the Classification of Subjects. In the case where
the reference sought is of an unusual character, where there is
uncertainty as to the specific area under which it might have
been classified, it can usually be located quite quickly by the
process of eliminating those sections and subjects under which
it is quite improbable that the reference might have been
listed. Very often, items have been cross referenced. Obviously,
the author or inventor indexes are more convenient than the
Subject Index when one knows the name of the author of the
paper or the inventor of the patent of interest.
The reader, or his librarian, should go over the list of Errata
(Section 0.1) and either make the indicated corrections in the
original papers in the Journal or enter a note alongside the
title of the original paper itself: "See Erratum, Vol. XX, p. xxx.
The References to Contemporary Papers on Acoustics are
identified in each issue of the Journal where they appear by
the same decimal numbers listed in the Classification of Sub-
jects, and may be consulted for references in journals other
than our own. In Volume 47, these references can be found
beginning on pages 24, 729, and 1163.
CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS
EFFECTIVE 1 JANUARY 1970
This supersedes all previous classifications; there have been major changes and additions. All contributors
of manuscripts are urged to study the new classifications very carefully to decide accurately to which
Associate Editor the Manuscript should be submitted.
0	GENERAL
0.1	Errata
0.2	Conferences, Lectures, and Announcements, not of the
Acoustical Society of America
0.3	Nonacoustical	Theories
0.4	Nonacoustical	Devices
0.5 Notes on General Acoustics
0.6 Biographical, Historical, and Personal Notes, not of
the Acoustical Society of America
0.7 Editorials
1	ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
1.1	General, Unclassified
1.2	Constitution and Bylaws
1.3	History
1.4	Honorary Members
1.5	Meetings
1.6	Members and Membership Lists, Personal Notes
1.7	Committee Activities
1.8	Prizes, Medals, and Other Awards
1.9	Regional Chapters
2	ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS
2.1	General, Unclassified
2	2 Auditorium and Enclosure Design . (See also 7 6)
2.3	Studies of Existing Auditoria and Enclosures
2.4	Sound Absorption in Enclosures. Theory and Mea-
surement. (See also 2.5)
2.5	Materials for Sound Absorption in Enclosures. Values
of Absorption Coefficients and Acoustic Impedances
2.6	Noise Reduction by Increased Enclosure Absorption.
(See also 7.6)
2.7	Reverberation and Echoes. (See also 2.3, 2.4, 2.8, 2.9,
2.10,	11.2, 11.4, and 11.7.) Normal modes in En-
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1619
CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS
closures, Diffusivity, Frequency Response. Subjective
Effects. (See also 17.2 and 17.3)
2.8	Reverberation-Measuring Instruments. (See also 2.7
and 5.15)
2.9	Sound Transmission through Walls, Theory and
Measurement of. (See also 2.10)
2.10	Sound-Insulating Structures. Values of Transmission
Coefficients. (See also 7.6)
2.11	Vibration-Insulating Supports in Building Acoustics.
(See also 5.21 and 12.3i)
2.12	Damping of Panels
2.13	Anechoic Chamber Design. Wedges
2.14	Sound-Reinforcement Systems for Enclosures
2.15	Computer Simulation of Acoustics in Enclosures.
Modeling
3	BOOKS, BIBLIOGRAPHIES, AND SURVEYS
3.1	Books and Book Reviews
3.2	Bibliographies
3.3	Patents
3.4	Surveys and Tutorial Papers, Historical and Philo-
sophical Literature
4	PHYSIOLOGICAL AND	PSYCHOLOGICAL
ACOUSTICS
4.1	General, Unclassified
4.2	Anatomy and Physiology	of	the	Ear
4.2.1	Middle Ear Mechanics
4.2.2	Cochlear Mechanics
4.2.3	Models of the Ear
4.2.4 Cochlear Electrophysiology
4.2.5 Auditory Nerve and Central Pathways
4.3	Binaural Hearing. Localization
4.4	Deafness. Audiometry. (See also 5.5)
4.4.5 Auditory Fatigue. Temporary Threshold Shift
4.5	Instruments Relating to Hearing and for the Testing
of Hearing. (See also 5.5)
4.6	Loudness. Threshold Determinations. Meters. (See
also 5.15)
4.7	Masking. (See also 5.5)
4.8	Phase Effects. (See also 4.3)
4.9	Pitch. Absolute Pitch
4.10	Subjective Tones
4.11	Theories of Hearing
4.12	Timbre
4.13	Acoustic Impedance of the Ear
4.14	Ear Protectors. Earplugs. (See also 5.7)
4.15	Perception of Signals by the Ear
4.16	Vibration and Tactile Senses
5	ACOUSTICAL INSTRUMENTS AND
APPARATUS
5.1	General, Unclassified
5.2	Amplifiers and Attenuators
5.3	Acoustic Impedance Measureme nt. (See al soil 5 and
12.3z)
5.4	Analyzers and Filters. Spectrum and Frequency
Analyzers. Acoustic and Electric Oscillograj ths.
Acoustic Delay lines and Resonators .(See also 5.15
and 12.3f)
5.5	Audiometers. (See also 4.4 and 4.5)
5.6	Broadcasting (Radio and Television)
5.7	Ear Protectors and Earplugs. (See also 4.14)
5.8	Loudspeakers and Horns. Practical Sound Sources.
(See also 5.13, 5.17, and 5.18)
5.9	Microphones and their Calibration. (See also 5.18,
12.3p, and 14.1 It)
5.10	Navigational Instruments Using Sound in Air.
Altitude-Measuring Instruments. Sound Ranging in
Air. (For Underwater Ranging, see 13.1 In)
5.11	Electrical and Mechanical Oscillators
5.12	Phase Meters
5.13	Sound Reproducing Systems. Pib he Add ressS ysterns.
Sound Reinforcement Systems, gee a ho 214).
Stereophonic Reprod uction A utomat’ic Vd ume C on-
trol
5.14	Rayleigh Disks
5.15	Sound Level Meters. Level Records. Sound Pressure
Measurement Loudness Meters and Controllers. (See
also 5.4)
5.16	Sound Recording and Reproducing Systems, General
5 .16d M ech anical R ecoid’ing and R epnrl ucnigS ystem s
5,16	f Photographic Recording and Reproducing Systems
5.16	m Magnetic Recording and Reproducing Systems
5.16s	Electrostatic Recording and Reproducing Systems
5.17	Telephones. Earphones. Sound Power Telephones and
Intercommunication Systems. (See also 5.13)
5.18	Transducing Principles, Materials and Structures,
General. (See also 5.8, 5.9, 5.17, 10.3, 12.3p, 13.7 and
13.lit)
5.18d	Electrodynamic Transducers
5.18e	Electrostatic Transducers
5.18f	Magnetostrictive Transducers
5.18g	Electromagnetic Trnasducers
5.18h	Feedback Transducers
5.18p	Piezoelectric and Ferroelectric Transducers
5.19	Tuning Forks, Frequency Standards. Frequency
Measuring and Recording Instruments. Time Stand-
ards. Chronographs
5.20	Tone and Wave Synthesizers
5.21	Devices for Generating or Damping as well as Measur-
ing Vibrations. (See also 12.3, 12.3i, 12.3p, and 12.3v)
5.22	Distortion: Frequency, Nonlinear Phase and Tran-
sient , Measurement of Distortion.
5 23 Medical Instrumentation Acoustic. (See also 16.8)
5.24	Computers in Acoustics. (See also 2.15, 6.14, and 9.9)
5.25	Noise: Measurement and Control (See also 7.7)
5.26	Velocity and Amplitude Measurement
6	MUSIC AND MUCISAL INSTRUMENTS
6.1	General, Unclassified
6.2	Bells, Xylophones. Other Instruments having Rigid
Vibrators
6.3	Brass Wind Instruments (Lip-Vibrated)
6.4	Drums and Other Membranophon'ic Instruments
6.5	Pipe Organs
6.6	Pianos and Other Keyboard Stringed Instruments
6.7	Violin Family. Stringed Instruments other than Key-
board Type
6.8	Wood Winds
6.9	Electrical Musical Instruments
6.10	Reed Organs. Accordians. Harmonicas
6.11	Singing
6.12	Intonation. Vibrato. Musical Scales. Musical Com-
position
6.13	Electronic Music. Computer Music
7	NOISE AND NOISE CONTROL
7.1	General, Unclassified
7	?_ Annoyance .Effect of Noise on Hum in Beings (See
also 4.4,4 .4 5 , and 16 .7)
7.4	Community Noise
7.5	Noise Spectra
7.6	Noise in Buildings. (See also 2.2)
7.7	Machinery Noise. Mufflers. Noise Silencers (See also
2.25)
1620 Volume 47	1970
CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS
7.8	Noise Generators (Solid, Liquid and Gaseous)
7.10	Aerodynamics and Jet Noise. (See also 14.2). Sonic
Boom
8	STANDARDS
8.1	General, Unclassified
9	SPEECH COMMUNICATION
9.1	General, Unclassified
9.2	Anatomy and Physiology of the Larynx and the Vocal
Tract
9.3	Acoustic Analysis of Speech
9.4	Speech Synthesis
9.5	Perception of Speech. (See also 4.15)
9.6	Measures of Speech Perception, Intelligibility	and
Quality, and of the Transmission of Information by
Speech
9.7	Phonetics, Linguistics. Statistics of Language. Cy-
bernetics
9.8	Systems for Speech Transmission
9.9	Instruments for Speech Measurement and Processing.
Use of Computers
9.10	Machine Recognition of	Speech
10	ULTRASONICS
10.1	General, Unclassified
10.2	Physical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. Optical Dif-
fraction. Ultrasonic Processing. Acoustic Visualiza-
tion. Holography. Interaction of Light and Sound
10.3	Ultrasonic Instruments. (See also 5.18)
10.4	Gases, Ultrasonic Velocity, Dispersion and Attenua-
tion in. (See also 11.3)
10.5	Liquids, Ultrasonic Velocity, Dispersion and Attenua-
tion in (See also 13.2 and 13.3)
10.6	Solids, Ultrasonic Velocity and Attenuation in. (See
also 12.7)
10.7	Hypersonics (Pretersonics). Brillouin Scattering
10.8	Chemical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves
10.9	Biological Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. (See also 16.4
and 16.9)
10.10	Ultrasonic Relaxation Processes in Solids, Liquids, and
Gases
10.11	Plasma Acoustics
10.12	Low-Temperature Acoustics. Sound in Liquid Helium
11	RADIATION AND SCATTERING
11.1	General, U nclassified
11.1.5 Analogies
11.2	Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, and Interference
of Sound Waves, Scattering
11.3	Velocity and Attentuation of Sound Waves. (See also
10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 13.2, and 13.3)
11.4	Waves in Bounded Media. Normal Modes. (See also
11.6)
11.5 Radiation front Vibrating Objects in Air and Other
Gases, Acoustic Impedance, Sources of Sound. (See
also 5.3, 5.8, 12.3a, and 13.7)
116. Wave Propagation in Tubes
11.7	Mathematical Theory of Wave Propagation. Ray
Acoustics. (See alo 11.1.5 and 12.7)
11.8	Physical Effects of Sound. (See also 10.2 and 12.11)
11.9	Sounds in the Atmosphere. Infrasound
12	MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS AND SHOCK
12.1	General, Unclassified
12.3 Instruments and Apparatus Relating to Vibration and
Shock. (See also 5.3, 5.4, 5.9, and 5.29)
12.3f Mechanical Filters. (See also 5.4)
12.3i	Vibration Isolators, Attenuators, and Dampers. (See
also 2.11 and 5.21)
12.3p Vibration Pickups and I ndicators, Calibration Equip-
ment and Techniques. (See also 5.9, 5.18, and 13.1 It)
12.3v Vibration Generators. Shake Tables. (See also 5.21)
12.3z Mechanical Impedance Measurement. (See also 5.3
and 11.5)
12.5 Shock. (See also 14.2 and 13.10)
12.7	Experimental and Theoretical	Studies of Vibrating
Systems. (See also 11.15, 11.4, and 11.7)
12.7.1	Vibrations of Strings,	Rods,	and	Beams
12.7.2	Vibrations of Plates
12.7.3	Vibrations of Shells
12.	9 Biological effects of Vibration and Shock. (See also
10.9, 16.2, and 16.3)
12.1	0 Seismology. Geophysical Prospecting. Seismographs.
12.1	1 Effect of Sound on Structures. Fatigue. (See also 11.8)
12.1	3 Nonlinear Vibration. (See also 14.2)
13	UNDERWATER SOUND
13.1	General, Unclassified
13.2	Propagation of Sound in Water, Attentuation, Fluctu-
ation
13.3	Velocity of Sound in Water. Refraction. Doppler
Effect
13.4	Reflection. Echoes. Structures for Absorpbing Sound
in Water
115	Interference Diffraction
13.6	Scattering. Reverberation in Water
13.7	Radiation from Objects Vibrating under Water.
Acoustic and Mechanical Impedance. Normal Modes.
(See also 5.3, 11.5, and 12.3z)
13.8	Sound Generation by Liquid Motion. Bubbles.
Splashes. Turbulence. (See also 13.12 and 14.7)
13.9	Noise in Water. Ship Noise. Flow Noise. Biological
Noises. (See also 7.7 and 14.7)
13.10	Underwater Macrosonics. Explosions. Distortion. (See
also 5.22, 14.2, and 12.5)
13.11	1 nstruments Relat ing to Underwater Sound. Calibrat-
ing Devices
13.1111	Navigational Instruments Using Underwater Sound.
Underwater I jstening and Echo-Ranging Devices .
Sonar.
13.lit	Transducers for Underwater Sound. Transducer
Calibration . (See alo 5.18)
13.12	Acoustic Cavitation. (See also 14.2)
14	AEROACOUSTICS: MACROSONICS
14.1	General, Unclassified
14 2 Macrosonic Propagation Distortion of the Wavefront .
Shock Waves. Blast Waves. Supersonic Boom. (See
also 7.10)
14.3	Gross Movement of Matter by Sound \\ aves.
Acoustic Streaming
14.4	Radiation Pressure. (See also 5.14)
145 I nteraction of Sound with Sound
14.6	Interaction of Fluid Motion and Sound
14.7	Generation of Sound by Fluid Flow
14.8	Aerothermoacoustics
15	ACOUSTIC SIGNAL PROCESSING
15.1	General, Unclassified
15.2	Statistical Theory of Signals
15.3	Space-Time Processing Methods.	Automatic Recog-
nition. Acoustic Holography
15.4	Displays and Sensory pattern Recognition. learning
Machines
15.5	Instrumentation (See also 5 Л4)
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1621
CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS
16	BIOACOUSTICS	16.8	Medical Diagnosis with Acoustics. (See also 5.23)
16.1	General, Unclassified	16.9	Medical Use of Ultrasonics for Tissue Modification.
16.2	Acoustic Characteristics of Biological Media. Molec- ular Species. Cellular Level. Tissues.		(Permanent and Temporary). (See also 10.9)
16.3	Acoustic Measurement Methods in Biological Systems	17	STATISTICAL METHODS IN ACOUSTICS
	and Media	17.1	General, Unclassified
16.4	Mechanisms of Action of Acoustic Energy on Bio-	17.2	Stationary Response of Rooms and Structures to
	logical Systems. Physical Processes. Sites of Action		Noise Sources
16.5	Use of Acoustic Energy (with or without other forms)	17.3	Spatial Statistics of Room Response and of Structural
	in Studies of Structure and Function of Biological		Vibration
	Systems	17.4	Statistical Modeling of Vibrating Systems, including
16.6	Sound Generation and Detection by Animals. (See		Rooms and Structures, Stationary and Nonstationary
	also 4.15 and 4.16)	17.5	Measurement of Vibration Statistics
16.7	Role of Acoustic Energy in the Integrated Behavior	17.6	Random Testing
	of Animals	17.7	Development of Test Levels
1622 Volume 47	1970
Author Index to Volume 47
Numerals in boldface type refer to volume numbers. (A) designates Abstract; (L) designates
Letter to the Editor; (TNRB) designates Technical Notesand Research Briefs; (T) designates Title
only; (AN) designates Acoustical News. A separate Inventor Index to Acoustical Patents
appears at the end of the regular Author Index.
A
Aas, Herbert G. (see Erf, Robert K.). 47: 968(TNRB)—1970
Ablow, С. M. (see Aggarwal, H. R.). 47: 1461 (L)—1970
Abramson, Arthur S. (see Sawashima, Masayuki). 47: 105(A)
—1970
Achenbach, J. D. and S. J. Fang. Asymptotic analysis of the
modes of wave propagation in a solid cylinder. 47: 1282—•
1970
Adams, W. B. (see Zwislocki, J. J.). 47: 96(A)—1970
Adler, Laszlo and M. A. Breazeale. Parametric excitation of
ultrasonic waves. 47: 82(A)—1970
Aggarwal, H. R. and С. M. Ablow. On the Rayleigh equation
for elastic surface waves. 47: 1461 (L)—1970
Aitkin, L. M., D. J. Anderson, and J. F. Brugge. Frequency or-
ganization and response characteristics of single neurons in
the nuclei of the lateral lemniscus of the cat. 47: 59(A)—
1970
----(see Brugge, J. F.). 47: 77(A)—1970
Alippi, A. and L. Palmieri. Determination of ultrasonic ab-
sorption coefficient by optical holography. 47 : 73(A)-—1970
Allegra, John, Stephen Hawley, and Gerald Holton. Pressure
dependence of the ultrasonic absorption in toluene and
hexane. 47: 144—1970
----(see Hawley, Stephen). 47: 137—1970
Allen, George. Temporal structure in speed production. 47:
58(A)—1970
Allen, Harry E. Some unexplained phase shifts in axial radia-
tion for direct-radiator loudspeakers. 47 : 80 (A)—-1970
Allen, Jonathan. The glottal stop as a junctural correlate in
English. 47: 57(A)—1970
Almeida, Jose (seeYacoub, Kamal). 47: 124(A)—1970
Alterovitz, S. (see Elkin, S.). 47: 937(b)—1970
Ambler, Stephen (see Haggard, Mark). 47: 613—1970
Anderson, Charles H. New sensitive spectrometer for 10-300
GHz acoustic phonons. 47: 72 (T)—1970
Anderson, D. J., J. E. Rose, J. E. Hind, and J. F. Brugge.
Temporal position of discharges in single auditory nerve
fibers within the cycle of a sine-wave stimulus. 47 : 59(A) —
1970
— (see Aitkin, L. M ). 47: 59(A)—1970
----(see Brugge, J. F.). 47: 77(A)—1970
Anderson, G. L. (see Walter, W. \V.). 47: 55(A), 1398—1970
Anderson, J. H. (see Bench, E. J.). 47: 1602—1970
Anderson, John (see Ridgway, Sam H.). 47: 67 (A)—1970
Ando, Y. and H. Hatton. Effects of intense noise during foetal
life upon postnatal adaptability (statistical study of the re-
actions of babies to aircraft noise). 47: 1128—1970
Andrews, F. A. (see Eberhardt, F. J.). 47: 116(A)—1970
Angona, F. A. Threshold of cavitation at elevated pressure. 47:
108(A)—1970
Apfel, Robert E. Role of vapor-cavity dynamics in cavitation-
threshold determination. 47: 108(A)—1970
Appleman, D. Ralph. Radiological find ings in the study of vocal
registers. 47: 120(A)—1970
Armenakas, Anthony E. Propagation of harmonic waves in
composite circular-cylindrical rods. 47: 822—1970
Arons, A. B. Evolution of explosion pressure-wave character-
istics in the region relatively close to the origin. 47: 91 (A)—
1970
Asp, Carl W. and Connie Lawrence. Measurement and operant
conditioning of the vocalization of preschool deaf children.
47: 129(A)—1970
Atal, B. S. Determination of the vocal- tract shape directly
from the speech wave. 47: 65(A)—1970
----Speech analysis and synthesis by linear prediction of the
speech wave. 47: 65(A)—1970
Aupperle, F. A. and R. F. Lambert. Effects of roughness on
measured wall-pressure fluctuations beneath a turbulent
boundary layer. 47: 359—1970
Ayre, Robert S. (see Kemper, John I).) .47 : 846,852 -1970
В
Backus, John. The Acoustical Foundation of Music reviewed by
Daniel W. Martin. 47: 728—1970
----and T. C. Hundley. Trumpet air-column overloading. 47:
131(A)—1970
Bander, T. J. and В. P. Hildebrand. Analysis' of the liquid
surface motion in liquid surface acoustical holography. 47:
81 (A)—1970
Bartram, James F. Signal processing for the detection of
acoustic transients. 47: 91 (A)—1970
------ and David A. Pitassi. Signal waveform design for a cor-
relation echo sounder. 47: 123(A)—1970
Bass, Alan (see Peltzman, Philip). 47 : 444(TNKB)—1970
Bauer, Benjamin B. Comments on “Effect of air bubbles in
the external auditory meatus on underwater hearing thresh-
olds” f H. Hollien and J. F. Brandt, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 46,
384 387 (1969)] 47: 1465(L)—1970
Beck, M. and W. Strong. Single-concept films for classroom
demonstration. 47: 132(A)—1970
Beitin, К. I. On the forced vibration of a nonlinear stretched
string. 47: 126(A)—1970
Bellini, P. X. and F. J. Dzialo. Forced vibration of cylindrically
orthotropic circular plates. 47: 940(L)—1970
Bench, R. J., J. H. Anderson, and Margaret Hoare. Measure-
ment system for fetal audiometry. 47: 1602—1970
Bendat, J. S. Real-time signal processing: introductory re-
marks. 47: 69(A)—1970
Berendt, Raymond, George E. Winzer, and Courtney R. Bur-
roughs. Airborne, Impact, and Structure-Ho.-ne Control in
Mullifamily Dwellings reviewed by Ron Moulder. 47: 22—
1970
Bergman, J. G., Jr. (see Warner, A. \V.). 47: 791—1970
Berkley,D. A. (seeMitchell,О. M.M .) .47 :84(A)—1970
Berlin, С. I., M. E. Willet, C. L. Thompson, J. K. Cullen, Jr.,
and S. S. Lowe. Voiceless-versus-voiced consonant-vowel
perception in dichotic and monotic listening. 47: 75(A)—
1970
•—-— (see Lowe, S. S.). 47: 76(A)—1970
Berman, M. S., M. C. Schultz, and W. P. Tanner, Jr. Speech
intelligibility: a model and an experimental study. 47: 71(A)
—1970
Bernard, Michael C. and John W. Shipley. Fatigue damage
under wide-band random stress. 47: 390(L)—1970
Bert, Charles W. (see Siu, Chun Chung). 47: 943(L)—1970
Bess, F. H. and T. D. Clack. Monaural masking patterns in
normal and abnormal listeners. 47: 107 (A)—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1623
AUTHOR INDEX
Beyer, Robert T. and Stephen V. Letcher. Physical Ultra-
sonics reviewed by F. H. Fisher. 47: 978—1970
---- (see Moffett, M. B.). 47: 82(A), 1241, 1473 (L)—1970
Bhatia, A. B. and E. Tong. Brillouin scattering in liquids of
high viscosity. 47: 65 (A)—1970
Bickel, Henry J. Real-time shock-spectrum analyzer employing
time compression and synthesizing undamped response char-
acteristics. 47: 87 (A)—1970
-	——, A. Citrin, and R. Vogel. Ubiquitous analyzers—theory,
operation, and performance. 47 : 69 (A)—1970
Bies, David A. and Richard F. Carmichael. Investigation of a
noise problem in the cockpit of a fighter airplane. 47: 121 (A)
—1970
----(see Catton, I.). 47: 122(A)—1970
Bilger, R. C. and N. T. Hopkinson. Masking of low-frequency
tones by high-frequency bands of noise and frequency-
modulated tones. 47: 107 (A)—1970
Bilsen, Frans A. and Roelof J. Ritsma. Some parameters in-
fluencing the perceptibility of pitch. 47:469—1970
Bixler, О. C. (see Kasper, P. K.). 47: 82(A)—1970
Blacket, K. (see Purves, B.). 47 : 93(A)—1970
Blaesser, H. (see Straessner, P. M.). 47: 87 (A)—1970
	 (see Winkler, Joerg). 47 : 69(A)—1970
Blake, William K. Turbulent-boundary-layer pressure fluctu-
ations over rough walls. 47: 92 (A)—1970
	and David M. Chase. Wavenumber-frequency spectra of
turbulent boundary layer pressure measured by microphone
arrays. 47: 92 (A)—1970
Blakney, D. F. (see Vogel, J. W.). 47:89(A)—1970
Blend, Harvey. Free-field technique for measuring ulatrsonic
dispersion and absorption in gases. 47: 757—-1970
Blesser, B. A. Inadequacy of a spectral description in rela-
tionship to speech perception. 47: 66(A)—1970
Bobeczko, Michael S. (see Chanaud, Robert C.). 47: 1471 (L)
—1970
Bolleter, U. and R. C. Chanaud. Modal analysis of sound prop-
agation in a circular duct and application to in-duct sound
measurements. 47: 116(A)—1970
	and W. Soedel. Dynamic Green’s function technique ap-
plied to shells loaded by moments. 47: 126(A)—1970
Bolt, Richard H., Franklin S. Cooper, Edward E. David, Jr.,
Peter B. Denes, James M. Pickett, and Kenneth N.
Stevens. Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: a
scientists’ view of its reliability for legal purposes. 47: 597-—
1970
Bom, N. and B. W. Conolly. Zero-crossing shift as a detection
method. 47: 1408-1970
Boone, J. N., L. H. Royster, and R. A. Nelson, Jr. Mathema-
tical model for the class II flextensional underwater acoustic
transducer. 47: 71(A)—1970
•---(see Nelson, R. A., Jr.). 47 •. 71 (A)—1970
Botsford, James H. and Barry R. Laks. Noise hazard meter.
47: 90(A)—1970
Bourbon, Walter T. and Carl J. Hehmsoth. Effects of intensity
on critical bands. 47: 129(A)—1970
Bower, Deborah (see Dirks, Donald D.). 47: 1003—1970
Bowman, H. S. Some aspects of frontal infrasound. 47:109 (A)
—1970
Boyle, A. J. (see Johnstone, В. M.). 47: 504—1970
Boyles, C. Allen. Multiple Scattering of a pulse from a random
collection of volume scatterers. 47: 62(A)—1970
Brackenridge, J. B., F. E. Geib, Jr., G. Maidanik, and G.
Remmers. Measurement of the convection velocity in
spectral space. 47: 92(A)—1970
Bradfield, G. and R. Stem. On the influence of lattice defects
upon third-order elastic constants. 47: 386 (L)—1970
Braida, L. D. Sensitivities in absolute identification, magnitude
estimation, and category scaling. 47: 96(A)—1970
Braun, S. Easy method for measuring the natural frequency
and damping ratio of electro-magnetic seismic vibration
pick-ups. 47: 968 (TNRB)—1970
Bray, D. E. and R. D. Finch. Pulse excitation of railway wheels.
47: 114(A)—1970
Breazeale, M. A. (see Adler, Laszlo). 47: 82(A)-—1970
Brehm, L. W. (see Jelinek, R. E.). 47: 100(A)—1970
Bricker, Peter D. and Sandra Pruzansky. Comparison of sort-
ing and pairwise similarity judgment techniques br scaling
auditory stimuli. 47: 96(A)—1970
----(see Levitt, H.). 47: 1583—1970
Briggs, Renee (see Perrott, David R.). 47: 565—1970
Brigham, G. A. Comparison between theory and experiment
for mechanical Luneberg lens. 47: 56(A)—1970
Brill, Donald and H. Uberall. Transmitted waves in the dif-
fraction of sound from liquid cylinders. 47: 1467 (L)—1970
Brillouin,L eon. Birth and growth of Brillouin scattering. 47:
56 (T)—1970
Britt, R. (see Starr, A.). 47: 59(A)—1970
Broad, David J. and Ralph H. Fertig. Formant-frequency tra-
jectories in selected CVC-syllable nuclei. 47: 1572—1970
Broadhead, John (see Marchessault, Joseph). 47:98(A)—1970
Broca, Laurent A. Doppler characteristics of a sonar signal
propagating through an anisotropic medium whose index of
ref raction is a f unction of time. 47 : 265-1970
Broch, Jens Trampe and Hans P. Olesen. On the frequency
analysis of mechanical shocks and single impluses. 47: 87 (A)
—1970
Broek, H. W. Possible relations between a plane wave and
waves refracted from large, weak inhomogeneities. 47: 102
(A)—1970
Brooks, Maria Zagorska. Nasal Vowels in Contemporary
Polish reviewed by Henry Kucera. 47: 979—1970
Brouns, Austin J. Plane-wave tube for low-audio-frequency
and infrasonic acoustic measurements. 47: 80(A), 1145—
1970
Browman, С. P., С. H. Coker, and N. Umeda. Toward rules
for natural prosodic features in American English. 47:
95(A)—1970
Brown, M. Vertner and Alfred Saenger. Fluctuations in the
reflections of low-frequency acoustic pulses from the ocean
surface. 47: 113(A)—1970
Brown, W. S., Jr., Robert E. McGlone, and William R. Prof-
fit. Lingual and intraoral air-pressure variations as a func-
tion of vocal intensity. 47: 104(A)—1970
Browning, David G. (see Mellen, Robert H.). 47: 92 (A)—1970
Broz, A., M. Harrigan, R. Kasten, and A. Monkewicz. Light
scattered from thermal fluctuations in gases. 47: 64(A)—
1970
Bruce, R. D. Noise control for high-speed punch presses. 47:
122(A)—1970
Brugge, J. F., D. J. Anderson, and L. M. Aitkin. Sensitivity of
single neurons in the dorsal nucleus of the lateral lemniscus
of the cat to binaural tonal stimulation. 47: 77(A)—-1970
---- (see Aitkin, L. M.). 47: 59(A)—1970
---- (see Anderson, D. J.). 47: 59(Aj—1970
Brya, W. J., S. Geschwind, and G. E. Devlin. Direct observa-
tion of a phonon bottleneck in nickel-doped magnesium
oxide using Brillouin light scattering. 47 : 64 (Aj—197 0
Bryan, George M. (see Stoll, Robert D.). 47: 1440—1970
Buchta, Edmund. Distributions of transportation and com-
munity noise. 47: 60(A)—-1970
Bums, R. N. (see Galloway, W. J.). 47: 87 (A)—1970
Burrin, R. H. Effects of atmospheric variations on sound
propagation. 47: 63(A)—1970
Burroughs, Courtney B. (see Berendt, Raymond D_). 47: 22—
1970
Burstein, E. (see Ito, R.). 47: 56(A)—1970
Butler, John L. New method of acoustical radiation problems
with mixed-boundary values. 47: 55 (A)—1970
1624 Volume 47	1970
AUTHOR INDEX
------ and Charles H. Sherman. Acoustic radiation from par-
tially coherent line sources. 47: 1290—1970
Buxton, Lawrence F. Age and sex differences in speech under
delayed auditory feedback. 47: 58 (A)—1970
Byram, G. W. and G. V. Olds. Computer display of array
characteristics. 47: 55(A)—-1970
c
Cachier, G. Laser excitation of microwave sound. 47: 64(A)—•
1970
Callow, Mo (see Haggard, Mark). 47: 613—-1970
Canahl, Julius A., Jr. Binaural masking of a tone by a tone
plus noise. 47: 476—1970
Carlisle, R. W. (seeSebesta, G. J.). 47:80(A)—1970
Carmichael, Richard F. (See Bies, David A.). 47: 121(A)—-
1970
Carney, George P. (see Shields, F. Douglas). 47: 1269—1970
Carome, E. F. The passing parade of European physical acous-
tics. 47: 1160 (AN)—1970
Carpenter, A. (see Corcoran, D. \V. J.). 47: 480—1970
Carrier, Samuel C. (see Hafter, Ervin R.). 47: 1041—1970
Carroll, J. Douglas (see Sen, Tapas K.). 47: 75 (A)—1970
Carterette, E. C. and D. C. Nagel. Auditory masking by many
sinusoids. 47: 106(A)—1970
Catton, I., Alan S. Hersch, and David Alan Bies. Effects of
shear flow on sound propagation in ducts. 47: 122 (A)—1970
Cavanaugh, William J. Foreword to proceedings of symposium
on modeling techniques in architectural acoustics. 47:400—
1970
Chanaud, Robert C. and Michael S. Bobeczko. Observations
of oscillatory radial flow between a fixed disk and a free disk.
47: 1471 (L)—1970
---- (see Bolleter, U.). 47: 116(A)—1970
---- (see Khosrovani, H.). 47: 115(A)—1970
Chase, David M. (see Blake, William K.). 47: 92(A)—1970
Chaves, John F. Lateralization and loudness summation. 47:
96(A)—1970
Cheatham, Mary Ann (see Dallos, Peter). 47: 60(A)—1970
Chertock, George. Numerical calculation of farfield of trans-
ducer array near critical frequency. 47: 55 (A)—1970
•---Solutions for sound-radiation problems by integral equa-
tions at the critical wavenumbers. 47: 387(L)—1970
Chi, Michael. Further numerical results on the plane-strain
vibrations of two-layered elastic cylinders. 47: 1462 (L)—
1970
Chiba, Seibi and Hiroaki Sakoe. Calculation of classification
functions using a large number of spoken word samples. 47:
83(A)—1970
Chillemi, Vincent E. (see Strumpf, F. Michael). 47: 74(A)—
1970
Chiong, Vicente T. (see Mainen, Michael W:). 47’. 1139(I.)—
1970
Christoff, Jerry P. (see Ortega, Jose C.). 47: 100(A)—1970
Chu, M. L. (see Mosse, A.). 47: 108(A), 1258—1970
Citrin, A. (see Bickel, H. J.). 47 : 69(A)—1970
Clack, T. D. Aural harmonics: measurements at f3 when fi
= 500 Hz. 47: 107 (A)—1970
---- (see Bess, F. H.). 47: 107(A)—1970
Clark, D. M. Subjective study of the sound-transmission class
system for rating building partitions. 47: 676—1970
Clark, J. A. and A. J. Durelli. Optical analysis of waves in con-
tinuous media. 47: 73(A)—1970
Clarke, P. R. and C. R. Hill. Physical and chemical aspects of
ultrasonic disruption of cells. 47: 649—1970
Clay, C. S. Polarity coincidence arrays. 47: 432—1970
----and M. J. Hinich. Use of a two-dimensional array to re-
ceive an unknown signal in a dispersive waveguide. 47: 435
—1970
----and H. Medwin. Dependence of spatial and temporal
correlation of forward-scattered underwater sound on the
surface statistics. I. Theory. 47: 1412—1970
---- (see Medwin, H.). 47: 1419—1970
Cohen, R. (see Khosrovani, H.). 47: 115(A)—1970
Coker, С. H. Articulatory timing in speech production; articu-
latory distinctive features. 47 : 94(A)—1970
—— and Sandra Pruzansky. Sort board for random access of
auditory stimuli. 47: 95(A)—-1970
----and N. Umeda. Acoustical properties of word boundaries
in English. 47: 94(A)—1970
----and N. Umeda. On vowel duration and pitch prominence.
47: 94(A)—1970
----(see Browman, С. P.). 47: 95(A)—1970
Colangelo, J. A. (see Kersta, L. G.). 47: 58(A)—1970
Colburn, H. S. Model of binaural hearing based on auditory
nerve patterns. 47: 130(A)—1970
Coleburn, N. L. Dynamic bulk moduli of several solids im-
pacted by weak shockwaves. 47: 269—1970
Coleman, R. F. and Harry Hollien. Comparative intelligibility
of monosyllabic word lists. 47:127 (A)—1970
Colton, Raymond H. Vocal intensity in the modal and falsetto
registers. 47: 105(A)—-1970
---- and Harry Hollien. Perceptual differentiation of the
modal and falsetto registers. 47: 105(A)—1970
---- (see Hollien, Harry ). 47: 121 (A)—1970
Conolly, B. W. (see Bom, N.). 47: 1408—1970
Cooke, Bill D. and Ronald Werchan. Mapping of ultrasonic
fields using liquid crystals. 47: 74(A)—1970
Cook, Richard K. Penetration of a sonic boom into water. 47:
1430—1970
---- Radiation into the atmosphere by underwater infra-
sound. 47: 109(A)—1970
Cooper, Franklin S. (see Bolt, Richard H.). 47: 597—1970
---- (see Sawashima, Masayuki). 47: 105(A)—1970
Coppens, Alan B. Computerized study of finite-amplitude
traveling waves confined to a duct. 47: 83(A)—1970
Copperman, N. Multidimensional analysis of similarity judg-
ments of multicomponent tones. 47: 95(A)—1970
Corcoran, D. W. J., J. L. Dennett, and A. Carpenter. Coopera-
tion of listener and computer in a recognition task: effects
of listener reliability. 47: 480—1970
Cosgrove, Michael A. Target detection using echo-to-echo
cross covariance. 47: 123(A)—1970
Cost, James R. (see Zimmer, J. E .). 47: 795—1970
Crandall, Stephen H. Distribution of maxima in the response
of an oscill ator to random excitation. 47: 838—1970
---- On the use of slowness diagrams to represent wave re-
flections. 47: 1338—1970
Crane, G. R. (see Warner, A. \V.). 47: 791—1970
Creelman, C. Douglas and Bruce E. Twining. Dichotic de-
tection of correlation between pulsed and continuous white
noise. 47: 129(A)—1970
Cremer, L. (see Reinicke, W.). 47: 131(A)—1970
Crocker, M. J. (see Price, A. J.). 47: 683—1970
Cron, Benjamin F. and Albert H. Nuttall. Spectrum of a re-
flected signal from a time-varying stochastic surface. 47:
112(A)—1970
Crouch, Wayne W. Comments on "Vertical directionality of
ambient noise in the deep ocean at a site near Bermuda”
EE. H. Axelrod, В. A. Schoomer, and \V. A. VonWinkle, J.
Acoust. Soc. Amer. 37, 77-83 (1965)] and “Ambient-noise
directivity measurements” QG. R. Fox, J. Acoust. Soc.
Amer. 36, 1537-1540 (1964)] 47: 394(L)—1970
Cruikshank, D. B. An experimental observation of nonlinear
pressure resonance in a piston-driven column of air in a
closed pipe. 47: 82(A)—1970
Crum, Lawrence A. The acoustic force on a liquid droplet in a
stationary sound field. 47: 82(A)—-1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1625
AUTHOR INDEX
---- (see Eller, Anthony I.). 47: 762—1970
Cullen, J. K., Jr. (see Berlin, С. I.). 47: 75 (A)—1970
---- (see Lowe, S. S.). 47: 76(A)—1970
D
Dahlke, H. E. and R. J. Kidani. Noise generated by a descend-
ing hydrophone. 47: 92 (A)—1970
Dallos, Peter, Mary Ann Cheatham, and Zahrl G. Schoeny.
Low-frequency characteristics of the auditory periphery.
47: 60(A) - 1970
D’Amico, P. M. (see Eriksson, L. J.). 47: 80(A)—1970
Danielmeyer, H. G. Aperture corrections for sound-absorption
measurements with light scattering. 47: 151—1970
David, Edward E., Jr. (see Bolt, Richard H.). 47: 597—1970
Davies, Huw G. Acoustic radiation from fluid-loaded rectangu-
lar plates. 47: 56(A)—1970
Davis, R. T. (see Wingate, Robert T.). 47: 1334—1970
deBruijn, A. Influence of diffusivity on the transmission loss
of a single-leaf wall. 47: 667—1970
Deckker, В. E. L. and P. Sampath. Evaluation of Rayleigh’s
hypothesis in low-frequency vibrating diffusion flames. 47:
1453—1970
DeLaCroix, R. F. Analysis of array with nonlinear amplifier/
transducer modules. 47: 55(A)—1970
DelGrosso, Vincent A. Sound speed in pure water and sea
water. 47: 947 (L)—1970
Delsasso, L. P., V. O. Knudsen, and В. E. Walker. A compari-
son of the sound fields observed near a triplane, a spherical
shell, and a helium balloon. 47: 117(A)—1970
---- (see Knudsen, V. О.). 47 •. 99 (A) —1970
---- (see Walker, В. E.). 47: 99(A)—1970
Denes, Peter B. (see Bolt, Richard H.). 47 : 597—1970
Dennett, J. L. (see Corcoran, D. W. J.). 47: 480—1970
de Ribaupierre, F. and M. H. Goldstein, Jr. Intracellular re-
cording from neurons in primary auditory cortex of unanes-
thetized cats. 47: 68(A)—1970
DeSanto, John A. Soluble problems in scattering from rough
surfaces. 47: 62 (A)—1970
----(see Frisk, George V.). 47 : 62 (A), 172—1970
Devlin, G. E. (see Brya, W. J.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Diachok, Orest I. and Walter G. Mayer. Conical reflection of
ultrasound from a liquid-solid interface. 47: 155—1970
----and Walter G. Mayer. Optical observation of conical re-
flection of ultrasound from liquid-solid boundaries. 47:
73(A)—1970
DiNapoli, F. R. Fast field program. 47: 100(A)—1970
DiRita, R. A. Acoustic maintenance aids . 4781(A)—1970
Dirks, Donald D. and Deborah Bower. Effect of forward and
backward masking on speech intelligibility. 47: 1003—1970
Dixon, N. R. and H. D. Maxey. Functional characteristics and
advantages of an on-line, computer-controlled speech syn-
thesizer. 47: 93(A)—1970
---- (see Maxey, H. D.). 47: 93(A)—1970
Doak, P. E. and P. G. Vaidya. Pressure fields inside rooms with
open windows due to airborne sounds, with particular ap-
plication to the sonic-boom problem. 47: 122(A)—1970
Doherty, E. Thomas (see Hollien, Harry). 47: 127(A)—1970
Doige, A. G. (see Mirza, S.). 47: 125(A)—1970
Doland, Terrence R. and Cons hn the "Ira hot's. B'naura 1
interaction in backward masking. 47: 131(A)—1970
Donley, Ray. Measurement of community noise. 47: 61 (A)—
1970
Dooley, John W. Measurement of small changes in sound
velocity in the UHF range. 47: 1232—1970
Dooling, R. J., J. A. Mulligan, and J. D. Miller. Audibility
curve of the common canary. 47: 67 (A)—1970
Downey, P. (see Harrison, J. M.). 47: 77(A), 1509—1970
Dragonette, L. R. (see Neubauer, W. G.). 47: 62(A)—1970
Dransfeld, K. (see Heinicke, W.). 47: 64(A)—1970
1626 Volume 47	1970
Drumheller, Douglas S. and Arturs Kalnins. Dynamic shell
theory for ferroelectric ceramics. 47: 1343—1970
---- (see Kalnins, Arturs). 47: 71(A)—1970
DuBack, Earl and Robert Weiss. Separation of dispersive and
nondispersive energy through correlation techniques. 47:
115(A)—1970
Duffy, J. R., Jr. (see Sergeant, R. L.). 47: 128(A)—1970
Dunn, Floyd (see Kossoff, G.). 47: 726(AN)—1970
---- (see O’Brien, William D., Jr.). 47 : 98(A)—1970
Durelli, A. J. (see Clark, J. A.). 47: 73(A)—1970
Duykers, L. R. B. Relaxation in kaolin-water mixtures. 47:
396 (L)—1970
Dzialo, F. J. (see Bellini, P. X.). 47: 940(L)—1970
E
Ebbing, C. and D. J. Ingalls. Experimental evaluation of
microphone traverses in a reverberant room. 47: 116(A)—
1970
Eberhardt, F. J. and F. A. Andrews. An optical heterodyne
system for measurement and analysis of vibration. 47:
116(A)—1970
Eby, Edward S. Geometric theory of ray tracing. 47: 273—
1970
----Tensor ray tracing. 47: 100(A)—1970
Eden, D. (see Williamson, R. C.). 47: 1278—1970
Edgerton, Robert F. Simple measurement technique for small
relative velocity changes of gigahertz acoustic waves. 47:
1229—1970
Egan, James P. Reciever operating characteristics for detec-
tion by systems with decision-making relay stations. 47:
86(A)—1970
Eibner, J. A. (see George, D. L.). 47: 89(A)—1970
Elder, James C. (see Mainen, Michael W.). 47: 1139 (L)—1970
Elkin, S., S. Alterovitz, and D. Gerlich. Third-order elastic
moduli of cubic crystals. 47: 937(L)—1970
Eller, Anthony I. Damping constants of pulsating bubbles.
47: 1469 (L)—1970
----aid Lawrence A. Crum. I nsti’ihty d th e motion of a
pulsating bubble in a sound field. 47: 762—1970
Elliott, Donald N. (see Fraser, Winifred D.). 47: 1016—1970
---- (see Nielsen, Donald W.). 47: 540—1970
---- (see Petty, Joseph W.). 47: 1074—1970
---- (see Trahiotis, Constantine). 47: 592, 1116—19 70
Elliott, Lois L. Time error for pitch memory. 47 : 119 (A)—1970
Elrod, M (see Mulligan, В. E.). 47: 1548—1970
Ely William G (see Ling Daniel) 47" 128(A)—1970
Embleton, T. F. W. Effect of absorbing surfaces on the statis-
tics of diffuse sound fields. 47: 116(A)—1970
---- Segmented stator blades to reduce noise in ax ial com-
pressors. 47: 111(A)—1970
Elnmen'c 11, David S Response latencies lii t he yes-no signal
detection situation. 47: 86(A)—1970
Erf, Robert K., HerbertG. Aas, and James P. Waters. Bond
inspection by dynamic time-average interferometric holog-
raphy of ultrasonically excited plates. 47: 968(TNRB)—
1970
Eriksson, L. J., R. W. Higgs, and P. M. D’amico. Elfec t cf
coatings on the acoustical properties of ma terials i neas ured
in an impedance tube. 47: 80(A)—1970
---- (see Haan, D. E.). 47: 80(A)—1970
---- (see Higgs, R. W.). 47: 80(A)—1970
Evans ,L .B .and T .G .Winter .R ct it’iond rd axrt ion in pd ar
diatomic gases. 47: 97(A)—1970
Evans, L. L. (see Solomon, L. P.). 47: 92(A)—1970
F
Fabelinskii, I. L. and V. S. Starunov. Interaction of light with
sound in process of stimulated molecular scattering of light.
47: 64 (T)—1970
AUTHOR INDEX
Fang, S, J, (See Achenbach, J. D.). 47: 1282—1970
Farrell, Ranger. Heyno Von Munchhausen, 1900-1969. 47:
1157 (AN)—1970
Feit, David. Sound radiation from orthotropic plates. 47:
388 (L)—1970
----and H. Saurenman. Sound radiated by beam-stiffened
plate. 47: 56(A)—1970
Feldman, Henry R. Effects of shear-wave propagation in a
spherical underwater acoustic lens. 47: 63(A)—1970
Fertig, Ralph H. (see Broad, David J ). 47 : 1572—1970
Feupier, J. (see Plicque, F.). 47: 168—1970
Fidell, Sanford. Sensory function in multimodal signal detec-
tion. 47: 1009—1970
----Sensory interaction in signal detection. 47: 97(A)—1970
Fieldhouse, K. N. Techniques for identifying sources of noise.
47: 88(A)—1970
Fields, Victor A. Review of the literature on vocal registers.
47: 120(A)—1970
Filip, Miroslav. Auditory and electronic envelope periodicity
detection. 47: 654 (L)—1970
Finch, R. D. (see Bray, D. E.). 47: 114(A)—1970
----(see Mosse, A.). 47: 108(A), 1258—1970
----(see Nagarkar, B. N.). 47: 56(A)—1970
----(see Shadley, J. R.). 47: 109(A)—1970
Fisher, F. H. Review of Physical Ultrasonics by Robert T.
Beyer and Stephen V. Letcher. 47: 978—1970
Fitzgerald, E. M., A. A. Petrini, and J. K. Zimmerman. Real-
time spectrum analysis in the field using a general purpose
computer. 47: 70(A)—1970
Fitzroy, Dariel. Ten years of experience with several score
open-type classroom schools. 47: 79(A)—1970
Flanagan, J. L. and R. C. Lummis. Signal processing to reduce
multipath distortion in small rooms. 47: 99(A), 1475—1970
Fleming, Lawrence. Implications of speech-recognition
studies. 47: 1612 (L)—1970
Fletcher, John L. Temporary-threshold-shift recovery from irn-
pluse and steady-state noise exposure. 47: 85(A)—1970
Fleury, Paul A. Phonon instabilities and interactions near
solid-state phase transitions. 47: 57 (A)—1970
Flugrath, James M. Cessna model 150 airplanes and damage-
risk criteria. 47: 89(A)—1970
Fogler, H. Scott. Studies on collapsing cavities. 47: 108(A)—
1970
Ford, N. C., Jr. (see Mohr, R.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Ford, R. D., P. Lord, and M. West. Acoustic waveguide having
a variable section. 47: 12 (L)—1970
Fortuin, Leonard. Survey of literature on reflection and scat-
tering of sound waves at sea surface. 47: 1209—1970
Foster, Charles R. Federal regulation of transportation noise.
47: 54 (T)—1970
Fox, G. R. (see Stickler, D. С. O.). 47: 1470(L)—1970
Franklin, Barbara. Effect of a low-frequency band (240-480)
Hz of speech on consonant discrimination. 47: 75(A)—1970
Franklin, J. B., A. Mohammed, and R. J. Jordan. Model for
low-frequency sound propagation in deep water. 47: 101 (A)
—1970
Fraser, Winifred D., Joseph W. Petty, and Donald N. Elliott.
Adaptation: central or peripheral? 47: 1016—1970
---- (see Nielsen, Donald W.). 47: 540—1970
----(see Petty, Joseph W.). 47: 1074—1970
Frederiksen, Bent and Jan Soeberg. Real-time analysis. 47:
69(A)—1970
Freund, L. B. and J. P. Phillips. Near-front stress singularity
for impact on an elastic quarter-space. 47: 942—1970
Frisk, George V. and John A. DeSanto. Scattering by spheri-
cally symmetric inhomogeneities. 47: 62(A), 172—1970
Fritsch, K. (see Montrose, C. J.). 47: 786—1970
Fry, Elizabeth Kelly, L. V. Gibbons, and G. Kossoff. Char-
acterization of breast tissue by ultrasonic visualization
methods. 47: 77(A)—1970
Fryer, P. A. An inexpensive system for live stroboscopic holo-
graphic interferometry. 47: 73(A)—1970
Fujimura О., H. Ishida, and S. Kiritani. Tracking of articula-
tory movements by means of a computer controlled x-ray
microbeam. 47: 84(A)—1970
Fujisaki, Hiroya and Takako Kawashima. On the modes and
mechanisms of perception of speech sounds. 47: 57(A)—
1970
----and Kunihiko Niwa. Optimum linear processing of signals
for speech transmission. 47: 84(A)—1970
G
Galloway, W. J., R. D. Horonjeff, and R. N. Burns. Real-time
spectral analysis of aircraft flyover noise. 47 '. 87 (A)—1970
---- (see Nelson, Dan L.). 47: 111(A)—1970
Gannon, R. P. (see Laszlo, C. A.). 47: 1063—1970
---- (see Moscovitch, D. H.). 47: 77(A)—1970
Gardinier, R. E., K. S. Nordby, and D. L. Silsbee . F oam acous-
tical wedges. 47; 100(A)—1970
Garrelick, J. M. (see Junger, M. C.). 47: 54(A)—1970
Gasaway, D. C. Attenuated and nonattenuated conditions of
speech-interference encountered in aerospace vehicles. 47:
90(A)—1970
---- Noise encountered in rotary-wing aircraft 47: 121(A)—
1970
Gatley, William S. and Victor Simon III. Standing-wave tube
for low-frequency measurements in the presence of steady
flow. 47: 117(A)—1970
Geib, F. E., Jr. (see В rackenridge, J. В.). 47 : 92 (A)—1970
Geisler, C D (see Rhoch, W S) 47: 69(A)—1970
Gengel, R. W. (see Mills, J. H.). 47: 85(A)—1970
George, Ballard W. Multiple noise sources in an enclosure.
47: 117(A)—1970
George, D. L. and J. A. Eibner. Loudness and impulsive noise.
47: 89(A)—1970
Gerlich, D. (see Elkin, S.). 47: 937 (L)—1970
Geschwind, S. (see Brya, W. J.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Gibbings, D. L. H. Resistance-capacitance oscillator for gener-
ating the frequencies of the equally tempered musical scale.
47: 1563—1970
Gibbons, L. V. (see Fry, Elizabeth Kelly). 47: 77(A)—1970
Gilbert, Harvy R. Effects of signal distortion on three listener
performance tasks. 47: 58(A)—1970
Glackin, Robert N. (see Mainen, Michael W.). 47: 1139 (L)—
1970
Glaser, Edmund M. On narrow-band FM noise as a masking
noise. 47: 658 (L)—1970
Goldberg, Jay M. (see Greenwood, Donald D.). 47: 1022—
1970
Goldman, Edward B. Absorption and dispersion of ultrasonic
waves in mixtures containing volatile particles .47: 768—
1970
Goldstein, M. H., Jr. (see de Ribaupierre ,F ) .47'.68(A)—
1970
---- (see Liff, Harold J.). 47: 1538—1970
Goodfriend, Betty H. Announcement of forthcoming election.
47: 14 (AN)—1970
----Preliminary notice: Seventy-Ninth Meeting of the Soci-
ety. 47: 16 (AN)—1970
Gordon, C. G. (see Nelson, Dan L.). 47: 111(A)—1970
---- (seeSawley, R. J.). 47: 111(A)—1970
---- (see Simpson, M. A.). 47: 110(A)—1970
Gordon, D. F. (see Pedersen, M. A.). 47: 304—1970
Gou, Perng-Fei. Interfacial and Love-type waves in materials
with monoclinic elastic symmetry. 47: 777—1970
Graefe, Volker and Richard Latham. Procedure to compute
the depth of a pressure-sensing device. 47: 443(TNRB)—
1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1627
AUTHOR INDEX
Gray, L. Experimental verification of spinning-inode theory.
47: 111(A)—1970
Green, D. M. and J. A. Swets. Signal Detection Theory and
Psychophysics reviewed by J. J. Zwislocki. 47: 455—1970
Greenwood, D. D. Masking, combination tones, and critical
bandwidth. 47: 108(A)—1970
•----and Jay M. Goldberg. Response of neurons in the coch-
lear nuclei to variations in noise bandwidth and to tone-
noise combinations. 47: 1022—1970
Grupposo, Paul J. (see Thomas, Ian B.). 47: 118(A)—1970
Guest, Stanley H. (see Jones, Jess H.). 47: 90(A)—1970
Guthals, D. L. Results of television data transmitted acousti-
cally via a water medium. 47: 124 (A) 1970
H
Haan, D. E., R. W. Higgs and L. J. Eriksson. High-pressure
degradation of performance by transducers using onionskin
paper for acoustic decoupling. 47 : 80vA)—1970
Haber, Ralph N., Ed. Information-Processing Approaches to
Visual Perception reviewed by Murray B. Sachs. 47: 1162—
1970
Hafter, Ervin R. and Samuel C. Carrier. Masking-level differ-
ences obtained with a pulsed tonal masker. 47: 1041—1970
Hagelberg, M. Paul. Ultrasonic-velocity measurements and
В/A for 1-propanol at pressures to 10 000 kg/cm2.47: 158—
1970
Haggard, Mark, Stephen Ambler, and Mo Callow. Pitch as a
voicing cue. 47: 613—1970
Hall, J. L. and R. C. Lummis. Two-cl’ick thresholds in presence
of band-stop noise. 47:96 (A)—1970
Hall, Marshall. Volume back scattering in the coral sea. 47:
114(A)—1970
Hallermeier, Robert J. and Walter H. Mayer. Light diffrac-
tion by ultrasonic surface waves of arbitraty standing-wave
ratio. 47: 1236—1970
Hanson, Robert (see MacNeilage, Peter F.). 47:104 (A)—1970
Harrigan, M. (see Broz, A.). 47: 64(A)—-1970
Harris, Cyril M. Acoustics of Powell Symphony Hall, St.
Louis. 47: 1—1970
Harris, J. Donald. Efficient monaural procedure for the psy-
choacoustic calibration of earphones. 47: 1048—1970
Harrison, J. M. and P. Downey. Intensity changes at the ear
as a function of the azimuth of a tone source: a comparative
study. 47: 1509—1970
-----and P. Downey. Sound pressure at the entranceof the
external meatus as a function of the azimuth of a tone. 47:
77(A)—1970
Hastrup, Ole F. Digital analysis of acoustic reflectivity in the
Tyrrhenian abyssal plain. 47: 181—1970
Hattori, H. (see Ando, Y.). 47: 1128—1970
Hawley, Mones E. Acoustical news—USA. 47: 14, 451, 721,
973, 1157, 1489—1970
Hawley, Stephen, John Allegra, and Gerald Holton. Ultra-
sonic-absorption and sound-speed data for nine liquids at
high pressures. 47: 137-—1970
----(see Allegra, John). 47: 144—1970
Hayre, H. S. Statistical analysis of random components of
speed of sound. 47: 62(A)—1970
Hecker, Michael H. L. and E. James Kreul. Fundamental-
frequency measures and ratings of the speech of patients
with cancer of the vocal folds. 47: 105 (A)—1970
----(see Williams, С. E.). 47: 66(A)—1970
Hehmsoth, Carl J. (see Bourbon, Walter T.). 47: 129(A)—
1970
Heinicke, W., G. Winterling, and K. Dransfeld. Low-tempera-
ture applications of the stimulated Brillouin scattering. 47:
64(A)—1970
Heller, Hanno H. and Sheila E. Widnall. Sound radiation from
rigid flow spoilers correlated with fluctuating forces. 47:
924—1970
Henriquez, T. A. and L. E. Ivey. Standard hydrophone for the
infrasonic and audio-frequency range at hydrostatic pressure
to 10 000 psig. 47: 276—1970
Herman, H. and M. Pappas. Vibrations of a dissipative com-
posite lumped-distributed system .47: 211—1970
Herman, Paul (see Mitchell, Curtin). 47: 67(A)—1970
Herrmann, G. (seeSagartz, M. J.). 47: 1381—1970
Hersh, Alan S. (see Catton, 1 ). 47: 122(A)—1970
Hershey, J. B. Underwater explosion signals measured at long
ranges. 47: 91 (A)—1970
Hertelendy, Paul. Upper and lower bounds on the Nth eigen-
value of vibrating anisotropic solids. 47: 72(A)—1970
Higgs, R. W. and L. J. Eriksson. High-pressure properties of
acoustic decoupling materials. 47: 80(A)—-1970
—— (see Eriksson, L. J.). 47: 80(A)—1970
---- (see Haan, D. E.). 47: 80(A)—1970
Hila, Shzuo. Control rufe of the tongue movement for dy-
namic and ogspeedt synthesis.47 :85(A)—1970
Hildebrand, В. P. (see Bander, T. J.). 47 :81 (A)—1970
Hill, C. R. (see Clarke, P. R.). 47: 649—1970
Hilliard, John K. Theatre-type loudspeaker systems. 47:
71 (A)—1970
Hillquist, Ralph K. Test-stite measurement of noise emitted by
engine-powered equipment. 47: 61(A)—1970
H 4 yard, N. С. ЕЯ ed ive mass rf b ord ed -rdbb er Ы o<k s. 47 :
1463 (L)—1970
Hunelblau, Harry. Internal-force and moment-response equa-
tions for structures exposed to aeroacoustic excitation. 47:
102(A)—1970
Hind, J. E. (see Anderson, D. J.). 47: 59(A)—1970
Hine, M. J. Comments on “Calculations of eigenvalues for
uniform fluid waveguides with complicated cross sections”
[P. Laura, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 42, 21-26 (1967)] 47:
1461 (L)—1970
Hinich, M. J. Detection of a potentia fly shi fting signal param-
eter. 47: 123(A)—1970
----(see Clay, C. S.). 47 : 435—1970
Hirano, Minoru (see Vennard, William). 47: 120(A)—1970
Hirsh, I. J. (see Nabelek, A.). 47: 118(A)—1970
Hirtle, P. W. and T. J. Schultz. Acoustical problems in open-
plan spaces. 47: 79(A)—-1970
Hoare, Margaret (see Bench, R. J.). 47: 1602—1970
Hoffman, Howard S and Barry L Wi'ble. Rote of week signals
'in acoustic startle.47 :489-1970
Holehouse, I. Sonic fatigue of aircraft structures due to fan
noise. 47: 115(A)—1970
Hdlien, Harry aid Raymond Colton. Physiology of vocal
registers in singers and nonsingers. 47: 121(A)—1970
----and E. Thomas Doherty. Speech intelligibility of diving
masks and inouthcups. 47: 127(A)—1970
----, J. L. Lauer, and Patricia Paul. Additional data on under-
water sound localization. 47: 127(A)—1970
----(see Coleman, R. F.). 47: 127(A)—1970
----(see Col ton, Raymond H.J.47: 105(A)—1970
Holloway, С. M. Paced recognition of words masked in white
noise. 47: 1617(L)—1970
Holton, Gerald (see Allegra, John). 47: 144—1970
---- (see Hawley, Stephen). 47: 137—1970
Honrubia, Vicente and Paul H. Ward. Mechanism of produc-
tion of cochlear microphonics. 47: 498—1970
Hoover, R. M. and С. O. Wood. Noise control for induced-
draft fan installations. 47: 121(A)—1970
Hopkinson, N. T. (see Bilger, R. C.). 47: 107(A)—1970
Hoppmann, W. H. П (see Stead, K. A.). 47: 892—1970
Horii, Y., A. S. House, and G. W. Hughes. Development and
evaluation of a noise with speech-envelope characteristics.
47 : 75(A)—1970
Horonjeff, Richard D. and Allan P. Paul. Digital computer
program for calculating noise exposure forecast contours.
47: 111(A)—1970
1628 Volume 47	1970
AUTHOR INDEX
----(see Galloway, W. J.). 47: 87(A)—1970
Horton, C. W., Sr. and D. R. Melton. 1 mportance of the Fres-
nel correction in scattering from a rough surface. 11. Scat-
tering coefficient. 47: 299—1970
----(see Melton, D. R.). 47: 290—1970
Horwath, T. G., G. Maidanik, and D. U. Noiseux. Operational
signal-to-noise level for gravitationally propelled acoustic
homing. 47: 124(A)—1970
----(see Maidanik, G.). 47: 123(A)—1970
----(see Noiseux, D. U.). 47: 124(A)—1970
Houde, R. A. (see Newcomb, W. B.). 47: 65(A)—1970
Houghton, R. and D. L. Phyfe. All-digital speech compression
device. 47: 95(A)—1970
House, A. S. (see Horii, Y.). 47: 75(A)—1970
----(see Li, K-P.). 47: 66(A)—1970
Hovem, Jens M. Deconvolution for removing the effects of the
bubble pulses of explosive charges. 47: 281—1970
Huang, Jackson T. (see Luks us, Edmund J.). 47: 63 (A)—1970
Hubbard, Harvey H. Aerospace noise sources. 47: 90(A)—
1970
Hudimac, A. A. An extension of Larmor’s theorem to inhomo-
geneous media and its application to radiation into the
shadow zone. 47: 62 (A)—1970
----, R. Welsh, and G. Koopmann. Application of Love waves
to object location and measurement in the sea bottom. 47:
114(A)—1970
Hughen, J. H. (see Lee, J. S.). 47: 88(A)—1970
Hughes, G. W. (see Horii, Y.). 47: 75(A)—1970
----(see Li, K-P.). 47: 66(A)—1970
Hundley, T. C. (see Backus, John). 47: 131(A)—1970
Hyde, Jerald R. The barrier as a sound isolation device. 47:
98 (A)—1970
----The barrier in open-office planning. 47: 78(A)—1970
----(see Ortega, Jose C.). 47: 100(A)—1970
----(see Veneklasen, Paul S.). 47: 78(A)—1970
I
Ikola, A. L. (see Kazmierczak, F. F.). 47: 125(A)—1970
Ingalls, D. J. Effects of large panels on eigenvalues of rectangu-
lar rooms 47: 117(A)—1970
----(see Ebbing, C.). 47: 116(A)—1970
Ishida, H. (see Fujimura O.). 47: 84(A)—1970
Ito, R., E. Burstein, A. Pinczuk, and M. L. Shand. Resonance-
enhanced Brillouin scattering in crystals. 47: 56(A)—1970
Ivey, L. E. (see Henriquez, T. A.). 47: 276—1970
J
Jacobson, M. J. (see Warfield, J. T.). 47: 350—1970
Jacquot, Raymond G. Displacement first passage of the tran-
sient response to linear vibration system with stationary
random exictation. 47: 126(A)—1970
----and W. Soedel. Vibrations of elastic surface systems
carrying dynamic elements. 47: 126(A), 1354—1970
Jansen, Gerd. Zur Nervosen Belastung durch Larm (The Ner-
vous Stress due to Noise Exposure) reviewed by J. Tonndorf.
47: 22—1970
Jarvella, Robert J. (see Pisoni, David B.). 47: 76(A)—1970
Jayant, N. S. Adaptive delta modulation of speech with a one-
bit memory. 47: 84(A)—1970
Jeffress, Lloyd A. and Dennis McFadden. Detection, lateral-
ization, and the phase angle, a. 47: 130(A)—1970
Jelinek, R. E. and L. W. Brehm. Performance of foam wedges
in a new semianechoic room. 47: 100(A)—1970
Jensen, Paul J. (see Ruder, Kenneth F.). 47 : 57 (A)—1970
Johnson, Malcolm C., Donald H. Bain, and Robert L. Alman,
Eds. International Physics and Astronomy Directory—1969 -
1970 reviewed by R. B. Lindsay. 47: 1492—1970
Johnson, Richard I. (see Saunders, Herbert). 47: 90(A)—1970
Johnstone, В. M., K. J. Taylor, and A. J. Boyle. Mechanics of
the guinea pig cochlea. 47 : 504—1970
----(see Loftus-Hills, Jasper J.). 47: 1131—1970
Jones, Herbert H. State regulation of occupational noise. 47:
54 (T)—1970
Jones, Jess H., Luke Schutzenhofer, Stanley H. Guest, and
Gilbert A. Wilhold. Determination of the pressure cross cor-
relation on a cylinderical body due to rocket exhaust noise.
47: 90(A)—1970
Jordan, R. J. (see Franklin, J. B.). 47: 101(A)—1970
Jordan, Vilhelm Lassen. Acoustical criteria for auditoriums
and their relation to model techniques. 47 : 408—1970
Joung, Ki S. (see Raske, Theodore F.). 47 : 1375—1970
Junger, M. C. and J. M. Garrelick. Transient radiation load-
ing on spherical sonar arrays. 47 : 54(A) —1970
К
Kachadourian, George. Re-entry acoustical measurements on
a ballistic vehicle. 47 : 127 (A)—1970
Kaiser, W. Quantitative investigations of stimulated Brillouin
scattering. 47: 56 (T)—1970
Kalnins, Arturs and Douglas S. Drumheller. On the signif-
icance of coupled solutions in vibration analysis of pi-
ezoelectric cylindrical shells. 47: 71(A)—1970
---- (see Drumheller, Douglas S.). 47: 1343—1970
Kanabis, William G. (see Sussman, Bernard). 47: 101(A)—
1970
Karlovich, Raymond S. and Barry F. Luterman. Application
of the TTS paradigm for assessing sound transmission in the
auditory system during speech production. 47: 85(A), 510
— 1970
---- (see Moore, Ernest J. II). 47: 659 (L)—1970
Kasper, Frand (see Kaufman, Myron). 47: 70(A)—1970
Kasper, P. K. and О. C. Bixler. Diffraction about a rigid cyl-
inder in a reverberant acoustic field. 47: 82 (A)—1970
Kasten, R. (see Broz, A.). 47 : 64(A)—1970
Kaufman, Myron and Frand Kasper. On-line processing—a
modular approach. 47: 70(A)—1970
Kawashima, Takako. (see Fujisaki, Hiroya). 47: 57(A)—1970
Kazmierczak, F. F. and A. L. Ikola. Predicting spacecraft
acoustically induced random vibration flight and test en-
vironments. 47: 125(A)—1970
Keer, Leon M. Moving and simultaneously fluctuating loads
on an elastic half-plane. 47 : 1359—1970
---- (see Sagartz, M. J.). 47: 1381—1970
Keller, A. C. Real-time random-signal processing. 47: 70(A)—
1970
Kelsey, Elizabeth (see Konishi, Teruzo). 47: 1055—1970
Kemp, K. A. (see Kim, M. G.). 47: 98(A)—1970
Kemper, John D. and Robert S. Ayre. Optimum damping and
stiffness in nonlinear single-degree-of-freedom systems. 1.
Ground acceleration shock. 47 : 846—1970
----and Robert S. Ayre. Optimum damping and stiffness in
nonlinear single-degree-of-freedom systems. II. Velocity
shock. 47: 852—1970
Kerlin, R. L. and J. C. Snowdon. Driving-point impedances of
cantilver beams—comparison measurement and theory. 47:
220—1970
Kersta, L. G. and J. A. Colangelo. Spectrographic speech pat-
terns of identical twins. 47 : 58(A)—1970
Kessler, L. W. and A. Korpel. Acoustic imaging with a focused
light beam. 47: 81(A)—1970
Khabbaz, Ghassan R. Comparison of mechanical coupling
factor by two methods. 47: 392 (L)—1970
---- Response of a cylindrical shell to localized direct radia-
tion. 47: 114(A)—1970
Khanna, Shyam M., Juergen Tonndorf, and Allan H. Ropper.
A’ibrational holography of the tympanic membrane in cats.
47: 60(A)—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1629
AUTHOR INDEX
—— (see Tonndorf, Juergen). 47: 60(A)—1970
Khosrovani, H., R. Cohen, and R. C. Chanaud. Response of a
thin-walled cylindrical duct to a random pressure field. 47:
115(A)—1970
Kidani, R. J. (see Dahlke, H. E.). 47: 92(A)—1970
Kim, M. G., K. A. Kemp, and S. V. Letcher. Measurement of
absorption and velocity of ultrasound in liquid alkali
metals. 47: 98(A)—1970
King, Jonathan. Acoustical experiences to date with open-plan
schools. 47: 79(A)—1970
Kingsbury, H. F. and F. M. Strumpf. Speech perception in
classrooms. 47 : 99(A)—1970
----and D. W. Taylor. Acoustical conditions in open-plan
classrooms. 47: 79(A)-—1970
Kiritani, S. (see Fujimura O.). 47: 84(A)—1970
Kirkpatrick, L. (see Lowe, S. S.). 47: 76(A)—1970
Klatt, D. H. Synthesis of stop consonants in initial position.
47: 93 (A)—1970
Klein, W. Richard (see Riley, Ward A.). 47: 81(A)—1970
Kletsky, E. J. (see Zwislocki, J. J.). 47: 96(A)—1970
Klug, D. D. (see Whalley, E.). 47: 65(A)—1970
Knudsen, Vein O. Model testing of auditoriums. 47: 401—
1970
----, В. E. Walker, and L. P. Delsasso. Reflective surfaces for
reinforcing unamplified speech in a lecture room and a
thrust-stage theater. 47:99 (A)—1970
----(see Delsasso, L. P.). 47: 117(A)—1970
----(see Walker, B.E.). 47:99(A)—1970
Kock, Winston E. Professor Erwin Meyer awarded first Lord
Rayleigh Medal. 47: 725 (AN)—1970
Kodaras, M. J. Education and enforcement—noise control
provisions of the New York City building code. 47: 61 (A)—
1970
---- Review of Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control by
Michael Rettinger. 47: 1491—1970
Konishi, Teruzo and Elizabeth Kelsey. Effect of calcium de-
ficiency on cochlear potentials. 47: 1055—1970
----, Donald C. Teas, and Joel S. Wemick. Effects of electri-
cal current applied to cochlear partition on discharges in
individual auditory-nerve fibers. 1. Prolonged direct-current
polarization. 47: 1519—1970
---- (see Teas, Donald C.). 47: 1527—1970
Koopman, В. O. and G. Raisbeck. Some mathematical and
computational contributions to underwater sound propaga-
tion. 47: 100(A)—1970
Koopmann, G. (see Hudimac, A. A.). 47: 114(A)—1970
Koplik, Bernard (see Padovan, Joseph). 47: 862—1970
Korpel, A. (see Kessler, L. W.). 47: 81 (.A)—1970
Kossoff, G. and F. Dunn. Report of the Congress of Ultrasonic
Diagnostics in Medicine. 47: 726 (AN)—1970
----(see Fry, Elizabeth Kelly). 47: 77 (A)—1970
Kreul, E. James (see Hecker, Michael H. L.). 47: 105(A)—
1970
Krones, Robert (see MacNeilage, Peter F.). 47: 104(A)—1970
Kryter, K. D. Possible modifications to procedures for the cal-
culation of perceived noisiness. 47: 89(A)—1970
Kucera, Henry. Review of Nasal Vowels in Contemporary
Polish by Maria Zagorska Brooks. 47: 979—1970
Kundert, Warren R. (see Lapointe, James A.). 47: 69(A)—
1970
Kupperman, Roman. ON and OFF responses as measured in
the cochlea of the guinea pig. 47: 518—1970
Kurze, U. Influence of flow and high sound levels on the at-
tenuation in a lined duct. 47: 122(A)—1970
L
Ladefoged, Peter (see Ohala, John). 47: 104(A)—-1970
Laks, Barry R. (see Botsford, James H.). 47: 90(A)—1970
Lam, Y. Y. (see Stumpf, F. B.). 47: 332—1970
Lambert, R. F. (see Aupperle, F. A.). 47: 369—1970
Landry, C. John (see Wade, Glen). 47: 74(A)-—1970
Lane, Harlan, Bernard Tranel, and Cyrus Sisson. Regulation
of voice communication by sensory dynamics. 47:618—1970
Langford, Ted L. (see Robinson, Donald E.). 47: 130(A)—
1970
Langley, К. H. (see Mohr, R.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Lankford, J. E. and T. E. Stokinger. Temporal relations in
pure-tone ipsilateral masking. 47: 106(A)—1970
----(see Stokinger, T. E.). 47: 106(A)—1970
Lapointe, James A., Warren R. Kundert, and Gordon R.
Partridge. Real-time hydrid sound and vibration analyzer.
47: 69(A)—1970
Large, John and Thomas Shipp. Perceptual studies of female
chest and middle registers in singing. 47: 121(A)—1970
Larkin, W. D. (see Newcomb, W. B.). 47: 65(A)—1970
Lashbrook, Brad (see Tosi, Oscar). 47: 67(A)—1970
Lastinger, J. L. Acoustic characteristics of woods at high hy-
drostatic pressure. 47:285—1970
Laszlo, C. A., R. P. Gannon, and J. H. Milsum. Measurement
of the cochlear potentials of the guinea pig at constant
sound-pressure level at the eardrum. I. Cochlear-micro-
phonic amplitude and phase. 47: 1063—1970
Latham, Richard (see Graefe, Volker). 47: 443(TNRB)—1970
Lauer, J. L. (see Hollien, Harry.). 47: 127(A)—1970
Lawrence, Connie (see Asp, Carl W.). 47: 129(A)—1970
Lea, Wayne A. Evaluating speech-recognition work. 47:
1612 (L)—1970
Lean, E. G. H., C. G. Powell, and R. V. Pole. Optical probing
of acoustic surface waves. 47 : 73(A)—1970
Lee, J. S. and J. H. Hughen. Interactions of two signals in a
bandpass smooth limiter. 47:88 (A)—1970
Lee, S. P. Doppler dispersion losses in the reduced averaging
processor for the linear swept FM pulse. 47: 123(A)—1970
Lee, Tsin N. and С. K. Liu. Computer programs for sonically
induced vibration of structures. 47: 125(A)—1970
----- and С. K. Liu. Nonlinear transmission loss of acoustic
waves of finite amplitude. 47: 109(A)—1970
Leibowitz, Ralph C. Comment on “Normal modes of com-
bined structures” [AV. L. Fourney and G. J. O’Hara, J.
Acoust. Soc. Amer. 44, 1220-1224 (1968)] 47: 393 (L)—
1970
Leshowitz, Barry and Frederic L. Wightman. On-frequency
tonal masking. 47: 106(A)—1970
---- (see Wightman, Frederick L.). 47: 107(A)—1970
Lesser, M. B. Uniformly valid perturbation series for wave
propagation in an inhomogeneous medium. 47: 1297—1970
Letcher, Stephn V. (see Beyer, Robert T.). 47 : 978—1970
----(see Kim, M. G.). 47: 98(A)—1970
Levitt, H. Simple rules for controlling step size in up-down
testing. 47: 86(A)—1970
----and P. D. Bricker. Reduction of observer bias in reading
speech levels with a VU meter. 47:1583—1970
Li, К-P., G. W. Hughes, and A. S. House. Approaches to the
characterization of talker differences by statistical opera-
tions on speech spectra. 47:66 (A)—1970
Lift, Harold. Phase dependence of two-tone inhibition in frog
auditory nerve fibers .47 '.68 (A)—1970
------ and Moise H. Goldstein, Jr. Peripheral inhibition in
auditory fibers in the frog. 47: 1538—1970
Lindsay, R. Bruce. Current publications on acoustics. 47: 22,
455, 728, 978, 1162, 1491—1970
---- David M. Green, Arnold M. Small, Jr., and Arturs
Kalnins appointed to Editoral Board d the J otrnal of the
Acoustical Society of America. 47:721 (AN)—1970
----Report of the Editor-in-Chief to the Exceituve Council
at the San Diego meeting, November 1969. 47: 453 (AN)—
1970
------ Review of International Physics and Astronomy Direc-
tory—1969-1970. Malcolm C. Johnson, Donald H. Bain, and
Robert L. Alman, Eds. 47:1492—1970
1630 Volume 47	1970
AUTHOR INDEX
----Review of Irreversible Aspects of Continuum Mechanics
and Transfer of Physical Characteristics in Moving Fluids.
H. Parkus and L. I. Sedov, Eds. 47: 456—1970
Ling, Daniel and William G. Ely. Auditory discrimination of
speech altered by a frequency-transposition process. 47:
128(A)—1970
Lisker, Leigh (see Sawashima, Masayuki). 47: 105(A)—1970
Litovitz, T. A. and C. J. Montrose. Dynamical model for ultra-
soinc shear and compressional relaxation in liquids. 47:
97(A)—1970
---- (see Montrose, C. J.). 47: 1250—1970
Little, Ross. State regulation of motor vehicle noise. 47: 54 (T)
—1970
Liu, C.K. (see Lee, Tsin N.). 47: 109(A), 125(A)—1970
Liu, J. (see Stead, K. A.). 47: 892—1970
Locanthi, B. N. and L. W. Sepmeyer. Application of the
acoustically terminated tube for the measurement of horn-
loudspeaker-driver characteristics. 47: 79(A)—1970
Loftus-Hills, Jasper J. and Brian M. Johnstone. Auditory
function, communication, and the brain-evoked response in
anuran amphibians. 47 : 1131—1970
Lord, P. (see Ford, R. D.). 47: 12 (L)—1970
Lowe, S. S., J. K. Cullen, Jr., C. L. Thompson, С. I. Berlin,
L. Kirkpatrick, and J. T. Ryan. Dichotic and monotic simul-
taneous and time-staggered speech. 47: 76(A)—1970
----(see Berlin, С. I.). 47: 75(A)—1970
Lowson, M. V. Theoretical analysis of compressor noise. 47:
371—1970
Loye, Donald P. Review of Acoustics-Room Design and Noise
Control by Michael Rettinger. 47: 1491—1970
Lubker, James F. and Pamela J. Parris. Simultaneous mea-
surements of intraoral pressure, force of labial contact, and
labial electromyographic activity during production of the
stop consonant cognates /р/ and /6/. 47: 625—1970
----and P. J. Parris. Simultaneous measurements of intraoral
pressure, labial pressure, and labial electromyographic
activity during production of the bilabial stops /p/—/Ъ/.
47: 104(A)—1970
Lubman, David. Spatial averaging in a diffuse sound field. 47:
116(A)—1970
Luksus, Edmund J. and Jackson T. Huang. Some wind-tunnel
test developments relating to fluctuating pressures of tran-
sonic shock-boundary layer interaction. 47: 63(A)—1970
Lummis, R. C. (see Flanagan, J. L.). 47: 99(A), 1475—1970
----(see Hall, J. L.). 47: 96(A)—1970
Lund, G. R. (see Urick, R. J.). 47: 113(A), 342, 909—1970
Luterman, Barry F. (see Karlovich, Raymond S.). 47: 85(A),
510—1970
Lynch, P. J. Curvature corrections to rough-surface scattering
at high frequencies. 47 : 804—1970
----and R. J. Wagner. Energy conservation for rough-surface
scattering. 47: 816—1970
Lynn, P. A. and B. McA. Sayers. Cochlear innervation, signal
processing, and their relation to auditory time-intensity
effects. 47: 525—1970
Lyon, Richard H. What good is statistical energy analysis
anyway? 47: 103(A)—1970
M
MacNeilage, Peter F., Robert Krones, and Robert Hanson.
Closed-loop control of the initiation of jaw movement for
speech. 47: 104(A)—1970
Madigosky, W. M. Ultrasonic relaxation in alcohol water
mixtures. 47: 98(A)—1970
Magrab, Edward B. (see Vaishnav, Ramesh N.). 47: 912—
1970
Maidanik, G., D. U. Noiseux, and T. G. Horwath. Flush-
mounted pressure transducer as a unit of an acoustic homing
system. 47: 123(A)—1970
---- (see Brackenridge, J. B.). 47: 92 (A)—1970
---- (see Horwath, T. G.). 47: 124(A)—1970
---- (see Noiseux, D.). 47: 124(A)—1970
Mainen, Michael W., Vicente T. Chiong, Robert N. Glackin,
James C. Elder, and Dickens Warfield. Magnitude of coch-
lear microphonics elicited by components of broad-band
noise. 47: 1139 (L)—1970
Makhoul, John I. Speaker-machine interaction in a limited
speech recognition system. 47: 84(A)—1970
Malecot, Andre. The lenis-fortis opposition: its physiological
parameters. 47: 1588—1970
Maling, G. C., Jr. Preprocessing of analog-filter outputs for
computer-aided data acquisition. 47: 87(A)—1970
Manchester, David (see Peltzman, Philip). 47: 444(TNRB)—
1970
Manley, Harold J. Transform method of fast digital synthesis
of unvoiced speech sounds. 47: 93(A)—1970
Maples, L. C. and W. H. Thorp. Measurements of source char-
acteristics of the shock wave from small TNT charges in the
deep ocean. 47: 91 (A)—1970
Marchessault, Joseph, John Broadhead, and Ernest Yeager.
Ultrasonic relaxation in aqueous solutions of tetraalkyl
ammonium salts. 47: 98(A)—1970
Marciniak, R. D. Unidirectional, underwater-sound, pressure-
gradient transducer. 47: 71 (A)—1970
Mark, W. D. and B. G. Watters. Incoherent hydrophone ar-
rays to reduce variance in underwater noise measurements.
47: 113(A)—1970
Markson, J. L. and R. Stem. Measurement of acoustic back-
scatter in air from rough surface using frequency-modulated
pulses. 47: 63 (A)—1970
Marshall, S . W ., and T . G . Olson . Circumferential waves on
hollow aluminum cylinders .47: 949 (L)—1970
Martin, Daniel W. A concert grand electropiano. 47: 131 (A)—
1970
----Review of The Acoustical Foundations of Music by John
Backus.47: 728—1970
Martin, Ellen S. (see Pickett, J. M.). 47: 128(A)—1970
Martin, John J.Multipath reflections from a random surface .
47: 1303—1970
Mason, Warren P. Review of Linear Piezoelectric Plate Vi-
brations by H. F. Tiersten. 47: 1492—1970
Masri, S. F. General motion of impact dampers. 47: 229—1970
Massengill, Raymond, Jr. Influence of the tongue on oral and
nasal sound pressure levels: a preliminary investigation. 47:
104(A)—1970
Mast, Truman E. Binaural interaction in the dorsal cochlear
nucleus. 47: 77(A)—1970
Mathews, M. V. and F. R. Moore. GRooVE—a computer
program for real-time music and sound synthesis. 47:
132(A)—1970
Mathis, T. D. (see Nagarkar, B. N.). 47: 56(A)—1970
Maxey, H. D. and N. R. Dixon. An on-line computer-controlled
diphone synthesis system . 47: 93 (A)—1970
---- (see Dixon, N. R.). 47: 93(A)—1970
Mayer, Walter G. (see Diachok, Orest 1.). 47: 73(A), 155—
1970
---- (see Hallermeier, Robert J.). 47: 1236—1970
Mayo, Ned, Herman Medwin, and Wayne M. Wright. Specu-
lar scattering of underwater sound from anisotropic sea and
swell surfaces. 47: 112(A)—1970
McCormick, James G., E. G. Wever, Sam H. Ridgway, and
Jerry Palin. Function of the porpoise ear as shown by its
electrical potentials. 47: 67 (A)—1970
---- (see Ridgway, Sam H.). 47: 67(A)—1970
McFadden, Dennis (see Jeffress, Lloyd A.). 47: 130(A)—1970
McGlone, Robert E. and Thomas Shipp. Comparison of the
aerodynamics of vocal fry and modal register phonations.
47: 105(A)—1970
---- (see Brown, W. S., Jr.). 47: 104(A)—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1631
AUTHOR INDEX
--- (see Shipp, Thomas). 47: 104(A)—1970
McKinney, J. E. and J. H. Oser. Stability of acoustic waves
within a viscous compressible heat-conducting fluid. 47: 781
-1970
McSkimin, H. J. Frequency-offset method for measuring
phase shifts at ultrasonic frequencies. 47:163—1970
Medress, Mark. An approach to the computer recognition of
single-syllable English words. 47: 83(A)—1970
Medwin, H. and C. S. Clay. Dependence of spatial and tem-
poral correlation of forward-scattered underwater sound on
the surface statistics. II. Experiment. 47: 1419—1970
---- (see Clay, C. S.). 47: 1412—1970
---- (see Mayo, Ned). 47: 112(A)—1970
Meecham, W. C. (see Simpson, M. A.). 47: 110(A)—1970
Mellen, Robert H. and David G. Browning. Self-demodulation
of a pulsed sinusoidal acoustic wave in water. 47: 92 (A)—
1970
Melnick, William. Auditory sensitization—fact or artifact.
47: 86(A)—1970
Melton, D. R. and C. W. Horton, Sr. Importance of the Fresnel
correction in scattering from a rough surface. I. Phase and
amplitude fluctuations. 47: 290—1970
---- (see Horton, C. W., Sr.). 47: 299—1970
Miller, J. D. (see Dooling, R. J.). 47: 67(A)—1970
---- (see Mills, J. H.). 47: 85(A)—1970
Miller, R. L. Performance charactersitics of an experimental
harmonic identification pitch extraction (HIPEX) system.
47: 1593—1970
---- Pitch determination by measurement of harmonics. II.
The Hipex system. 47: 84(A)—1970
Mills, J. H., R. W. Gengel, C. S. Watson, and J. D. Miller.
Temporary changes of the auditory system due to prolonged
exposure to noise. 47 : 85(A)—1970
Milsum, J. H. (see Laszlo, C. A.). 47: 1063—1970
Mirza, S. and A. G. Doige. Free vibrations of spherical sand-
wich shells. 47: 125(A)—1970
Mitchell, Curtin, Jack Vernon, and Paul Herman. Pure-tone
behavioral thresholds of the lemur. 47: 67 (A)—1970
Mitchell, О. M. M. and D. A. Berkley. Reduction of long-time
reverberation by a center-clipping process. 47: И (A)—1970
Mitchell, R. F. and M. Redwood. Generation and detection of
sound by distributed piezoelectric sources. 47: 701—1970
Mitchell, W. S. (see Shivaram, M.). 47: 126(A)—1970
Moffett, Mark B. and Robert R. Beyer. Transient effects in
the propagation of a sound pulse in a viscous liquid. 47:
1241—1970
----, Peter J. Westervelt, and Robert T. Beyer. Large-
amplitude pulse propagation—a transient effect. 47: 82 (A),
1473 (L)—1970
Mohammed, A. (see Franklin, J. B.). 47: 101(A)—1970
Mohr, R., К. H. Langley, and N. C. Ford, Jr. Brillouin scatter-
ing from sulfur hexafluoride in the vicinity of the critical
point. 47: 64(A)—1970
Monkewicz, A. (see Broz, A.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Montrose, C. J. and K. Fritsch. Hypersonic velocity and ab-
sorption in aqueous electrolytic solutions. 47: 786—1970
---- and T. A. Litovitz. Structural-relaxation dynamics in
liquids. 47: 1250—1970
---- (see Litovitz, T. A.). 47: 97(A)—1970
Moody, David B. (see Stebbins, Wi’llam C ). 47: 67 (A)— 1970
Moore, C. J. Sound-absorbing pad for minimizing the acousti-
cal effect of the ground on noise test rigs. 47: 111 (A)—1970
Moore, Ernest J. II and Raymond S. Karlovich. Auditory
thresholds during visual stimulation as a function of signal
bandwidth. 47: 659(L)—1970
Moore, F. R. (see Mathews, M. V.). 47: 132(A)—1970
Moore, Thomas J. and John R. Welsh, Jr. Forward and back-
ward enhancement of sensitivity in the auditory system. 47:
534—1970
1632 Volume 47	J 970
Moose, Paul H. and R. J. Swarts. Statistical studies of back-
scattered sound near 28 kHz. 47: 113(A)—1970
Moray, Neville. Introductory experiments in auditory time
sharing: detection of intensity and frequency increments.
47: 1071—1970
---- Time sharing in auditory perception - effect of stimulus
duration. 47: 660(L)—1970
Morehead, D. M. (see Takefuta, Y.). 47: 66(A)—1970
Moscovitch, D. H. and R. P. Gannon. Significance of osmotic
pressure gradients during cochlear perfusion. 47: 77(A)—
1970
Moseley, Donald S. Membrane application of second-order
nonseparables. 47: 126(A)—1970
Mosse, A., M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch. High-speed movie
films of visible cavitation in liquid helium. 47: 108(A)—1970
----, M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch. Movie films of cavita-
tion in superfluid helium. 47 : 1258—1970
Moulder, Ron. Review of Airborne, Impact and Structure-
Borne Control in Miltifamily Dwellings by Raymond D.
Berendt, George E. Winzer, and Courtney B. Burroughs.
47: 22—1970
Mulligan, В. E. and M. Elrod. Monaural detection and filter-
ing. 47: 1548—1970
Mulligan, J. A. (see Dooling, R. J.). 47: 67(A)—1970
Murphy, E. L. Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point
problem. 47: 101(A), 899—1970
Murray, Thomas. Method for analyzing perceptual confusions
of consonant phonemes. 47: 127(A)—1970
Murty, T. S. Comments on the comments by Patricio A Laura
on “Frequencies of a Hanging Chain’’ [T. Huang and D .W .
Dareing, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 46:1087 (1969)] 47:1156(L)—
1970
Myers, G. H. Anechoic duct termination development using
scale model theory. 47: 117(A)—1970
N
Nabelek, A., I. Nabelek, and I. J. Hirsh. Pitch perception of
two types of frequency change: glides and jumps. 47 : 118(A)
—1970
---- (see Nabelek, 1.). 47,- 119(A)—1970
Nabelek, I. and A. Nabelek. Frequency glides—their spectra
and pitch perception. 47: 119(A)—1970
---- (see Nabelek, A.). 47: 118(A)—1970
---- (see Rozsypal, A. J.). 47: 119(A)—1970
Nagarkar, B. N., T. D. Mathis, A. P. Ripper, and R. D. Finch.
Sinusoidal horns. 47: 56(A)—1970
Nagel, D. C. (see Carterette, E. C.). 47:106(A)—1970
Nakatsui, Mamoru and Jouji Suzuki. Method of observation
d gjottal-source wave using digital inverse filtering in time
domain. 47: 664 (L)—1970
Nariboli, G. A. and Y. M. Tsai. Asymptotic nature of exten-
sional wavesinan infinite elastic plate. 47: 857—1970
Nayak, P. Ranganath. Line admittance of infinite isotropic
fluid-loaded plates. 47 :191 —197 0
Nelson, Dan L., Colin G. Gordon and William J Galloway
Methodology for highway noise prediction. 47: 111(A)—
1970
Nelson, R. A., Jr., L. H. Royster, and J. N. Boone. Mathe-
matical model for the class V flextensional underwater
acoustic transducer. 47: 71(A)—1970
---- (see Boone, J. N.). 47: 71(A)—1970
Netsell, R. U rde d ying physiological mechanisms of syllable
stress. 47: 103(A)—1970
Neubauer, W. G. and L. R. Dragonette. Diffraction of a sound
pulse by a solid cylinder in water. 47: 62 (A)—1970
Neubert, J. A. Sound propagation in a continuous isotropic
random medium. 47: 63(A)—1970
Neubert, V. H. (see Patel, Jayant S.). 47 •. 248—1970
Newcomb, W. B., W. D. Larkin, and R. A. Houde .Speech seg-
mentation. 47: 65(A)—1970
AUTHOR INDEX
Nicholas, N. C. and H. liberal!. Propagation calculations for a
parabolic velocity profile. 47: 101(A)—1970
Nichols, R. H., Jr. Technical notes and research briefs. 47:
443, 968, 1485—1970
Nichols, T. L. and S. D. Tanenholtz. Effect of increments in a
sinusoidal pedestal on the vertex potential. 47: 97 (A)—
1970
Nieder, I. (see Nieder, P.). 47: 68 (A), 661 (L)—1970
Nieder, P. and I. Nieder. Further evidence for periperhal
activation of olivocochlear bundle endings. 47: 661 (L)—
1970
----and I. Nieder. Interaction between efferent bundle elec-
trical stimulation and sound in guinea pig. 47: 68(A)—1970
Nielsen, Donald W., Winifred D. Fraser, and Donald N.
Elliott. Frequency discrimination in the adapted ear. 47:
540—1970
Niese, H. (see Reichardt, W.). 47: 1083—1970
Nitsche, J. R. and F. J. Waters. Bearing errors inherent in the
use of passive sonar arrays. 47: 113(A)—1970
Niwa, Kunihiko (see Fujisaki, Hiroya). 47: 84(A)—1970
Nixon, Charles W. Auditory response to the acoustic impulse
from an air-bag crash protection system. 47: 86(A)—1970
Nixon, James C. (see Schubert, Earl D.). 47 : 1100—1970
Noffsinger, P. Douglas and Tom W. Tillman. Postexposure
responsiveness in the auditory system. 1. Immediate sensiti-
zation. 47: 546—1970
----and Wayne O. Olsen. Postexposure responsiveness in the
auditory system. II. Sensitization and desensitization. 47:
552—1970
Noiseux, D. U. Measurement of power flow in uniform beams
and plates. 47: 238—1970
----, T. G. Horwath, and G. Maidanik. Signal processing for
an acoustic homing system. 47; 124(A)—1970
----(see Horwath, T. G.). 47: 124(A)—1970
----(see Maidanik, G.). 47: 123(A)—1970
Noll, A. Michael. Whither speech production? 47: 1614(L)—
1970
Noppe, Roger C. (see Purcell, Jack В. C.). 47: 99(A)—1970
Nordby, K. S. (see Gardinier, R. E.). 47: 100(A)—1970
Northrop, J. Underwater sound propagation across the Hawai-
ian arch. 47: 101(A)—1970
Nuttall, Albert H. (see Cron, Benjamin F.). 47: 112 (A)—1970
Nyborg, Wesley L. Walter H. Pielemeier, 1889-1969. 47:
973-(AN)—1970
0
O’Brien, William D., Jr., and Floyd Dunn. Ultrasonic absorp-
tion in aqueous solutions of globular proteins. 47: 98(A)—
1970
Ohala, John and Peter Ladefoged. Subglottal pressure vari-
ations and glottal frequency. 47: 104(A)—1970
Olds, G. V. (see Byram, G. W.). 47: 55(A)—1970
Olesen, Hans P. (See Broch, Jens Trampe). 47: 87 (A)—1970
Oliphant, Kenward S. Field-performance acoustical measure-
ments—dependable and economic means to code enforce-
ment. 47: 61 (A)—1970
Olsen, Wayne O. (see Noffsinger, P. Douglas). 47: 552—1970
Olson, Harry F. Ribbon velocity microphones. 47: 70(A)—
1970
Olson, T. G. (see Marshall, S. W.). 47: 949—1970
O’Malley, Michael H. Effect of syntactic and semantic viola-
tions on sentence intelligibility. 47: 75(A)—1970
Oncley, P. B. Dual concept of singing registers. 47: 120(A)—
1970
----Low-frequency ground attenuation in outdoor noise
measurements. 47: 122 (A)—1970
----Low-frequency sound-propagation anomaly. 47: 389(L)
—1970
Ortega, Jose C. Statistical study of aircraft landing-noise
levels. 47: 111(A)—1970
----Vehicle warning devices—necessity versus nuisance. 47:
90(A)—1970
----, Jerald R. Hyde, and Jerry P. Christoff. Acoustical
modeling of reverberation chambers. 47: 100(A)—1970
Oser, H. J. (see McKinney, J. E.). 47 : 781—1970
P
Padovan, Joseph and Bernard Koplik. Vibrations of closed
and open sandwich cylindrical shells using refined theory.
47:862—1970
Palin, Jerry (see McCormick , James G.).47: 67(A)—1970
---- (see Ridgway ,Sara H ) .47: 67(A)—1970
Palmieri, L. (see Alippi, A.). 47: 73(A)—1970
Panayiotopoulos, С. P. (see Stopp, Phyllis E.). 47: 59(A)—
1970
Panko, R. R. Effects of source extension on sound fields moni-
tored near a ground surface. 47: 122(A)—1970
Pappas, M. (see Herman, H.). 47: 211—1970
Park, Im K. and Edward L. Reiss. Oscillatory impact of an
inhomogeneous viscoelastic rod. 47: 870—1970
Parker, Barbara (see Speaks, Charles) .47: 75(A)—1970
Parker, D. E. Acoustical vestibular stimulation in the guinea
pig: vestibular nerve response .47: 77(A)—1970
Parkus, H. and L. I. Sedov, Eds. Irreversible Aspects of Con-
tinuum Mechanics and Transfer of Physical Characteristics
in Moving, Fluids reviewed by R. B. Lindsay. 47: 456—1970
Parris ,Pamela J .(see I iibker James F ) .47‘.104(A) ,625—
1970
Parry, H. J. and J. K. Stephens. 1 iiterpretation and meaning of
laboratory determinations of the effect of duration on the
judged acceptability of noise. 47: 88(A)—1970
Partridge, Gordon R. (see Lapointe, James A). 47 : 69(A)—
1970
Pastore, R. E. and R. D. Sorkin. Binaural signal detection:
analysis of decision spaces. 47 : 130(A)—1970
Patel, Jayant S and V. H. Neubert. Natural frequencies and
strain distribution in a ring-stl’ffened thickcy h'lidnca Ishell.
47-.248—1970
Patterson, Roy D. Experimental determination of auditory-
filter shape for tones masked by bands of noise. 47: 107(A)
—1970
Paul, Allan P. (see Horonjeff, Richard D.). 47: 111 (A)—1970
Paul, Patricia (see Hollien, Harry). 47: 127(A)—1970
Pearson, Richard D. (see Stebbins, William C.). 47: 67(A)—
1970
Pearsons, K. S. and R. J. Wells. Judged noisiness of sound
containing multiple pure tones .47 : 89(A)—1970
Pecora, Salvatore, D. Increasing aircraft noise reduction by
practical modifications of typical home construction. 47:
99(A)—1970
Pedersen, M. A. and D. F. Gordon. Theoretical investigation
of a double family of normal modes in an underwater acous-
tic surface duct. 47: 304—1970
Peltzman, Philip, Alan Bass, and David Manchester. Ear-
phone system for human infants. 47: 444(TNRB)—1970
Perrott, David R. A further note on “Limits for the detection
of binarual beats” £D. R. Perrott and M. A. Nelson, J.
Acoust. Soc. Amer. 46, 1477—1481 (1969)] 47: 663(1.)—
1970
----, Renee Briggs, and Sharon Perrott. Binaural fusion: its
limits as defined by signal duration and signal onset. 47:
565—1970
Perrott, Sharon (see Perrott, David R.). 47: 565—1970
Petrini, A. A. (see Fitzgerald, E. M.). 47: 70(A)—1970
Petty, Joseph W., Winifred D. Fraser, and Donald N. Elliott.
Adaptation and loudness decrement: a reconsideration. 47:
1074—1970
---- (see Fraser, Winifred D.). 47: 1016—1970
Phillips, J. W. (see Freund, L. B.). 47: 942(1.)—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1633
AUTHOR INDEX
Phyfe, D. L. (see Houghton, R.). 47: 95(A)—1970
Pickett, J. M. and Ellen S. Martin. Discrimination of formant
transitions by listeners with sensorineural hearing losses.
47: 128(A)—1970
---- (see Bolt, Richard H.). 47: 597—1970
Pierce, Allan D. Theory of sonic boom rise times. 47: 109 (A)—
1970
----and Joe W. Posey. Prediction of infrasonic waves from
thermonuclear explosions using Cagniard’s integral trans-
form method. 47: 109(A)—1970
Pierce, J. R. Whither speech recognition?—II. 47: 1616(L)—
1970
Pierce, Linda. Effect of frequency and intensity anchors on
both pitch and loudness judgments. 47: 95 (A)—1970
Piercy, J. E. Absorption of sound in air. 47: 97 (A)—1970
---- Interaction between acoustic modes in extended media
and between components of the Brillouin spectrum of scat-
tered light. 47: 64(A)—1970
Piersol, Allan G. Extrapolation techniques for predicting
structural responses to aeroacoustic loads. 47: 103 (A)—1970
Pinczuk, A. (see Ito, R.). 47 : 56(A)—1970
Pine, Alan S. Linear wave-vector dispersion of the shear-wave
phase velocity in a quartz. 47: 73(A)—1970
Pinnow, D. A. (see Warner, A. W.). 47: 791—1970
Pisoni, David B., Robert J. Jarvella, and Ronald S. Tikofsky.
Laterality factors in the perception of sentences varying in
semantic constraint. 47: 76(A)—1970
Pitassi, David A. (see Bartram, James F.). 47: 123(A)—1970
Plicque, F., J. Feupier, and A. Zarembovitch. On a method of
generating ultrasonic circularly polarized waves. 47: 168—
1970
Plitnik, G. and W. Strong. Digital filter technique for synthe-
sis of bassoon tones. 47:131 (A)—1970
Pole, R. V. (see Lean, E. G. H.). 47: 73 (A)—1970
Pond, John B. The role of heat in the production of ultrasonic
focal lesions. 47: 1607—1970
Port, Diane K. (see Preston, Malcolm S.). 47 : 128(A)—1970
Posey, Joe W. (see Pierce, Allan D.). 47: 109(A)—1970
Powell, C. G. (see Lean, E. G. H.). 47: 73(A)—1970
Powell, John G. and John J. Van Houten. Tone-burst tech-
nique of sound absorption measurement. 47 : 80(A)—1970
Powers, John P. (see Wade, Glen). 47: 74(A)—1970
Presti, A. J. A modern approach to sound spectrograph in-
strumentation. 47: 66(A)—1970
Preston, Malcolm S. and Diane K. Port. Further results on the
development of voicing in stop consonants in young chil-
dren. 47: 129(A)—1970
Preusse, John W. Introduction to the consonant-recognition
Test. 47: 74(A)—1970
Price, A. J. and M. J. Crocker. Sound transmission through
double panels using statistical energy analysis. 47: 683—
1970
Price, G. Richard. Loss in the cochlear microphonic as a func-
tion of constant duty cycle and varying repetition rate. 47:
85(A)—1970
Proffit, William R. (see Brown, W. S., Jr.). 47: 104(A)—1970
Propst, R. L. The open-plan office, concepts and attributes.
47: 78(A)—1970
Pruzansky, Sandra (see Bricker, Peter D.). 47 : 96(A)—1970
----(see Coker, Cecil H.). 47: 95(A)—1970
Purcell, Jack В. C. and Roger C. Noppe. Acoustic shielding
properties of a free-standing wall. 47: 99(A)—1970
Purves, В., K. Blackett, and W. Strong. Speech synthesis with
a vocal tract synthesizer. 47: 93 (A)—1970
Q
Quazi, Azizul H. (see Spitznogle, Frank R.). 47: 1150—1970
Queen, William C. Directivity of sonar receiving arrays. 47:
711—1970
1634 Volume 47	1970
R
Rabiner, Lawrence R. (see Schafer, Ronald W.). 47: 94(A),
634—1970
Racker, George F. (see Rommel, Bruce A.). 47: 102 (A)—1970
Raisbeck. G. (see Koopman, В. O.). 47: 100(A)—1970
Ramakrishna, B. S. and T. I. Smits. Acoustics of Northrop
Memorial Auditorium. 47: 951—1970
Ramakrishnan, С. V. and A. H. Shah. Vibration of an aelo-
tropic spherical shell. 47: 1366—1970
Rand, T. (see Vanderslice, Ralph). 47: 94(A)—1970
Raphael, David T. Closed solution for the initial target-ac-
quiring angle at the source depth in a linear-gradient ocean.
47: 1437—1970
Raphael, Lawrence J. Effect of vowel duration upon the per-
ception of the voicing characteristic of word-final conso-
nants. 47: 58(A)—1970
Raske, Theodore F. and Ki S. Joung. Dynamic response of
elastic bodies to an oscillating point mass. 47: 1375—1970
Ravera, R. J. and G. C. Sih. Transient analysis of stress waves
around cracks under antiplane strain. 47: 875—1970
Reddingius, N. (see Simpson, M. A.). 47: 110(A)—1970
Redwood, M. (see Mitchell, R. F.). 47: 701—1970
Reichardt, W. Subjective and objective measurement of the
budness bve 1 of single and repeated fmpu fees. 47: 1557—
1970
----and H. Niese. Choice of sound duration and silent inter-
vals for test and comparison signals in the subjective mea-
surement of loudness level. 47: 1083—1970
Reinicke, W. and L. Cremer. Application of holographic inter-
ferometry to vibrations of the bodies of string instruments.
47: 131(A)—1970
Reiss, Edward L. (see Park, Im K.). 47: 870—1970
Remington, Paul J. Response of a plate to noise in a support-
ing elastic medium. 47: 114(A)—1970
Remmers, G. (see Brackenridge, J. B.). 47: 92(A)—1970
Render, James M. Stored-energy retrieval in ultrasonic image
converter. 47: 72(A)—1970
---- (see Turner, William R.). 47: 72(A)—1970
Rentzepis, G. M. On the effects of viscosity on sound propagat-
ing in a moving fluid through cylindrical ducts. 47: 83(A)
—1970
Rettinger, Michael. Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control
reviewed by Donald P. Loye and by Michael J. Kodaras
(2 reviews). 47: 1491—1970
Reveman, Anders. Errors obtained in spectral-density analysis
with sweeping filter and remaining ripple when using equal-
izer-analyzer system for random-vibration test. 47: 257—
1970
Reynolds, J. and W. Strong. Degraded synthetic speech for
classroom demonstration. 47:93 (A)—1970
Rhode, W. S. and C. D. Geisler. Measurement of the amplitude
and phase of vibration of the basilar membrane using the
Mossbauer effect. 47: 60(A)—1970
Richter, R. J. and R. D. Schalow. Performance of bearing esti-
mators subject to nonideal inputs. 47: 124(A)—1970
Ridgway, Sam H., E. G. Wever, James G. McCormick, Jerry
Palin, and John Anderson. Sensitivity of green sea turtle’s
ear as shown by its electrical potentials. 47: 67 (A)—1970
---- (see McCormick, James G.). 47: 67(A)—1970
Riley, Ward A. and W. Richard Klein. Optical discrimination
between two mechanisms in acoustically birefringent liquids.
47: 81(A)—1970
Ripper, A. P. (see Nagarkar, B. N.). 47: 56(A)—1970
Ritsma, Roelof J. (see Bilsen, Frans A ). 47: 469—1970
Roberts, R. A. Parameter variations in linear memories. 47:
125(A)—1970
Robertson, Jack E. Fluctuating pressures induced by three-
dimensional protuberances. 47: 91 (A)—1970
AUTHOR INDEX
Robinson, Donald E/and Ted L. Langford. Detectability of a
noise-signal as a function of signal-masker phase and inter-
aural phase. 47: 130(A)—1970
----(see Yost, William A.). 47: 130(A)—1970
Rochester, S. R. Direct measure of duration discrimination.
47: 118(A)—1970
Roderick, William I. Acoustic spectra of specular and near-
specular scattering from a three-dimensional traveling
sinusoidal surface. 47: 112(A)—1970
Rodgers, Sydney G. Designs for open-plan and conventional
offices. 47: 78(A)—1970
Rogers, Peter H. and A. O. Williams, Jr. Second-harmonic
generation in plane-piston beams. 47: 82(A)—1970
Rommel, Bruce A. and George F. Racker. Computer solution
of the response of complex structures to random excitation.
47: 102(A)—1970
Ronken, Don A. Monaural detection of a phase difference be-
tween clicks. 47: 1091—1970
----Reciprocal spreading effects on frequency discrimination.
47: 119(A)—1970
Ropper, Allan H. (see Khanna, Shyam AL). 47: 60(A)—1970
Rose, J. E. (see Anderson, D. J.). 47: 59(A)—1970
Rosenberg, A. E. Superposition of time-interval pitch percepts.
47: 118(A)—1970
Ross, Edward M. State regulation of community noise, 47:
54 (T)—1970
Rothman, Howard H. Effects of high frequencies and ’mter-
subject variability on the auditory-evoked cortical response.
47: 569—1970
Royster, L. H. (see Boone, J. N.). 47: 71 (A)—1970
----(see Nelson, R. A., Jr.). 47: 71(A)—1970
Rozsypal, A. J. and I. Nabelek. Difference limen for duration
of acoustic bursts, as dependent on their envelope curves
and carrier signals. 47: 119(A)—1970
Ruder, Kenneth F. and Paul J. Jensen. Silent interval duration
as a perceptual cue of speech pauses. 47: 57 (A)—1970
Rudnick, Isadore. President’s report: 78th meeting of the
Acoustical Society of America. 47: 722 (AN)—1970
Russell, G. A. Electrical impedance measurements of an elec-
trothermal loudspeaker. 47: 1482—1970
Ryan, J. T. (see Lowe, S. S.). 47: 76(A)—1970
s
Sachs, Murray B. Review of Information-Processing Ap-
proaches to Visual Perception, Ralph N. Haber, Ed. 47:
1162—1970
Saenger, Alfred (see Brown, M. Vertner). 47: 113(A)—1970
Sagartz, M. J., L. M. Keer, and G. Herrmann. In-plane tran-
sient response of a sandwich ring to radial impact. 47: 1381
—1970
Sakoe, Hiroaki (see Chiba, Seibi). 47: 83 (A)—1970
Salant, Richard F. Acoustic rays in two-dimensional rotating
flows. 47: 81(A)—1970
Sampath, P. (see Deckker, В. E. L.). 47: 1453—1970
Samuel, A. L. “Whither speech recognition?”—a rebuttal.
47: 1616 (L)—1970
Saunders, Herbert and Richard I. Johnson. Supersonic turbu-
lence-induced pressure fluctuations. 47: 90(A)—1970
Saurenman, H. (see Feit, D.). 47: 56(A)—1970
Sauter, August, Jr., and Walter W. Soroka. Sound transmis-
sion through rectangular slots of finite depth between re-
verberant rooms. 47: 5—1970
Sawashima, Masayuki, Arthur S. Abramson, Franklin S.
Cooper, and Leigh Lisker. Motion pictures of the vocal folds
in speech. 47 : 105(A)—1970
Sawley, R. J. and C. G. Gordon. Intrusive noise and the ambi-
ent noise environment. 47: 111 (A)—1970
Sayers, B. McA. (see Lynn, P. A.). 47: 525—1970
Schafer, Ronald W. and Lawrence R. Rabiner. Automatic
estimation of formant frequencies for voiced speech. 47:
94(A)—1970
----and Lawrence R. Rabiner. System for automatic formant
analysis of voiced speech. 47: 634—1970
Schalow, R. D. (see Richter, R. J.). 47: 124(A)—1970
Scharf, B. and S. M. Weissmann. Dichotic summation of
loudness over time. 47: 96(A)—1970
Scharf, L. L. and С. E. Schmid. Testing for isotropy. 47:
123(A)—1970
Schmid, С. E. (see Scharf, L. I..). 47: 123(A)—1970
Schmidt, Dieter W. and Peter M. Tilmann. Experimental
study of sound-wave phase fluctuations caused by turbulent
wakes. 47: 1310—1970
Schoeny, Zahrl G. (see Dallos, Peter). 47: 60(A)—1970
Schroeder, M. R. Digital simulation of sound transmission in
reverberant spaces. 47: 424—1970
----Relation between critical bands and the phase character-
istic of cubic difference tones. 47: 107 (A)—1970
Schryer, N. (seeSolomon, L. P.). 47: 55(A)—1970
Schubert, Earl D. and James C. Nixon. On the role of phase in
the audibility of octave complexes. 47: 1100—1970
----(see White, Frederick E.). 47: 24, 729, 1163—1970
Schubert, L. K. Refraction of sound by a jet: a numerical
study. 47: 110(A)—1970
Schultz, M. C. (see Berman, M. S.). 47: 74(A)—1970
Schultz, T. J. (see Hirtle, P. W.). 47: 79(A)—1970
Schutzenhofer, Luke (see Jones, Jess H.). 47: 90(A)—1970
Schwartz, Martin F. Duration of/s/ in /s/-plosive blends. 47:
1143 (L)—1970
Scott, David H. Fatigue evaluation of noise suppression ma-
terials. 47: 115(A)—1970
Sebesta, G. J. and R. W. Carlisle. Perception of square-wave
and sinusoidal-wave response from direct-radiator submini-
ature loudspeaker. 47: 80(A)—1970
Sedov, L. I. (see Parkus, H.). 47: 456—1970
Sen, Tapas K. and J. Douglas Carroll. Singal-to-noise level
as a predictor of speech transmission quality. 47: 75(A)—
1970
Senator, M. Existence and stability of periodic motions of a
harmonically forced impacting system. 47: 125(A), 1390—
1970
Sepmeyer, L. W. (see Locanthi, B. N.). 47: 79(A)—1970
Sergeant, R. L. Intelligibility of speech produced in com-
pressed air. 47: 128(A)—1970
----and J. R. Duffy, Jr. Acoustic analysis of speech produced
in air compressed from 14.7 to 147 psia. 47 : 128(A)—1970
Sessler, G. M. and J. E. West. Foil-electret microphone for
use at low infrasonic frequencies. 47: 71 (A)—1970
---- (see West, J. E.). 47: 71(A)—1970
Shadley, J. R. and R. D. Finch. Nucleation of cavitation by
alphs irradiation of liquid helium. 47: 109(A)—1970
Shah, A. H. (see Ramakrishnan, С. V.). 47: 1366—1970
Shand, M. L. (see Ito, R.). 47: 56(A)—1970
Shapiro, Arthur. A nonparametric detector for a narrow-band
signal. 47: 694—1970
Sherman, Charles H. (see Butler, John L.). 47: 1290—1970
Shields, F. Douglas. On obtaining transition rates from sound
absorption and dispersion curves. 47: 1262—1970
---- and George P. Carney. Sound absorption in pure P2A
and COJ Dpi mixtures. 47 : 1269—1970
Shinozuka, Masanobu (see Yang, Jann-Nan). 47: 393(1.)—
1970
Shipley, John W. (see Bernard, Michael C.). 47: 390 (L)—1970
Shipp, Thomas and Robert E. McGlone. Method for conduct-
ing an EMG aerodynamic study of normal voice. 47: 104(A)
—1970
---- (see Large, John). 47: 121(A)—1970
---- (see McGlone, Robert E.). 47: 105(A)—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1635
AUTHOR INDEX
Shivaram, M. and W. S. Mitchell. Effects of a bar stiffener on
the flexural response of a reinforced circular ring. 47: 126(A)
—1970
Sih, G. C. (see Ravera, R. J.). 47: 875—1970
Silbiger, Herman R. A method for computer-controlled group
audiometry. 47: 86(A)—1970
Silsbee, D. L. (see Gardinier, R. E.). 47: 100(A)—1970
Simcox, C. D. A farfield study of screech and other shock-
related noise for hot and cold jets. 47: 110(A)—1970
Simmons, James A. Target simulation and the sonar of bats.
47: 76(A)—1970
Simon, Victor III (see Gatley, William). 47: 117 (A)—1970
Simpson, M. A., C. G. Gordon, N. Reddingius, and W. C. Mee-
cham. Study of the acoustic effects caused by the insertion
of strip flow spoilers into a model air jet. 47: 110(A)—1970
Sisson, Cyrus (see Lane, Harlan). 47: 618—1970
Siu, Chun Chung and Charles W. Bert. Free vibrational analy-
sis of sandwich conical shells with free edges. 47: 943 (L)—
1970
Skinner, L. A. Pressure threshold for acoustic cavitation. 47:
327—1970
Slaymaker, F. H. Chords from tones having stretched partials.
47: 132(A), 1569—1970
Slusser, Ronald A. A method for the calculation of the normal-
mode frequencies in irregular rooms. 47:117 (A)—1970
Small, Arnold M., Jr. Masking level differences for signals
yielding place and periodicity pitch. 47: 130(A) 1970
Smith, Roy A. (see Wade, Glen). 47: 74(A)—1970
Smith, Sharon (see Taylor, M. M.). 47: 118(A)—1970
Smits, T. I. (see Ramakrishna, B. S.). 47: 951—1970
Snowdon, J. C. Forced vibration of internally damped circu-
lar plates with supported and free boundaries. 47: 882—1970
----(see Kerlin, R. L.). 47: 220—1970
Soeberg, Jan (see Frederiksen, Bent). 4769 (A)—1970
Soedel, W. (see Bolleter, U.). 47: 126(A)—1970
----(see Jacquot, R. G.). 47: 126(A), 1354—1970
Solomon, L. P. and L. L. Evans. Subharmonics of the bubble
equation addenda. 47: 92 (A)—1970
----and N. Schryer. Some solutions to a mixed-boundary-
value problem. 47: 55(A)—1970
Sorkin, R. D. (see Pastore, R. E.). 47: 130(A)—1970
Soroka, Walter W. (see Sauter, August, Jr.). 47:5—1970
Sparks, David W. (see Thomas, Ian B.). 47: 128(A)—1970
Speaks, Charles and Barbara Parker. Performance-intensity
functions for continuous discourse. 47: 75(A)—1970
Spellacy, Frank. Lateral perferences in the identification of
patterned stimuli. 47: 574—1970
Spitznogle, Frank R. and Azizul H. Quazi. Representation
and analysis of time-limited signals using a complex ex-
ponential algorithm. 47: 1150—1970
Starr, A., and R. Britt. Inhibitory and excitatory synaptic
events in cat cochlear nucleus. 47: 59(A)—1970
Starunov, V. S. (see Fabelinskii, I. L.). 47: 64(T)—1970
Stead, K. A., J. Liu, and W. H. Hoppmann П. Normal-mode
vibrations of systems of elastically connected concentric
rings. 47: 892—1970
Stebbins, William C., Richard D. Pearson, and David B.
Moody. Hearing in the monkey (macaco.): absolute and
differential sensitivity. 47: 67 (A)—1970
Steiglitz, Kenneth (see Winham, Godfrey). 47: 665 (L)—1970
Stephens, J. K. (see Parry, H. J.). 47: 88(A)—1970
Stern, R. see Bradfield, G.). 47: 386(L)—1970
---- (see Markson, J. L.). 47: 63(A)—1970
Stevens, Kenneth N. (see Bolt, Richard H.). 47: 597—1970
---- (see Williams, С. E.). 47: 66(A)—1970
Stevens, S. S. Calculation of the perceived level in PLdB. 47:
88(A)—1970
Stickler, D. C. and G. R. Fox. Comments on “Analysis of an
integral equation arising from the investigation of vertical
directivity of sea noise” fM. W. Anderson and R. L. Tittle
J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 45, 1129-1133 (1969)] 47: 1470(L)—
1970
Stillman, Robert D. Response of one tyjie of neuron in the
inferior colliculus of the kangaroo rat (dipodomys spectabilis)
to low-frequency binaural tones. 47: 76(A)—1970
Stokinger, T. E. and J. E. Lankford. Temporal relations in
pure-tone contralateral masking. 47: 106(A)—1970
---- (see Lankford, J. E.). 47: 106(A)—1970
Stoll, Robert D. and George M. Bryan. Wave attenuation in
saturated sediments. 47: 1440 —1970
Stopp, Phyllis E., С. P. Panayiotopoulos, and I. C. Whitfield.
The effect of some neurally active drugs on the cochlear
afterpotential. 47: 59(A)—1970
Straessner, P. M. and H. Blaesser. Some experience with the
computerized noise monitoring system at Stuttgart airport.
47: 87(A)—1970
Strasberg, Murray. Acoustical news from abroad. 47: 20, 725,
1160—1970
Strong, W. (see Beck, M.). 47: 132(A)—1970
---- (see Plitnik, G.). 47: 131(A)—1970
---- (see Purves, B.). 47: 93(A)—1970
---- (see Reynolds, J.). 47 : 93(A)—1970
Strumpf, F. Michael. Testing of noise emission by plumbing
applicances. 47: 61(A)-—1970
----and Vincent E. Chillemi. Modified rhyme test as a tool
for the testing of speech perception in classrooms. 47: 74 (A)
—1970
----(see Kingsbury, H. F.). 47: 99(A)—1970
Studebaker, Gerald A. and Thomas A Zachman. Investiga-
tion о f t he acoustics о f earnio Id vents. 47: 1107— 1970
Stumpf, F. B. and Y. Y. Lam. Radiation resistance of a small
transducer at a water surface near plane boundaries. 47:
332—1970
Sussman, Bernard and William G. Kanabis. Time-smear and
frequency-smear studies on the BIFI range. 47: 101(A)—
1970
Sutherland, Louis C. Response of ground structures to sonic
loads. 47: 103(A)—1970
Suzuki, Hisayochi. A mutually complementary effect of the
rate and the amount of formant transition in distinguishing
vowel, semivowel, and stop consonant. 47: 58(A)—1970
Suzuki, Jouji (see Nakatsui, Mamoru). 47 : 664(L)—1970
Swarts, R. L. (see Moose, Paul H.). 47: 113(A)—1970
Swets, J. A. (see Green, D. M.). 47: 455—1970
T
Takefuta, Y. and D. M. Morehead. Data processing for
analyzing intonational signals of American English. 47:
66(A)—1970
Tanenholtz, S. D. (see Nichols, T. I..). 47: 97(A)—1970
Tang, Sing-Chih and David H. Y. Yen. Interaction of a plane
acoustic wave with an elastic spherical shell. 47: 1325—1970
Tanner, W. P., Jr. (see Berman, M. S.). 47 : 74(A)—1970
Tate, D. C. Experimental digital system for the prediction of
underwater sound propagation. 47: 101(A)—1970
Taylor, D. W. (see Kingsbury, H. F.). 47: 79(A)—1970
Taylor, Jay E. (see Welsh, AlanG.). 47: 1274—1970
Taylor, K. J. (see Jonhstone, В. NF.). 47; 504—1970
Taylor, M. M. and Sharon Smith. Interaural and idiosyncratic
differences in monaural detection with contralateral cue.
47: 118(A)—1970
Teas, Donald, C., Teruzo Konishi, and Joel S. Wernick.
Effects of electrical current applied to cochlear partition on
discharges in individual auditory-nerve fibers. 11.1 interaction
of electrical polarization and acoustic stimulation. 47:
1527—1970
---- (see Konishi, Teruzo). 47: 1519—1970
Thomas, Ian B. and Paul J. Grupposo. Masking thresholds for
sinusoidal signals and noise after infinite amplitude clipping.
47: 118(A)—1970
1636 Volume 47	1970
AUTHOR INDEX
----and David W. Sparks. Discrimination of filtered-clipped
speech by sensorineural hearing-imparied subjects. 47:
128(A)—1970
Thomas, R. S. Measured time and frequency spreading of
acoustic signals reflected from the sea surface. 47 : 112 (A)—
1970
Thompson, C. L. (see Berlin, C. 1.). 47: 75(A)—1970
----(see Lowe, S. S.). 47: 76(A)—1970
Thorp, W. H. (see Maples, L. C.). 47: 91(A)—1970
Thorpe, Howard A. Repeatability of ground-test noise mea-
surements on an aircraft engine. 47: 1485 (TNRB)—1970
Tichy, J. Sound field in reverberation chamber at discrete
frequencies. 47: 117(A)—1970
Tiersten, H. F. Linear Piezoelectric Plate Vibrations reviewed
by Warren P. Mason. 47: 1492—1970
Tikofsky, Ronald S. (see Pisoni, David В .). 47: 76(A)—1970
Tillman, TomW. (see Noffsinger, P. Douglas). 47: 546—1970
Tilmann, Peter M. (see Schmidt, Dieter W.). 47: 1310—1970
Tong, E. (see Bhatia, A. B.). 47: 65(A)—1970
Tonndorf, Juergen. Nonlinearities in cochlear hydrody-
namics. 47: 579—1970
----Review of Zur Nervosen Belastung durch Ldrm (The
Nervous Stress Due to Noise Exposure) by Gerd Jansen. 47:
22—1970
----and Shyam M. Khanna. Function of the tympanic mem-
brane. 47: 60(A)—1970
----(see Khanna, Shyam M.). 47: 60(A)—1970
Tosi, Oscar and Brad Lashbrook. Pauses and circadian
rhythm. 47: 67 (A)—1970
Trahiotis, Constantine and Donald N. Elliott. Behavioral in-
vestigation of some possible effects of sectioning the crossed
olivocochlear bundle. 47: 592—1970
----and Donald N. Elliott. Extension of the Neff neural model
to situations demanding discrimination among complex
stimuli. 47: 1116—1970
----(see Dolan, Terrence). 47: 131(A)—1970
Tranei, Bernard (see Lane, Harlan). 47: 618—1970
Tsai, Y. M. (see Nariboli, G. A.). 47: 857—1970
Turner, William R. Vacuum maintenance in image tubes. 47:
72(A)—1970
----and James M. Render. New experimental results with
high-conductance ultrasonic image converter. 47: 72(A)—
1970
Twining, Bruce E. (see Creelman, C.). 47: 129(A)—1970
u
Uberall, H. (see Brill, Donald). 47: 1467 (L)—1970
----(see Nicholas, N. C.). 47: 101(A)—1970
Ugincius, Peter. Intensity equations in ray acoustics. HI.
Exact two-dimensional formulation. 47: 339—1970
Umeda, N. (see Browman, С. P.). 47: 95(A)—1970
----(see Coker, С. H.). 47: 94(A)—1970 (2 abstracts)
Urick, R. J. and G. R. Lund. Horizontal coherence of explo-
sive reverberation. 47 : 909—1970
----and G. R. Lund. Vertical coherence of shallow-water re-
verberation. 47: 113(A), 342—1970
V
Vaidya, P. G. Equivalent impedance method for attentuation
in ducts. 47: 122(A)—1970
----(see Doak, P. E.). 47: 122(A)—1970
Vaishnav, Ramesh N. and Edward N. Magrab. Exact theory
of tracking of moving underwater object by a short-base
navigation system attached to an imperfectly stabilized
moving ship. 47: 912—1970
Van Atta, Floyd A. Federal regulation of occupational noise.
47: 54 (T)—1970
Van Bladel, J. Coupling through a sma II aper Lire in a wave-
guide. 47: 202—1970
Vanderslice, Ralph and T. Rand. Artificial intonation. 47:
94(A)—1970
Van Houten, John J. (see Powell, John G.). 47 : 80(A)—197(1
Veneklasen, Paul S. Model techniques in architectural acous-
tics. 47: 419—1970
----and Jerald R. Hyde. Concepts and acoustics of open-plan
offices and schools. 47 : 78 (A)—1970
Vennard, William and Minoru Hirano. Physiological basis for
vocal registers. 47: 120(A)—1970
Ver, I. L. Measurement of the dynamic stiffness and loss factor
of elastic mounts as a function of static load. 47: 114(A)—
1970
Vernon, Jack (see Mitchell, Curtin). 47: 67(A)—1970
Viemeister, N. F. Discrimination between beats and a pure
tone. 47: 119(A)—1970
Vogel, J. W. and D. F. Blakney. Further investigation into the
relationship between the Doppler shift and subjective noise
levels. 47: 89(A)—1970
Vogel, R. (see Bickel, H. J.). 47: 69(A)—1970
w
Wachter, Kenneth W. Talker recognition on large popula-
tions. 47: 66(A)—1970
Wade, Glen, Roy A. Smith, C. John Landry, and John P.
Powers. Studies of resolution in a Bragg imaging system.
47: 74(A)—1970
Wagner, R. J. (see Lynch, P. J.). 47: 816—1970
Walker, В. E., L. P. Delsasso, and V. O. Knudsen. Reflective
surfaces for the hearing of speech and music in an anechoic
chamber. 47: 99(A)—1970
---- (see Delsasso, L. P.). 47: 117(A)—1970
---- (see Knudsen, V. O.). 47: 99(A)—1970
Walsh, George M. Experimental prediction of acoustic path
stability from thermistor-chain data. 47 : 101 (A)—1970
Walter, W. W. and G. L. Anderson. Wave propagation in an
infinite elastic plate in contact with an inviscid liquid layer.
47: 55(A), 1398—1970
Ward, Paul H. (see Honrubia, Vicente). 47: 498—1970
Warfield, Dickens (see Mainen, Michael W.). 47: 1139(L)—
1970
Warfield, J. T. and M. J. Jacobson. Effects of a horizontal
sound-speed gradient on ray propagation in a channel. 47:
350—1970
Warner, A. W., D. A. Pinnow, J. G. Bergman, Jr., and G. R.
Crane. Piezoelectric and photoelastic properties of lithium
iodate. 47: 791—1970
Waterhouse, Richard. Sampling statistics for an acoustic
mode. 47: 961—1970
Waters, J. F. (see Nitsche, J. R.). 47; 113(A)—1970
Waters, James P. (see Erf, Robert K.). 47’. 968(TNRB)—
1970
Watson, C. S. (see Mills, J. H.). 47: 85(A)—1970
Watters, B. G. Instrumentation for acoustic modeling. 47:
413—1970
---- (see Mark, W. D.). 47: 113(A)—1970
Weiss ,Burton A .Empirical determination of air water, imped-
ance differences in small tanks. 47: 113(A), 921—1970
Weiss, Robert. Separation of multipath energy in dispersive
media. 47: 115(A)—1970
----(see DuBack, Earl). 47: 115(A)—1970
Weissman, S. M. (see Scharf, B.). 47: 96(A)—1970
Wells, R. J. Calculation of annoyance level fcr sound con-
taining multiple pure tones. 47: 89(A)—1970
----(see Pearsons, K. S.). 47: 89 (A)—1970
Wells, Willard. Acoustic imaging with crossed linear arrays.
47: 73(A)—1970
Welsh, Alan G. and Jay E. Taylor. Efficiencies in the exchange
о f tans h tbna I an d vi'ha tioia I si ergies in cyclopropane-
argon mixtures. 47: 1274—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1637
AUTHOR INDEX
Welsh, John R., Jr. (see Moore, Thomas J.). 47: 534—1970
Welsh, R. (see Hudimac, A. A.). 47: 114(A)—1970
Werchan, Ronald (see Cook, Bill D.). 47: 74(A)—1970
Wernick, Joel S. (see Konishi, Teruzo). 47: 1519-—1970
---- (see Teas, Donald C.). 47: 1527—1970
West, J. E. and G M Sess ler. Air- borne an dso I'd borne noise
discrimination of a first-order gradient michrophone based
on the foil-electret principle, 47 : 71 (A)—1970
---- (see Sessler, G. M.). 47: 71(A)—1970
West, M. (see Ford, R. D.). 47: 12 (L)—1970
Westervelt, Peter J. (see Moffett, Mark B.). 47: 82(A),
1473 (L)—1970
Wever, E. G. (see McCormick, James G.). 47: 67(A)—1970
---- (see Ridgway, Sam H.). 47: 67(A)—1970
Whalley, E., D. D. Klug, and P. T. T. Wong. Absorption of
light by the sound waves of disordered crystals. 47: 65 (A)—
1970
White, Frederick E. and Earl D. Schubert. References to con-
temporary papers on acous tics. 47: 24, 729, 1163—1970
White, P. H. Interpretations of cross-correlation and cross-
spectra measurements of boundary layer turbulence and
panel response. 47: 115(A)—1970
White, Robert W. Modal response of cylinder to various
acoustic fields. 47: 102(A)—1970
Whitfield, I. C. (see Stopp, Phyllis E.). 47: 59(A)—1970
Whitmarsh, David C. Review of Physics of Sound in the Sea.
47: 1162—1970
Wible, Barry L. (see Hoffman, Howard S.). 47: 489—1970
Widnall, Sheila E. (see Heller, Hanno H.). 47: 924—1970
Wightman, Frederic L. and Barry Leshowitz. Off-frequency
tonal masking. 47: 107(A)—1970
---- (see Leshowitz, Barry). 47: 106(A)—1970
Wilhold, Gilbert A. (see Jones, Jess H.). 47: 90(A)—1970
Wilkinson, J. P. D. Thermal analogy for the dynamics of pi-
ezoelectric shells. 47:945 (L)—1970
Willet, M.E. (see Berlin, C. 1.). 47: 75(A)—1970
Williams, A. O., Jr. (see Robers, Peter H.). 47: 82(A)—1970
Williams, С. E., K. N. Stevens, and M. H. L. Hecker. Acous-
tical manifestations of emotional speech. 47 : 66(A)—1970
Williams, G. T. Characteristics and origin of sound emission
from turbulent flames. 47: 110(A)—1970
Williamson, R.C. and D .Eden. Coh erent detection technique
for variable-path-length measurements of ultrasonic pulses.
47: 1278 1970
Wingate, Robert T. and R. T. Davis. Perturbation solution of
a hyperbolic equation governing longitudinal wave propa-
gation in certain nonuniform bars .47:1334—1970
Winham, Godfrey and Kenneth Steiglitz. Input generators for
digital sound synthesis. 47: 665(L)—1970
Winkler, Joerg and H. Blaesser. New hybrid real-time spec-
trum analysis system. 47: 69(A)—1970
Winter, T. G. (see Evans, L. B.). 47: 97(A)—1970
Winterling, G. (see Heinicke, W.). 47: 64(A)—1970
Winzer, George E. NBS mobile acoustical laboratory. 47:
61 (A)—1970
---- (see Berendt, Raymond D.). 47: 22—1970
Wolf, Jared J. Simulation of the measurement phase of an
automatic speaker recognitio ns yie m.47‘.83(A) -2 970
Wong,P.T .T. (see Whalley, E .). 47 . 65 (A)—1970
Wood, С. O. (see Hoover, R. M.). 47: 121(A)—1970
Wood, D. H. Refraction correction in constant gradient media.
47: 1448—1970
Wright, Wayne M. Scattering of acoustic impulses by a cyl-
inder in air. 47: 939 (L)—1970
---- (see Mayo, Ned). 47: 112(A)—1970
Y
Yacoub, Kamal and Jose Almeida. Multidelay model relating
tide height to underwater acoustic phase. 47: 124 (A)—1970
Yang, Jann-Nan and Masanobu Shinozuka. First-passage
time problem. 47: 393 (L)—1970
Yeager, Ernest (see Marchessault, Joseph). 47: 98(A)—1970
Yen, David H. Y. (see Tang, Sing-Chih). 47: 1325—1970
Yost, William A. and Donald E. Robinson. Lateralizability
and detectability of a low-frequency tone as a function of
the level of a tonal masker. 47: 130(A)—1970
Young, Robert W. On the energy transported with a sound
pulse. 47: 441 (L)—1970
----Review of acoustical patents. 47: 40, 457, 742, 980, 1196,
1493—1970
Yun, S. S. Ultrasonic absorption in triethylamine—water solu-
tion near its critical solution temperature. 47: 98(A)—1970
z
Zachman, Thomas A. (see Studebaker, Gerald A.). 47: 1107—
1970
Zagorski, Michael. Combining the information from two
temporally separated observations in a two-alternative
forced-choice signal-detection task. 47: 86(A)—1970
Zarembovitch, A. (see Plicque, F.). 47: 168—1970
Zimmer, J. E. and James R. Cost. Determination of the elastic
constants of a um’directibna 1 fiber composite using ultra-
sonic velocity measurements. 47 : 795—197 0
Zimmerman, J. K. (see Fitzgerald, E. M.). 47: 70(A)—1970
Zwislocki, J. J. Review of Signal Detection Theory and Psy-
chophysics by D. M. Green and J. A. Swets. 47: 455—1970
----, W. B. Adams, and E. J. Kletsky. Intensity characteris-
tics of mechanoreceptors. 47: 96(A)—1970
1638 Volume 47	1970
Inventor Index to Acoustical Patents, Volume 47
Following the inventor’s name is the number of the United States patent.
A
Aas, Herbert G. and George E. Danielson, Jr. 3,435,372. Ultra-
sonic modulator having a cylindrical transducer. 47: 467—
1970
Abbott, Frank R. 3,458,856. Electroacoustic lumped constant
transmission line. 47: 1206—1970
Abruzzo, Joseph, Andrew P. Cox, Jr. and Raymond F. Hol-
landbeck. 3,460,060. Navigation system. 47: 755—1970
Adair, James C. 3,474,879. Acoustic method for mapping the
surface characteristics of a borehole. 47: 998—1970
Adler, Robert. 3,462,714. Acoustic signal translating device
having a propagating medium composed of a plurality of
effectively distinct signal translating paths of mutually
different effective lengths. 47: 1197—1970
----and Adrian J. DeVries. 3,446,975. Acousto-electric filter
utilizing surface wave propagation in which the center fre-
quency is determined by a conductivity pattern resulting
from an optical image. 47: 1208—1970
Ahy, Jahangir M. 3,450,362. Signal recording and/or playback
apparatus. 47: 45—1970
Aileo, Jackson A. 3,456,263. Rigid shell helmet with ear cup.
47: 1197—1970
Akervold, Orrill L., and William J. Kutny, Jr. 3,457,543.
Transducer for producing two coaxial beam patterns of
different frequencies. 47: 52—1970
Albarino, Lawrence. 3,486,578. Electro-mechanical reproduc-
tion of sound. 47: 1495—1970
Aleksa, Peter (see Glass, Marvin I.). 47: 983—1970
Alexieff, Stephen T. 3,321,877. Acoustic ceiling. 47:981—1970
Allen Derek. 3,437,172. Stethoscope with binaural spring
molded into tubing wall and method of fabricating the same.
47: 743—1970
Anderson, Howard R., Philip E. Lambdin, and William A.
Mitchener. 3,462,949. Noise reducing enclosure for a gas
turbine engine. 47: 990—1970
Angeloff, Wesley L. 3,449,712. Folded transducer transmitting
or receiving for low frequency underwater sound. 47: 466—
1970
---- 3,462,730. Transducer of acoustical energy exhibiting
the characteristics of a pulsating sphere. 47: 466—1970
Amesen, Gunnar (see Halbostad, Oddvar S.). 47: 4G 1970
Ashworth, William J. 3,449,531. Electro-mechanical trans-
ducer. 47: 42—1970
Aske, Vernon H. 3,164,997. Accelerometer. 47: 1203—1970
Atsumi, Katsuya. 3,365,551. Nondischarging capacitor-sup-
pressed circuit for drive motor of tape recorder. 47: 745—
1970
Attwood, John G. and Robert L. Kosrow. 3,447,051. Control
circuit for electro-mechanical devices. 47: 987—1970
Atwood, John G. and Edwin L. Kerr. 3,433,959. Microphone.
47: 1200—1970
Auer, John H., Jr., and Klaus H. Frielinghaus. 3,441,905.
Vehicle detection and speed measuring apparatus. 47: 463—
1970
—— and Jerry P. Huffman. 3,474,400. Sonic presence detec-
tion system and method. 47:1198—1970
Auld, Samuel H. (see Lear, William P.). 47:986—1970
Austin, Arthur C. (see Schirick, Robert J.). 47: 457—1970
Autrey, Samuel W. 3,484,738. Device for simulating progres-
sively delayed outputs linear hydrophone array. 47: 1506—
1970
Axe, Roy (see Pounder, Donald Whitworth). 47: 994—1970
В
Babb, John J. 3,435,410. Shallow water seismic prospecting
cable. 47: 51—1970
Babikyan, Jirair A. (see Hayner, Paul F.). 47: 467—1970
Baker, Joseph L. 3,440,919. Stringed instrument construction.
47:461—1970
Balamuth, Lewis. 3,471,724. Magnetostrictive vibrator for
high frequency machining of hard materials. 47: 752—1970
------ and Tulio Parisi. 3,483,611. Methods and apparatus for
assembling parts together by ultrasonic energy. 47: 1500—
1970
-----and Clifford A. Robertson. 3,445,307. Method and appar-
atus employing vibratory energy for joining materials. 47:
995—1970
Barber, Ronald O. 3,306,969. Percussion tone generating de-
vice. 47: 47-—1970
Barnes, George J. P. (see Cragg, William Donald). 47: 1200
1970
Barrekette, Euval S., Charles V. Freiman, Denos C. Gazis,
and John E. Lovell. 3,453,595. Optic-to-acoustic converter
for pattern recognition. 47: 1208—1970
Barrow, Gilbert C. (see Massa, Frank). 47: 1000—1970
Barry, Adelbert, Franklin L. Chalmers, and John B. Pearson.
3,480,101. Seismic wave source using explosive gas in an
expansible enclosure. 47: 999—1970
Barta, Henry Robert (see Woods, John P.). 47: 744, 746—1970
Barth, Carl. 3,469,489. System of movable frets for stringed
musical instrument. 47: 1500—1970
Bauer, Egon. 3,475,566. Battery holder and switch for hearing
aid unit. 47: 743—1970
Bealor, Jesse L., Jr. (see Cook, Rufus L.). 47: 1207—1970
Beguin, Fred P. 3,461,463. Ear protector suspension devices
and the combination with headgear. 47: 743—1960
Bell, J. F. W. and E. G. H. Mobsby. 3,487,690. Acoustical
thermometry. 47: 1502—1970
Benham, Robert B. 3,458,008. Jet engine noise suppressor.
47: 990—1970
Best, Cleafe A., Jr. 3,490,697. Ultrasonic nebulizer. 47: 1503—
1970
Black, William L. 3,456,198. Impulse noise cancellation. 47:
1001—1970
Bleininger, Leonard S. (see Taylor Geoffrey N.) 47: 749—1970
Bloxsom, Daniel E., Jr. 3,447,411. Stringed musical instru-
ment. 47: 461—1970
Bodine, Albert G., Jr. 3 ,446,084. Sonic vibration generator.
47: 464—1970
----- 3,456,885. Sonic method and apparatus for demolition
of structures. 47: 464—1970
----- 3,460,486. Locomotive traction increased by sonic rib-
rations. 47: 464, 753—1970
-----3,461,969. Sonic subsurface soil cultivator. 47: 50, 753—
1970
----- 3,461,970. Sonic method and apparatus for breaking
crusts on agricultural soil. 47: 50, 753—1970
------ 3,468,001. Apparatus including an orbiting-mass sonic
oscillator for slip-forming concrete. 47: 646—1970
------ 3,472,295. Sonic method and apparatus for making and
drying wood veneer and the like. 47: 753—1970
----- 3,472,431. Sonic method and apparatus for facilitating
gravity flow of granular material. 47: 754—1970
----- 3,473,741. Method and apparatus for rock crushing
utilizing sonic wave action. 47: 1505—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1639
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
-----3,474,967. Sprayer. 47: 754—1970
----- 3,481,027. Method of sonic press fitting. 47: 999—1970
Bogert, Bruce P. and Peter Hirsch. 3,428,893. Spectrum
analyzer. 47: 1208—1970
Bogle, T. G. 3,478,576. Acoustic leak detecting apparatus and
method. 47: 981—1970
Bolick, Fred C., Jr. 3,467,790. Dictation-transcription device.
47: 1496—1970
-----3,467,791. Device to indicate the net motion of a tape in
one of two directions of travel. 47: 1497—1970
Boll, Harry J. 3 ,440,351. Telephone transmitter circuit em-
ploying variable capacitance microphone. 47: 1200—1970
—— 3,440,352. Piezoresistance element microphone circuit.
47:1198—1970
Bongianni, Wayne L. 3,488,607. Ultrasonic dispersive delay
line. 47: 1198—1970
Booth, Fred C. 3,448,825. Process and apparatus for suppress-
ing jet engine exhaust noise. 47: 989—1970
Borell, James J. 3,465,086. Combining system for musical
instruments. 47: 989—1970
Borner, Manfred and Hans Schussler. 3,437,848. Piezoelectric
plate filter. 47: 981—1970
Bosselaar, Hendrik and Amoldus J. van Riemsdijk. 3,462,240.
Acoustic apparatus for examining a pipeline for leaks. 47:
41—1970
Boswell, Paul B. (see Darrel, Barnard). 47:1203—1970
Botsco, R. J. 3,453,872. Eddy sonic inspection method. 47:
50—1970
Boucher, R. M. G. and Carlton D. Tobin. 3,469,785. High fre-
quency ultrasonic fog generator and method. 47: 752—1970
Bouyoucos, J. V. 3,472,199. Acoustic vibration generators.
47: 751—1970
-----3,485,205. Acoustic apparatus. 47: 987—1970
Boyer, Charles J. (see Simpson, J ack N.). 47 : 74 3—1970
Boyle, Charles F. (see Granfors, Ernest A.). 47: 466—1970
Bradford, Rex C. and Henry R. Kelsof. 3,353,261. Method of
making a multitrack magnetic transducer head. 47: 985—
1970
----- and Henry R. Kelsof. 3,384,954. Making multitrack
magnetic transudcer. 47: 747—1970
Bradt, Gordon E. and Joseph H. Lancor, Jr. 3,376,396. Bi-
directional magnetic recorder with movable head assembly.
47: 746—1970
Brady, Paul T. 3,483,941. Speech level measuring device. 47:
1202—1970
Brainard, Edward С. П. 3,434,451. Method and apparatus for
underwater towing of seismic hydrophone arrays. 47: 466—
1970
Branch, Jack P. and Noel O. Durham. 3,451,502 Tone fre-
quency noise filter. 47: 1197—1970
Brand, John R. 3,415,941. Organ circuit .47 '.462—1970
Branson, Norman G. 3,472,063. Resonant sensing device. 47:
1501—1970
Brech, К. H. 3,485,087. Ultrasonic inspection apparatus. 47:
996—1970
----- 3,486,368. Ultrasonic inspection apparatus. 47: 997—
1970
----- 3,494,179. Pulse echo ultrasonic testing apparatus with
signal attenuation compensation. 47: 1503—1970
Brevard, Procter. 3,470,976. High fidelity speaker. 47: 1493—
1970
Brewer, Richard G. and Klaus E. Rieckhoff. 3,392,368. Ultra-
sonic and hypersonic sound generator. 47: 1199—1970
Brienza, M. J. 3,463,573. Continuously variable laser acoustic
delay line. 47: 982—1970
Brodin, Bengt Olof Ingemar. 3,335,629. Electrical musical
instrument. 47: 48—1970
Brown, Alvin E. (see Green, Philip S.). 47: 1201—1970
Brown, David H. (see Folds, Donald L.). 47: 1207—1970
Brown, Ellis M., George B. Loper, and Bernard Otto. 3,468,396.
Seal for pneumatic acoustic source. 47: 1000—1970
Brown, Graydon L. and Delbert W. Fair. 3,482,646. Marine
vibrator devices. 47: 1205—1970
Bryant, Herbert W., Norman C. Hazell, and Lionel W. Mosing.
3,440,365. Telephone headset with adjustable speech tube.
47: 1199—1970
Bunker, Richard D. (see Schirick, Robert J.). 47: 457—1970
Burk, Marvin C. et al. 3,468,157. Acoustical apparatus for
detecting the composition of a gas. 47:46i —1970
Burkhalter, Roy L. and Charles W. Kayser. 3,239,696. Piezo-
electric pressure transducer. 47: 468—1970
Bums, James Ormston. 3,475,543. Detachable pickup unit
for use in electronic stringed musical instruments. 47:1500—
1970
Bus, Johann A. 3,305,983. Room divider. 47: 742—1970
Bygdnes, Perry Alan. 3,412,217. Recorder head with electric-
ally conductive filler wedge. 47: 748—1970
c
Cabassut, Andre Emile Roger (see Duthion, Louis). 47: 989—
1970
Cady, Walter G. 3,437,851. Piezoelectric transducer. 47’. 1201
—1970
Caldironi, Franco (see Meazzi, Remo). 47: 988—1970
Campana, Nicholas L., Frank J. Campano, and Louis F.
Lombardi. 3,486,166. Alarm system. 47: 1506—197 0
Campano, Frank J. (see Camapana, Nicholas 1..). 47: 1506—
1970
Camras, Marvin. 3,334,192. Cross field magnetic transducer
head. 47-.984—1970
-----3,449,529. Erase head. 47: 750—1970
Cantor, Marshall, (see Pitt, Howard). 47: 1504—1970
Cappel, Marvin, Jr., and David R. Sutton. 3,475,721. Deep
water homing device. 47: 999—1970
Carey, George F., John E. Chlupsa, Howard H. Schloemer,
and Emanuel F. King. 3,473,360. Acoustic turbulent water-
flow tunnel. 47: 1205—1970
Carlisle, R. W. (see Sebesta, G. J.). 47: 1498—1970
Carlson, Robert G. 3,476,210. Ventilated sound-reducing en-
closure fora teleprinter. 47; 991—1970
C arsdl o, A nth ony J. an! Ed muni M . D’G'nil'io. 3 J52 836 .
Acoustical chair. 47: 42—1970
Cavagnaro, William A. 3,438, 637. Longitudinal position of a
phonograph stylus assembly. 47: 1496—1970
Cavelos, Arthur A (see Smith, John S-). 47: 44—1970
Cdlitti, Raymond A., Erwin Pl <f dry, and Edward A. Solecki.
3,481,186. Methods of and systems for effecting the non-
destructive analysis of materials. 47:995—1970
Chalmers, Franklin L. (see Barry, Adelbert). 47: 999—1970
Chang, Daniel C. 3,334,194. Tape transport mechanism with
signal muting means. 47 :984—1970
Chang, Richard Shih-Teng (see Ryan, John \¥.). 47:43—1970
Chase, Albert J. and Karl E. Hammer. 3,439,130. Central
armature telephone receiver. 47: 750—1970
Chedeville, C., Noel Lions, and Marcel Rosso. 3,486,370.
Method and device for measuring the gas content of a flow-
ing two-phase mixture. 47: 1504—1970
Chelminski, Paul (see Chelminski, Stephen Victor). 47: 1207—
1970
Chelminski, Stephen Victor and Paul Chelminski. 3,471,827.
Hydrostatic-pressure compensating hydrophone structure.
47 -. 1207—1970
Chen, Tung C. 3,427,597. Magnetic and electrostatic recording
technique. 47'. 744—1970
Chen, Yian-nian and Erich Philipp. 3,312,304. Multi-layered
sound absorbing panel. 47:980—1970
Chin, Те Ning. 3,482,191. Magnetostrictive delay line having a
flat thin sheet of magnetostrictive material. 47: 982—1970
1640 Volume 47	1970
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Chlupsa, John E. (see Carey, George F.). 47 : 1205—1970
Christensen, F. W. 3,458,921. Short pulse vibratory bonding.
47:49—1970
Clement, Frank J. 3,395,255. Loudspeaking telephone. 47:
45—1970
Cohen, Martin B. 4,439,572. Percussion instrument. 47: 46—
1970
Cohler, E. U. and H. Rubinstein. 3,465,305. Magnetosonic thin
film memory. 47: 982—1970
Coker, Cecil H. 3,439,122. Speech analysis aystem. 47: 1202—
1970
Colberg, Stephen R. 3,474,267. Piezoelectric transducer. 47:
1201—1970
Cole, Harry G. 3,466,962. Tremolo device. 47: 1201—1970
Coleman, Charles H., Jr., Michael O. Felix, and Peter W.
Jensen. 3,340,367. Playback equalization scheme for a re-
produced frequency modulated signal. 47: 744—1970
Comerci, Frank A. and Frank A. Slaker. 3,360,614. Shunted
magentic recording head. 47: 745—1970
Cook, Rufus L. and Jesse L. Bealor, Jr. 3,474,402. Variable
focus electroacoustic transducer. 47 : 1207—1970
-----and Lucius D. Whatley, Jr. 3,470,394. Double serrated
crystal transducer. 47: 1201—1970
Coplen, Delois R. (see Tomcik, Daniel J.). 47 : 48—1970
Corder, James T. 3,435,723. Musical drum. 47: 751—1970
Cox, Andrew P., Jr. (see Abruzzo, Joseph) 47: 755—1970
Cragg, William Donald and George J. P. Barnes. 3,445,595.
Electromechanical transducer coupled to a low input im-
pedance transistor amplifier and yielding a flat response
over a given frequency range. 47: 1200—1970
Crane, Paul J. and Glenn A. Reese. 3,449,522. Acoustical
coupler. 47: 987—1970
Crawford, Horace R. (see Griffith, Edward D .). 47'. 1505—
1970
Crisler, Dale F. 3,428,907. Piezoelectric semiconductor acous-
tic wave signal device. 47: 1202—1970
Crittenden, Eugene C., Jr. 3,412,269. Hypersonic transducer.
47: 987—1970
Crowell, Merton H. and Dan Maydan. 3,483,942. Acoustic
devices. 47: 998—1970
Cunningham, James M. 3,308,919. Ventilated and sound-
proofed enclosure for printer. 47: 989—1970
Curran, D. R. and Donald J. Koneval. 3,401,276. Piezoelectric
resonators. 47: 1493—1970
-----and Donald J. Koneval. 3,401,283. Piezoelectric reson-
antor. 47: 1498—1970
D
Daniels, William L. 3,470,328. Hearing aid vent tube. 47:
1197—1970
Danielson, George E., Jr. (seeAas, Herbert G.). 47:467—1970
Darrel, Bernard and Paul B. Boswell. 3,147,391. Angular ac-
celerometer. 47: 1203—1970
Daugherty, Charles A., Jr. (see Meyers, Herbert J.). 47: 983—
1970
Davidson, Roger, Warren G. Palmer and Tom H. Forrest
3,489,679. Ultrasonic clarification of liquids. 47 : 1501—1970
Davis, George Bradley, Jr. (see Morrissey, Thomas G.). 47:
40—1970
Davis, Luther, Jr. 3,483,387. Ultrasonic optical modihtor
for time compression of chirp signals .47 •• 1502—1970
Dean, Frank J. 3,283,694. Air mixing and sound attenuating
unit. 47: 463—1970
de Castelet, Gabtan de Coye. 3,324,968. Sound attenuating
arrangement for passenger compartment of automobile. 47 :
1201—1970
Deibel, Joseph L. (see Gewartowski, Richard S.). 47: 996—
1970
Della Torre, Edward. 3,456,080. Human voice recognition
device. 47: 1202—1970
Deluca, Frank P., Jr. 3,478,883. Acoustic filtration apparatus.
47: 992—1970
De Maria, Anthony J. 3,464,027. Laser modulation by focused
acoustic energy. 47: 992—1970
De Vries, Adrian J. (see Adler, Robert). 47: 1208—1970
Dickie, John A., and Theron Usher, Jr. 3,392,369. Fluid-
actuated, dual piston, underwater sound generalor. 47:
1206—1970
Dickinson, William, 3,163,786. Electro-mechanical transducer.
47: 1204—1970
Didyk, Witalij (see Sobel, Ilyitch J.). 47: 1198—1970
DiGiullio, Edmund M. (see Carsello, Anthony J.). 47: 42—
1970
DiMuzio, Leonard A. 3,443,471. Finger and wrist developer.
47: 460—1970
Dingwall, Robert P. 3,434,131. Pulse width sensitive magnetic
head with associated binary identification circuit. 47: 1496
—1970
Dittrick, William A. 3,405,288. Sound and vibration detector
device. 47: 1504—1970
Dobbs, Richard A. and Richard N. Holmes. 3,481,427. Acous-
tical panel structure .47: 991—1970
Doggart, John. 3,425,057. Electrical sound device having uni-
tary plastic base. 47 '. 41—1970
Dolby, Dale P. 3,333,064. Concave tape guide with means to
adjust same. 47: 983—1970
Dopera, Rudolph. 3,435,721. Guitar construction. 47: 751 —
1970
Dory, J. 3 ,454,922. Ultrasonic pulse distance measuring,device.
47'. 49—1970
Dow, Frederick J. T. 3,334,193. High-frequency, high-density
time compressor. 47: 984—1970
D ojie, JamesH .3 ,449 ,768 . A rfficial sense organ.47 :1197 —
1970
Drake, Cyril Francis and Michael Lawrence Gayford.
3,445,596. Capacitor microphone employing a field effect
semiconductor. 47: 1200—1970
Duda, John F. (see Kodaras, Michael J.). 47: 743—1970
Duinker, Simon and Gerhard Haas. 3,384,880. Disc memory
storage comprising magnetic heads arranged obliquely to
the track. 47 746—1970
Dunegan, Harold L. and Clement A. Tatro. 3,447,378. Peak
pressure measurement by acoustic emission. 47: 983—1970
Durbin, Howard M. and John F. Wood. 3,489,864. .Stereo
phonograph pickup and turnover mechanism. 47: 1498—
1970
Durham, Noel O. (see Branch, Jack P.). 47: 1197 1970
Duthion, Louis, Michel Serge Daniel Hafenscher, and Andre
Emile Roger Cabassut. 3,436,020. Jet engine exhaust silencer.
47:989—1970
E
Earling, Leonard E. 3,432,849. Sound generator. 47: 1495—
1970
Eichelberger, William E. 3,440,873. Miniature pressure trans-
ducer. 47: 1200—1970
Eichler, Wolfgang (see Greiner, Joachim). 47 : 44—1970
Elbrecht, Donald W. and Robert C. Scherer. 3,454,702. Tone
control.system for electric guitars and the like. 47.’ 47— 1970
Elwell, Charles A. 3,436,083. Sound reproducer and stereo-
scope combination. 47: 1198—1970
Emmons, Buddie E. (see Lashley, Ronald T.J. 47: 462—1970
Engel, Joel. 3,448,215. Monitoring device for distinguishing
between voice and data signals. 47: 992—1970
Ensmann, Burt W. (see Lindsay, Kenneth W.). 47: 983—1970
Ensminger, D. 3,483,034. Process of cleaning xerographic
plates. 47: 994—1970
Erath, Louis W. 3,449,518. Sound reproduction compensation
system. 47: 983—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1641
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Erich, Frederic Franklin. 3,437,173. Gas turbine engine with
screech attenuating means. 47: 989—1970
Ericsson, Gunnar Arthur (see Sellman, Ulf Carl [war Sellman).
47: 982—1970
Everett, Wilhelm S. 3,470,979. Fluid pulsation dampener with
thimble. 47: 991—1970
Ezawa, Takayoshi (see Yoshiyama, Yuji). 47: 1502—1970
F
Fair, Delbert W. (see Brown, Graydon L.). 47: 1205—1970
Farese, V. C. 3,486,381. Supersonic-energy measuring devices
and systems. 47: 1501—1970
Felix, Michael O. (see Coleman, Charles H., Jr.). 47: 744—
1970
Ferguson, Sammy J. (see Markakis, Michael J.). 47: 748—
1970
Fieldgate, Ivan O. and Nicholas A. Livote. 3,454,204. Magne tfc
tape transport with improved mechanical tape motion
sensor. 47: 45—1970
Fisher, Charles P. 3,435,143. Ribbon microphone. 47: 1198—
1970
Fishman, S. S. 3,481,687. Method and apparatus for ultra-
sonic sterilization. 47: 993—1970
Fitzpatrick, Hugh M. (see Strasberg, Murray). 47: 1504—1970
Flagg, JohnE. 3,432,861. Ear protector. 47: 1197—1970
Flaherty, John J. and Donald T. O’Connor. 3,480,002. Medi-
cal ultrasonic scanning system. 47: 1001—1970
----- and Peter J. Rosauer. 3,448,606. Medical diagnostic
system. 47: 53—1970
Flanagan, James L. 3,440,360. Reception of signals trans-
mitted in a reverberant environment. 47: 992—1970
Folds, Donald L., David H. Brown, and Henry L. Warner.
3,483,504. Transducer. 47: 1207—1970
Forester, Robert D. and Josephus O. Parr, Jr. 3,460,065.
Processing identified seismic tape recordings. 47: 755— 1970
Forrest, Lew. 3,186,237. Piezoelectric transducer. 47: 1203—
1970
Forrest, Tom H. (see Davidson, Roger). 47: 1501—1970
Franchi, P. 3,486,377. Ultrasonic gauge system. 47: 1502—
1970
Frazer, John F., Richard Holzman, Kenton J. Ide, and
Richard K. Moore. 3,411,850. Spectrum analysis apparatus.
47: 743—1970
Fredenburg, Donald A. 3,471,828. Sonar transducer cage. 47:
1000—1970
Freiman, CharlesV. (see Barrekette, Euval S.). 47: 1208—1970
French, Walter K. 3,466,394. Voice verification system. 47:
1202—1970
Freudenschuss, Otto. 3,376,093. Sound recording apparatus.
47: 743—1970
Frielinghaus, Klaus H. (see Auer, Hohn H., Jr.). 47: 463—
1970
Frost, William Thomas and Elbert Troy Hatley. 3,384,881.
Magnetic transducer head asembly with offset pole pieces .
47: 746—1970
-----(see Studley, Clarence K.). 47 : 984—1970
Fujimori, Nobuyoshi (see Tanigawa, Shizuhiko). 47: 748—
1970
Fujimoto, Masahiro and Toshiaki Yamamoto. 3,467,218. De-
vice for diffusing sounds. 47: 458—1970
Fulton, Langdon H. 3,396,890. Tape transport drive means.
47: 44—1970
Furusawa, Hidefumi. 3,439,879. Magnetic recording and re-
producing apparatus. 47: 45—1970
G
Gaubatz, Donald C. 3,355,727. Shield utilized as flux path for
magnetic head. 47: 744—1970
Gayford, Michael Lawrence, (see Drake, Cyril Francis). 47:
1200—1970
Gazis, Denos C. (see Barrekette, Euval S.). 47: 1208—1970
Geedes, Elliott (see Keith, William) 47: 749—1970
Geiling, Hermann and Paul Weberling. 3,469,231. Underwater
locating and intercommunicating device, particularly for
free-swimming divers. 47: 755—1970
Geurst, Jan Albert and George Ludwig Walther. 3,357,005.
Multiple magnetic head assembly. 47: 985—1970
----and George Ludwig Walther. 3,384,882. Asymmetrically
gapped multiple magnetic head. 47: 747—1970
Gewartowski, Richard S., Frank T. Makowski, and Joseph L.
Deibel. 3,483,739. Ultrasonic billet inspection apparatus.
47: 996—1970
Geyder, William A. 3,375,332. Flux-responsive reproducing
head for magentic tape recorders. 47: 745—1970
Gibbs, Charles H. 3,440,349. Noise level visual indicator. 47:
43—1970
Giglio, E. J. 3,453,998. Eye measuring instrument. 47: 53—
1970
Giles, Ben F. 3,491,848. Wave generator arrays for marine
seismic exploration. 47: 1505—1970
----and Howard L. Viger. 3,460,064. Cancellation of horizon-
tally traveling noise in marine seismic exploration. 47: 755—
1970
Girdner, William I. 3,404,242. Magnetic head holding ele-
ment. 47: 747—1970
Glass, M arvin I., Gunars Licitis, and Peter Alekas. 3,461,604.
Sound reproducing mechanism. 47 : 983—1970
Glick, Merton and Joseph J. Mancari. 3,453,924. Drum mute.
47: 46—1970
Goldstein, Eugene E. 3,325,859. Apparatus for making rigid
mineral fiber panels. 47: 1196—1970
Goncharoff, Nikolai. 3,431,359. Sound reproducing system. 47:
458—1970
Gooch ,Beverley R .and Maung Gyi .3 J68 Q32_. M agret ic re-
corder having bias amplitude varied as a function of the
recorded signal. 47: 745—1970
Goodale, Edmund E. 4,439,106. Volume control apparatus for
a single tone electronic musical instrument. 47: 752—1970
Goodman, John E. 3,468,517. Means for applying a sonic or
ultrasonic transducer system to a surface to prevent deposi-
tion of materials thereon. 47:463—1970
Goodman, Willard B. 3,463,241. Pneumatic transformer
coupling for sonic pile driver. 47: 50—1970
----3,463,549. Sonic earth cutting machine. 47: 755—1970
Goodman, Willard B. 3,463,549. Sonic earth cutting machine.
47: 51—1970
Gordon, Eugene I. 3,462,603. Acoustic light modulator and
variable delay device. 47: 981—1970
Gorike, Rudolf, (see Pless, Ernst). 47: 1198—1970
Grace, Alan G. 3,394,234. Transmission system for applying
bias and record signals to a recording head. 47: 747—1970
---- 3,478,178. Switched frequency and phase comparator.
47: 1497—1970
Grado, Joseph F. 3,482,061. Stereophonograph cartridge. 47:
1497—1970
Grandia, Willem A.M. (see Mitchell ,Hugh X ) 47 ’.75 3 ,1502 —
1970
Granfors, Ernest A., Don L. Loveless, Charles F. Boyle, and
Harry W. Kompandr. 3 ,444 5 08.1 lirectional sonar system.
47: 466—1970
Grant, Frederic F. 3 367 393 . Tape dri ve mechanism. 47 : 745
—1970
Green, Malcolm. 3,393,566. Miniature pressure transducer.
47: 1199—1970
1642 Volume 47	1970
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Green, Philip S. and Alvin E. Brown. 3,475,551. Solid state
acoustic image converter. 47: 1201—1970
Greenlee, Howard N., Jr. 3,460,838. Device for reproducing
sound. 47: 43—1970
Greifenhagen, Karl Heinz and Dieter Sohnlein. 3,375,964.
Guide device in an apparatus for magnetic recording and
reproducing of high-frequency signals. 47: 746—1970
Greiner, Joachim, Wolfgang Eichler, and Fredrich Krones.
3,364,496. Curie point magnetic recording process. 47: 44—
1970
Griffith, Edward D. and Horace R. Crawford. 3,489,240.
Seismic method. 47: 1505—1970
Gross, Leo (see Hoffman, Robert). 47: 752—1970
Grube, William L. (see Rahmel, Henry A.). 47 : 747—1970
Gundlach, William J. 3,474,880. Combined actuator and
catcher for gas exploders. 47998—1970
Gunkel, Walter A. 3,482,435. Ultrasonic inspection apparatus.
47: 995—1970
Gustafsson, Olof G. (see Tallian, Tibor). 47: 1208—1970
Gyi, Maung (see Gooch, Beverley R.). 47: 745—1970
H
Haas, Gerhard (see Duinker, Simon). 47: 746—1970
Haas, Helmut. 3,420,964. Rotating head wheel with motor on
common shaft. 47: 748—1970
Hafenscher, Michel Serge Daniel (see Duthion, Loins). 47:
989—1970
Hahs, Walter R. 3,394,361. Incremental magnetic recording
and sensing system with twin gap head. 47: 1496—1970
Hajian, Gabriel. 3,141,325. Specimen acceleration limiter for
vibration exciter. 47: 1204—1970
Halbostad, Oddvar S. and Gunnar Arnesen. 3,276,537.Sound
absorbing ceiling with interchangeable panels for absorbing
different frequencies. 47: 40—1970
Hammer, Karl E. (see Chase, Albert J.) 47: 750—1970
Hancks, Dorothy E., William C. Hubbard, and Claude C.
Routh. 3,458,857. Acceleration cancelling hydrophone. 47:
53—1970
Haney, Ted I. and Henry L. Warner. 3,469,230. Sonar system.
47: 755—1970
Harris, Everett A. and John Jugler. 3,483,066. Ultrasonic tool
with fixturing means. 47: 996—1970
Harris, William G., Jr. (see Stanley, William C.). 47: 1000—
1970
Hatley, Elbert Troy (see Frost, William Thomas). 47: 746—
1970
Hauser, Ray L. 3,480,492. Method of bonding using exother-
mic adhesive activated by ultrasonic energy. 47: 997—1970
Hayashi, Ichitaro and Yoshiro Nishiwaki. 3,423,760. Tape
guide drum for helical scan magnetic recording with station-
ary heads mounted in said drum. 47: 749—1970
Haydu, Z. 3,488,851. Ultrasonic devices. 47: 1503—1970
Hayer, John R. and Richard D. McGunigle. 3,453, 457. Wide
band accelerometer. 47: 464—1970
Hayner, Paul F. and Jirair A. Babikyan. 3,464,057. Spherical
directional hydrophone with seinispherical magnets. 47:
467—1970
Hazell, Norman C. (see Bryant, Herbert W.). 47: 1199—1970
Heath, Billy J. (see Waters, Kenneth H .) .47". 51—1970
Hecht, William. 3,482,062. Damped electro-acoustic high fre-
quency transducer. 47: 1494—1970
Heim, R. C. 3,474,271. Magnetostrictive transducer appara-
tus. 47: 751—1970
Heisrath, Horst O. 3,473,625. Sound reproduction system and
loudspeaker assembly. 47: 1493—1970
Heissmeier, Walter, Karl Klein, and Wolfgang Wagnerberger.
3,474,430. Magnetic record medium with edge areas of
polarity opposite that of center area. 47 : 1497—1970
Heizer, John T. and Fred E. Shashoua. 3,346,702. Electronic
switching system utilizing delay means for switching transi-
ent elimination. 47: 984—1970
Hellekhaer, Kaare (see Rosemond, Leland E.). 47: 1197—
1970
Heller, Hanno Herwart. 3,329,234. Standard noise source. 47:
1202—1970
Heiser, Jerry L. (see Shannon, Richard F.). 47: 457—1970
Henley, Eward J. 3,342,923. Stereophonic electronic musical
instrument. 47 : 49—1970
Henley, Jack C. 3,455,413. Ultrasonic silencer for jet engines.
47:990—1970
Hermanns, Henry. 3,479,873. Self-cleaning electrodes. 47:
993—1970
Herve, Marcel J. F. 3,471,655. Negative feedback phonograph
pick-up arm systems. 47: 1497—1970
Hiraoka, Yoichi. 3,443,469. Keyboard percussion instrument.
47: 459—1970
Hirsch, Peter (see Bogert, Bruce 1’.). 47: 1208—1970
Hochleitner, Ricardo, Jr. (see Markowitz, Jerome). 47: 47—
1970
Hoffman, Otto. 3,444,955. Directional microphone with sub-
stantially frequency-independent directional characteris-
tics. 47: 458—1970
Hoffman, Robert and Leo Gross. 3,461,942. Method for pro-
moting the flow of molten materials into a mold using ultra-
sonic energy via probe means. 47 : 752—1970
Holland, Thomas W. 3,376,564. Means to utilize a conductive
strip on a magnetic tape as an indexing device. 47: 746—
1970
Hollandbeck, Raymond F. (see Abruzzo, Joseph) 47: 755—
1970
Holm, Benget Lennart. 3,429,294. Sound transmitter for
gaseous operating fluid. 47: 1493—1970
Holmes, John F. 3,487,484. Tuned floating bodies. 47: 1504—
1970
Holmes, Richard N. (see Dobbs, Richard A). 47: 991—1970
Hblzman, Richard (see Frazer, John F). 47: 743—1970
Horiig, Arnold. 3 ,41 7 648 . M atrix keyboard piano fnstrumen t
47: 460—1970
H tbb aid ,W'H'iamC . ( seeH anck s,D oroth yF-.) .47 :5 J —1970
Huckabee, James M. 3,430,005. Recording and reproducing
heads with means for recording both magnetically and
mechanically. 47: 744—1970
Huffman, Jerry P. (see Auer, John H., Jr.). 47 : 1198—1970
Huis, John (see McCarty, Theodore M.). 47: 752—1970
Hurvitz, Hyman. 3,336,432. Tone generator with directivity
cues. 47: 48—1970
I
Ide, Kenton J. (see Frazer, John I7.). 47: 743—1970
Inose, Hiroshi and Zenya Koono. 3,435,149. Tone generators
for delta modulation time division communication switching
systems. 47: 988—1970
Irving, Frank M., Jr., and Albert S. Schmidt. 3,438,522.
Silenced bread product depanning system. 47: 989—1970
Ishibashi, Kazuo and Hiroshi Ogawa. 3,410,948. Spectrum
adding system for electronic musical instruments. 47: 462—
1970
Ishibashi, Michio (see Kaname, Yuichi). 47: 1201—1970
Ishimura, Kazukiyo (see Mochida, Yasunori). 47: 458—1970
Iverson, Clarence W. and Clyde R. Wilson. 3,472,117. Musical
playing aid. 47: 1499—1970
J
Jacobson, Gordon R. 3,455,412. Air turning vane with remov-
able closure for insertion of acoustical material. 47: 990—
1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1643
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Jaffe, John Christopher and Paul Kleinman. 3,316,999. Acous-
tical shell construction. 47: 980—1970
Jensen, Harold K. 3,460,426. Music teaching apparatus. 47:
988—1970
Jensen, Peter W. (see Coleman, Charles H., Jr.). 47: 744—
1970
Johnson, Delmar R. (see Narma, Rein). 47: 747—1970
---- (see Quinn, James E.). 47: 986—-1970
Johnson, Walter P. III. 3 ,451,040. Spring suspension for a low-
frequency geophone. 47: 49—1970
Johnson, William F. (see Paul, Kenneth V.). 47: 751—1970
Jones, J. B. 3,466,970. Transducer coupling system. 47: 459—
1970
Jugler, J. 3,493,457. Control circuit for tool driven by sonic
energy. 47: 1503—1970
—— (see Harris, Everett A.). 47:996—1970
К
Kahng, Dawon and Stuart H. Wemple. 3,443,041. Surface-
barrier diode transducer using high dielectric semiconductor
material. 47: 459, 1495—1970
Kaman, Charles H. 3,474,697. Guitar construction. 47: 1500—
1970
Kamenshine, Joseph A. (see Tallian, Tibor). 47: 1208—1970
Kaname, Yuichi, Takashi Nagata, Michio Ishibashi, and
Hiroshi Tsujimoto. 3,433,982. Piezoelectric ceramic reso-
nators. 47: 1201—1970
Karecki, Marion R. 3,378,266. Self-aligning pressure pad for
tape recorders. 47: 746—1970
Kasha, Michael. 3,443,465. Guitar construction. 47: 461—
1970
Kaufman, I. (see Oltrnan, H. G.). 47: 1499—1970
Kaufman, Myron N. and Melvin Lindner. 3,479,439. Beam
forming technique and implementation for sonar simulation.
47: 1506—1970
Kawabata, Yoshikazu, Takeshi Uchida, and Masatoshi
Suzuki. 3,472,943. Pickup and circuit for stringed musical
instrument. 47: 1500—1970
Kayser, Charles W. (see Burkhalter, Roy L.). 47: 468—1970
Keefe, John M. 3,436,882. Pigeon chaser. 47: 743—1970
Keith, William, Elliott Geedes, and Eric Raymond Rout.
3,428,762. Dropout compensator with single-level signal
storage. 47 : 749—1970
Kell, D. (see Wilcox, Roy C.). 47: 749—1970
Kelly, James M. 3,448,216. Vocoder system. 47’. 992—1970
Kelly, John B. Magnetic tape transport head assembly with
azimuth adjustment. 47: 986—1970
Kelsof, Henry R. (see Bradford, Rex C.). 47: 747, 985—1970
Kerr, Edwin L. (see Atwood, John G.). 47:1200—1970
Kidwell, Raymond A. 3,443,468. Mechanical fingering and
picking device for electric bass guitar. 47: 461—1970
Kiepe, Paul Edwin. 3,460,425. Electrically operated musical
device. 47: 989—1970
Kilmer, Lauren G. 3,478,838. Gas exploder seismic source with
cavitation erosion protection. 47: 998—1970
----3,480,102. Seismic wave generating apparatus. 47: 999—
1970
----3,480,103. Method of generating repetitive seismic shock
waves. 47: 999—1970
King, Emanuel F. (see Carey, George F.). 47:1205—1970
King, Joel D. 3,480,907. Neutrally buoyant hydrophone
streamer. 47: 1505—1970
Kinkel, John F. 3,480,739. Balanced impedance network for
applying bias and data signals to a recording head. 47: 1497
—1970
Kinzie, George R. (see Lees, Sidney). 47: 983—1970
Klee, Gerhard. 3,393,565. Pressure transducer. 47:1199—1970
Klein, Karl, (see Heissmeier, Walter). 47: 1497—1970
Kleinman, Paul (see Jaffe, John Christopher). 47: 980—1970
Klemp, Hans-Joachim and Horst Redlich. 3,390,888. Record-
ing device. 47: 1496—1970
Kobara, Kiyoshi. 3,452,164. Telephone receiver with band
elimination characteristic. 47: 1199—1970
Kodaras, Michael J. and John F. Duda. 3,298,455. Noise
masking installation. 47: 743—1970
Kompanek, Harry W. 3,423.543. Loudspeaker with piezo-
electric wafer driving elements. 47: 41-—1970
-----(see Gransfors, Ernest A.). 47:466—1970
Koneval, Donald J. (see Curran, Daniel R.). 47: 1493, 1498—•
1970
Koono, Zenya (see Inose, Hiroshi). 47: 988—1970
Korpel, Adrianus. 3,424,906. Light-sound interaction system
with acoustic beam steering. 47: 1203—1970
Kortenhoven, P. 3,472,064. Apparatus for ultrasonically test-
ing tubes. 47: 995—1970
Korzilius, A. K. G. 3,486,369. Method and apparatus for mea-
suring the mass per length of elongated products. 47: 1493—
1970
Koshikawa, Tsuneji (see Miura, Tanetoshi). 47: 992—1970
Kosrow, Robert L. (see Attwood, John G.). 47: 987—1970
Kosuge, Matruzo. 3,456,543. Toy xylophone playing device.
47: 460—1970
Kozai, Katsuya. 3,485,690. Ultrasonic fixing method of photo-
graphic film. 47: 994—1970
Kraft, Arthur A. 3,437,001. Key changer and tremolo for guitar.
47: 751—1970
Kramer, Frank J., Jr. 3,417,189. Keying system for electronic
musical percussion simulator. 47: 462—1970
Krause, Walter E. Richard E. Soldner, and Otto H. Kresse.
3,470,868. Ultrasound diagnostic apparatus. 47: 1507—1970
Krenke, V. J. 3,487,237. Electrical generator for energizing a
source of ultrasonic energy. 47: 997—1970
Kresse, Otto H. (see Krause, Walter E.). 47: 1507—1970
Krones, Friedrich (see Greiner, Joachim). 47:44—1970
Kuriyagawa, Mamoru, Motoi Yagi, and Motokazu Ohkawa.
3,484,566. Disc recording system with precompensation by
successive differentiation. 47: 1498—1970
Kurokawa, Ikuji (see Mochida, Yasunori). 47: 458—1970
Kusch, Heinz. 3,445,594. Circuit arrangement for recognizing
spoken numbers. 47: 992—1970
Kutny, William J., Jr. (see Akervold, Orrill L.). 47: 52—1970
Kuwayama, Shigeru. 3,467,393. Simple sound reproducing
device. 47: 1496—1970
L
Laa, Friedrich. 3,439,919. Recording and/or playback appara-
tus employing a record carrier in tape form. 47: 750—1970
Lafon, Jean-Claude and Marc Richard. 3,458,669. Devices for
studying or treating acoustic phenomena. 47: 1197-—1970
Lambdin, Philip E. (see Anderson, Howard R.). 47: 990—1970
Lancor, Joseph H-, Jr. (see Bradt, Gordon E ). 47: 746—1970
Landrum, Ralph A., Jr. 3,437,999. Seismic processing employ-
ing discrete pulse deconvolution. 47: 754—1970
Langston, Chandos E., Jr. 3,463,402. Jet sound suppressing
means. 47: 991—1970
Lanier, Robert S. (see Seligson, Arnold L.). 47: 1494—1970
Lashley, Ronald T. and Buddie E. Emmons. 3,447,413.
Guitar tone changing device. 47: 462—1970
Lawrence, Philip L. 3,435,411. Seismic wavelength filtering in
optical data processing. 47: 465—1970
Lear, William P. and Samuel H. Auld. 3,437,762. Multi-track
cartridge player. 47: 986—1970
Lee, Emerson L. 3,439,570. Stringed musical instruments hav-
ing a slidably mounted neck. 47: 47—1970
Lee, George H. 3,469,039. Magnetic recording and reproduc-
ing method and apparatus embodied in a mimicking parrot
or doll. 47: 1497—1970
Lees, Sidney and George R. Kinzie. 3,474,194. Printed phono-
track system with bandwidth reduction. 47: 983—1970
1644 Volume 47	1970
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Legge, P. 3,482,360. Ultrasonic machining apparatus. 47:993
—1970
Leisterer, Reinhard Wilhelm. 3,474,401. Apparatus for im-
proving the recognition of echoes in sonar systems. 47: 999
—1970
----(see Ziehm, Gunter). 47 : 466—1970
Lemon, Merle B. 3,440,917. Mute for musical instruments.
47: 460—1970
Lenahan, J. L. 3,482,122. Angle beam transducer. 47: 988—
1970
Levavasseur, R. 3,463,716. Sound and ultrasound generators.
47: 45—1970
Libby, Charles C. (see McMaster, R. C.). 47: 753—1970
Licitis, Gunars (see Glass, Marvin I.). 47 : 983—1970
Lindemann, Robert E. 3,475,705. Adjustable acoustical delay
lines also capable to being temperature insensitive. 47 : 982—
1970
Lindgren, Erik A. 3,322,879. Soundproof screen room. 47: 981
—1970
Lindner, Melvin, (see Kaufman, Myron N.). 47: 1506—1970
Lindsay, Kenneth W. and Burt W. Ensmann. 3,477,728.
Cylinder-type talking mechanism. 47: 983—1970
Lions, Noel, (see Chedeville, C.). 47: 1504—1970
Livote, Nicholas A. (see Fieldgate, Ivan O.). 47: 45—1970
Lock, Walter Earl (see Pfost, Robert Fred). 47: 747—1970
Lombard, David B. and Dean V. Powers. 3,404,559. Trans-
ducer for measuring pressure pulses. 47: 1199—1970
Lombardi, Louis F. (see Campana, Nicholas L.). 47 : 1506—
1970
Loper, George B. 3,435,195. Correlating seismic signals. 47:
467—1970
----(see Brown, Ellis M.). 47: 1000—1970
Loren, Jay D. 3,474,878. Acoustic well logging system and
method for detecting fractures. 47: 998—1970
Loshigian, Henry H. 3,443,020. Faired cable. 47: 465—1970
Loughren, Arthur V. 3,476,874. Controlled ink-jet copy-re-
producing apparatus. 47: 753—1970
Loveless, Don L. (see Granfors, Ernest A.). 47: 466—1970
Lovell, John E. (see Barrekette, Euval S.). 47: 1208—1970
Lovellette, Cline W. (see Poulton, C. A.). 47: 1501—1970
Lunde, Barbara K. 3,252,333. Accelerometers. 47: 1203—1970
---- 3,252,334. Droplet accelerometer. 47: 1204—1970
Lux, Edward. 3,468,053. Sound producing device for fishing.
47: 999—1970
Lynnworth, Lawrence C. 3,477,278. Ultrasonic measurement.
47: 997—1970
M
Ma, Joseph T. and Roy T. Nakai. 3,435,442. Fluid lubricated
magentic tape transducer. 47: 749—1970
Machielse, Jan (see Van Loo, William R.). 47: 742—1970
MacLeod, Donald B. 3,342,951. Servo control system and
method in a helical scan recorder. 47:984—1970
Maher, Peter E. (see Schwartz, Harold O.). 47: 48—1970
Maire, A. E. 3,485,982. Ultrasonically welded switch construc-
tion and method. 47 : 994—1970
Makowski, Frank T. (see Gewartowski, Richard S.). 47: 996—
1970
Mancari, Joseph J. (see Glick, Merton). 47: 46—1970
Mariner, Thomas. 3,286,784. Acoustical material. 47: 457—
1970
Markakis, Michael J. and Sammy J. Ferguson. 3,417,938.
Tape transport. 47 : 748—1970
Markgraf, Andreas G. 3,441,938. Electrostatic and magentic
recording method. 47: 750—1970
Markland, Merwin R. (see Padberg, Louis R., Jr.). 47: 51 —
1970
Markowtiz, Jerome and Ricardo Hochleitner, Jr. 3,334,172.
Transient sound producing device. 47: 47—1970
Marshall, Fred C. 3,447,412. Guitar neck connection. 47: 462
—1970
Martin, Stephen B. 3,444,772. Musical instrument. 47: 459—
1970
Massa, Frank. 3,460,061. Electroacoustic transducer with
improved shock resistance. 47: 53—1970
----3,464,672. Sonic processing transducer. 47: 46—1970
---- 3,480,258. Ultrasonic cleaner. 47: 993—1970
----and Gilbert C. Barrow. 3,474,403. Electroacoustic trans-
ducer with improved shock resistance. 47: 1000—1970
Massa, Frank, Jr. 3,478,309. Electroacoustic transducer with
multiple beam characteristics. 47: 1507—1970
---- 3,489,993. Ultrasonic homing beacon and communication
equipment for underwater swimmers. 47: 1506—1970
Mathey, Raymond and Jean Louis Vernet. 3,292,437. Vibrat-
ing cord accelerometers. 47: 1204—1970
Matsumoto, Masato, Ytirihide Samejima, and Kazunari
Watanabe. 3,426,162. Tape recorder head shifting mechan-
ism. 47: 749—1970
Maxey, Alexander R. (see Streets, John H.). 47: 747—1970
Maxwell, J. L. 3,472,065. Adjustable transducer mounting.
47: 750—1970
Maydan, Dan (see Crowell, Merton H.). 47: 998—1970
McCarty, Theodor M. 3,440,921. Bridge for stringed musical
instruments. 47 : 461—1970
----and John Huis. 3,457,821. Vibrato tailpiece. 47: 752—
1970
McCauley, Donald R. 3,435,406. Sonic vehicle detector using
noise blanking. 47: 463—1970
McCluer, John D. and Robert C. Roy. 3,322,233. Sound control
product. 47: 981—1970
McGowan, Jared M. (see Townsend, Charles I..). 47: 985—
1970
McGunigle, Richard D. (see Hayer, John R.). 47: 464—1970
McLeroy, Edward G., Jr. (see Stanley, William C.). 47 : 1000—
1970
McMaster, R. C., Charles C. Libby and Hildegard M. Min-
chenko. 3,475,628. Sonic transducer apparatus. 47: 753—
1970
Meazzi, Remo, Franco Caldironi', an d Ati'l'o Olveni.) 46J. 305
Stand for supporting and moving i pair of cymbal plates .
47:988—1970
Mechalke, Klaus (see Prillwitz, Hans). 47: 990—1970
Merrick, James W. 3,440,348. Multivibrator capacitor micro-
phone circuit. 47: 1200—1970
Metzger, R. W., Jr. 3,459,355. Ultrasonic welder for thin wires.
47: 49—1970
Meyers, Herbert J., Charles A. Daugherty, Jr., Anna Novy,
and John R. Novy. 3,480,738. Image display appir itus and
methods. 47: 983—1970
Michael, Stanley. 3,483,945. Omnidirectional sound system.
47:1494—1970
Minchenko, Hildegard M. (see McMaster, R. C.). 47: 753—
1970
Mitchell, Doren. 3,439,121. Multiple channel loud-speaking
telephone. 47: 1198—1970
Mitchell, Earl F., Jr. 3,446,108. Chord playing attachment for
stringed musical instruments. 47: 461—1970
Mitchell, Hugh A. and Willem A. M. Grandia. 3,474,664.
Ultrasonic gauging method and apparatus. 47: 753, 1502—
1970
Mitchener, William A. (see Anderson, Howaid R.). 47 :990—
1970
Miura, Tanetoshi and Tsuneji Koshikawa. Re. 26,600. Ap-
paratus for observing vocal chord wave. 47 : 992—1970
Mobsby, E. G. H. (see Bell, J. F. W.). 47: 1502—1970
Mochida, Yasunori, Ikuji Kurokawa, Kazukiyo Ishimura,
and Hiromi Sotome. 3,464,514. Loudspeaker. 47 ‘.458—1970
Moffatt, Elbert M. 3,470,395. Acoustic wave sensor. 47: 1499
—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1645
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Moore, Richard K. (see Frazer, John F.). 47: 743—1970
Mori, Hideo (see Shibata, Shinichi). 47: 1199—1970
Morrissey, Thomas G., George Bradley Davis, Jr., and
Harold H. Short. 3,275,101. Acoustic structural unit. 47:
40—1970
Morrow, James A. 3,444,511. Transducer array and erecting
means. 47: 52—1970
Mosier, Harold F., Jr. 3,434,205. Method of making electro-
acoustical devices. 47: 1200—1970
Mosing, Lionel W. (see Bryant, Herbert W.). 47: 1199—1970
Mowry, Morey J. 3,449,519. Speaker system for sound-wave
amplification. 47: 42—1970
Mull, Howard L. 3,457,822. Steel guitar, steels and method.
47: 752—1970
Munch, Walter, Jr. 3,417,188. Preference circuit for electronic
musical instrument utilizing pulse amplitude discrimination
and zero-crossing detector. 47: 462—1970
Murphree, Francis J. 3,458,854. Echo detection and ranging
system. 47:51—1970
Muryana, Niyoshi (see Nishiura, Tomehichi). 47: 988—1970
Myers, Eldred M. and Philip G. Schuls. 3,452,278. Apparatus
for electrical waveform analysis. 47: 1001—1970
N
Nagashima, Tatsuo and Fujio Suganuma. 3,444,323. Auto-
matic sound volume controlling system. 47: 43—1970
Nagata, Takashi (see Kaname, Yuichi). 47: 1201—1970
Nakai, Roy T. (see Ma, Joseph T.) 47: 749—1970
Nakamura, Koji (see Tanigawa, Shizuhiko). 47: 748—1970
Nakamura, Takeshi (see Teranishi, Tsunekazu). 47: 462—
1970
Nakamura, Takuji (see Tanigawa, Shizuhiko). 47: 748—1970
Narma, Rein and Delmar R. Johnson. 3,401,236. Magnetic
tape apparatus with head positioning means. 47:737—1970
Nasby, Roslags (see Sellman, Ulf Carl Iwar). 47: 982—1970
Neitzel, Edwin B. 3,437,990. Read after write digital field
system monitor. 47: 754—1970
Nelsson, Nels. 3,305,993. Sound control wall construction.
47: 742—1970
Newell, William E. 3,414,832. Acoustically resonant device.
47: 1200—1970
Newfarmer, Leo R. 3,461,979. Resonant vibratory driving of
substantially horizontal pipe. 47: 755—1970
Nicoletti, Robert J. (see Wilson, Rex C.). 47: 747—1970
Nishiura, Tomehichi and Niyoshi Murayana. 3,459,093.
Drumhead. 47: 988—1970
Nishiwaki, Yoshiro (see Hayashi, Ichitaro) 47: 749—1970
Noda, Haruhisa. 3,415,141. Grand piano construction. 47:
460—1970
Noorlander, Willem and Jan Bertus Thijssen. 3,376,397. Pole
piece for magnetic recording head. 47 : 746—1970
Norwood, Paul J. 3,440,920. String tension adjustment device
for stringed instruments. 47: 461—1970
Novy, Anna (see Meyers, Herbert J.). 47: 983—1970
Novy, John (see Meyers, Herbert J.). 47: 983—1970
0
O’Connor, D. T. 3,485,088. Fluid coupled ultrasonic trans-
ducer unit. 47: 996—1970
---- (see Flaherty, John J.). 47: 1001—1970
Ogawa, Hiroshi (see Ishibashi, Kazuo). 47: 462—1970
Ohkawa, Motokazu. (see Kuriyagawa, Mamoru). 47: 1498—
1970
Okamoto, Michio (see Shiga, Takeo). 47: 48—1970
Okamura, Shiro. (see Okazaki, Masatoshi). 47: 1495—1970
Okazaki, Masatoshi and Shiro Okamura. 3,375,331. System
for recording and reproducing a periodic signal. 47: 1495—
1970
Oliveri, Attilio (see Meazzi, Remo). 47: 988—1970
Oltman, H. G., Jr. and I. Kaufman. 3,453,456. Ultrasonic
transducer. 47: 1499—1970
Otto, Bernard. 3,467,984. Repetitive pneumatic acoustic
source for marine seismic surveying. 47: 756—1970
----- (see Brown, Ellis M.). 47: 1000—1970
Owada, Atsushi (seeShibata, Shinichi). 47: 1199—1970
Owen, Jeffrey M. and Margaret A. Wright. 3,485 634. Dis-
solving dyes by ultrasonics. 47: 994—1970
P
Paape, Klaus. 3,417,936. Drive arrangement for a tape re-
corder. 47: 748—1970
Padberg, Louis R., Jr. 3,474,405. Method and apparatus for
detecting the presence of enemy personnel in subterranean
chambers. 47: 1204—1970
-----, Fred D. Parker, and Merwin R. Markland. 3,453,588.
Small boat sonar. 47: 51—1970
Page, Leo W. 3,432,921. Method of making a recording as-
sembly. 47 : 985—1970
Paiste, Robert. 3,453,923. Percussion instrument. 47:46—1970
Paley, Alfred I. 3,209,176. Piezoelectric vibration transducer.
47: 1206—1970
Palmer, Warren G. (see Davidson, Roger). 47: 1501—1970
Papineau, Milton D. and Claude C. Routh. 3,462,729. Passive
sonar bearing and frequency detecting and indicating sys-
tem. 47: 52—1970
Parisi, Tulio. (see Balainuth, Lewis). 47: 1500—1970
Parker, Fred D. (see Padberg, Louis R., Jr.). 47: 51—1970
Parker, Rollin J. 3,440,364. Speaker magnet having curved
preferred direction of magnetization. 47: 41—1970
Parr, Josephus O., Jr. (see Forester, Robert D.). 47: 755—
1970
Patel, Arvindbhai S. 3,485,317. Crossfeed gating system for
borehole televiewer. 47: 1206—1970
Paul, Kenneth V. and William F. Johnson. 3,435,722. Stringed
musical instrument. 47: 751—1970
Pearce, George. 3,460,062. Electromechanical transducer
assemblies. 47: 53—1970
Pearson, JohnB. (see Barry, Adelbert). 47:999—1970
Pease, John W. 3,392,621. Tuner for stringed instruments.
47.- 1499—1970
Pelensky, Walter J. 3,392,618. Multiple fretted guitar type in-
strument. 47: 1499—1970
Persson, St en 1.3 J35 J05 . Ult rasoiiic vdi'id e presene d e-
tector. 47: 463—1970
Peters, Rex. B. 3,461,730. Accelerometer. 47: 464—1970
Peterson, Robert E. 3,483,837. Streamlined missile device for
location of submarines. 47:1506—1970
Pfann, William G. 3,142,173. Elastic strain transducers. 47:
1199—1970
Pfost, Robert Fred and Walter Earl Lock. 3,397,289. Magnetic
transducer head mount. 47: 747—1970
Philipp, Erich (see Chen, Yian-nian). 47: 980—1970
Pitt, Howard and Marshall Cantor. 3,440,459. Transducer
pickup. 47: 1504—1970
Pless, Ernst. 3,433,905. Tape recorder carrying and coupling
belt assembly. 47: 986—1970
---- and Rudolf Gorike. 3,436,482. Microphone assembly
with self-contained power supply. 47: 1198—1970
Plofsky, Erwin (see Cellitti, Raymond A.). 47: 995—1970
Podgurski, John S. 3,307,651. Acoustical tile. 47: 742-—1970
Porter, James A., Jr. 3,437,991. System for recording a minor
number of information channels in a multichannel summing
recording system. 47: 1505—1970
Poulton, C. A. and Cline W. Lovellette. 3,487,194. Sonic ap-
paratus for the irradiation of weld fusion zones. 47: 1501—
1970
1646 Volume 47	1970
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Pounder, Donald Whitworth and Roy Axe. 3,483,073. Joined
sheets of cross-linked polyurethane and method of joining.
47: 994—1970
Powers, Dean V. (see Lombard, David B.). 47: 1199—1970
Presti, Anthony J. 3,462,555. Reduction of distortion in speech
signal time compression systems. 47: 1202—1970
Preston, Kendall, Jr. 3,457,425. Optical correlator modulating
light twice in ultrasonic light modulator. 47: 467—1970
Prillwitz, Hans, Klaus Mechalke, Karl-Heinz, and Bodo Sey-
farth. 3,459,275. Soundproof compressed-air machine. 47:
990—1970
Prochnow, Rudolf. 3,363,066. Video tape recorder with adjust-
able head assembly and tape guide. 47: 745—1970
Proffitt, Jack M. 3,437,989. Apparatus and method for contin-
uous marine multichannel seismic exploration. 47: 754—
1970
Pure, Samuel and John D. Wallace. 3,469,229. Underwater
acoustic navigation system. 47: 755—1970
Pumhagen, Heinz Wilhelm. 3,460,059. Circuit arrangement
for echo sounders. 47: 51—1970
Q
Quinn, James E. and Delmar R. Johnson. 3,436,491. Helical
scan recorder with tapered drum to prevent oxide build-up.
47: 986—1970
R
Radus, Raymond J. 3,453,876. Magnetostrictive load cells.
47: 1504—1970
Rahmel, Henry A. and William L. Grube. 3,387,797. Tape
recorder. 47 : 747—1970
Ramsey, John R. 3,439,574. Drum beater device. 47: 46—197(1
Redlich, Horst, (see Klemp, Hans-Joachim). 47: 1496—1970
Reese, Glenn A. (see Crane, Paul J.). 47: 987—1970
Reggia, Frank. 3,435,383. Nondispersive electrically variable
microwave acoustic delay line comprising a ferrite Faraday
rotator coupled to an anisotropic piezoelectric crystal. 47:
981—1970
Reid, Albert C. 3,447,126. Recording technique for eliminating
periodic noise from seismic signals. 47: 465—1970
Reijnders, Joseph Lodenwijk Maria. 3,453,399. Magentic flux
measuring device. 47: 750—1970
Rhodes, Harold B. 3,418,417. Electric piano incorporating
multi-component tuning forks. 47 : 463—1970
Rhoten, Merle L. 3,466,473. High voltage sonic pulse genera-
tor. 47: 46—1970
Richard, Marc (see Lafon, Jean-Claude). 47: 1197—1970
Richards, Louis P. 3,443,467. Stringed musical instrument.
47: 461—1970
Rieckhoff, Klaus E. (see Brewer, Richard G.). 47 : 1199—1970
Riley, Robert H., Jr. and John W. Wood. 3,485,307. Portable
sonic hand tool with means for reducing the effects of opera-
tor bias upon transducer output and efficiency. 47: 998—
1970
Rizo-Patron, Alfonso. 3,477,540. Speaker system. 47: 1494—
1970
Roberts, H. D. 3,488,240. Ultrasonic welding method. 47:
1501—1970
Robertson, Clifford A. (see Balamuth, Lewis). 47: 995—1970
Robinson, James P. 3,324,967. Insulating and acoustical panel
structure. 47: 1196—1970
Robinson, Seymour. 3,488,788. Electric ultrasonic toothbrush.
47: 1502—1970
Roever, William L. 3,464,513. Acoustic apparatus for mapping
the surface characteristics of a borehole. 47: 465—1970
Rosado, Ferdinand H. and David A. Tribbey. 3,412,216.
Combination record-reproduce and erase magnetic head.
47: 747—1970
Rosauer, Peter J. (see Flaherty, John J.). 47: 53—1970
Rosemond, Leland E. and Kaare Hellekhaer. 3,491,214.
Hearing aid with adjustable sound inlet means. 47: 1197—
1970
Rosso, Marcel (see Chedeville, C.). 47: 1504—1970
Rout, Eric Raymond (see Keith, William) 47: 749—1970
Routh, Claude C. (see Haucks, Dorothy E.). 47: 53—197(1
---- (see Papineau, Milton D.). 47: 52—1970
Roy, Robert C. (see McCluer, John D.). 47: 981—1970
Rubinstein, H. (see Cohler, E. U.). 47: 982—1970
Ryan, John W. and Richard Shih-Teng Chang. 3,450,239.
Clutch device for sound reproducing means. 47: 43—1970
s
Samejima, Yukihide (see Matsumoto, Masato). 47: 749—1970
Saulsbury, Laforest S. (see Weitzner, Dorothea M.). 47‘.43—
1970
Savit, Carl H. 3,441,902. Extendable intersection hydrophone
arrays. 47: 51—1970
Scanlon, Thomas A. 3,444,954. Stethoscope. 47: 1197—4970
Schadlich, Fritz. 3,463,950. Motor vibration isolating arrange-
ment. 47: 998—197(1
Scheiterlein, Andreas, Othmar Skatsche, and Gerhard Thien.
3,464,398. Soundproofed internal combustion engine. 47:
1203—1970
Schempf, Edward G. Re. 26,748. Mechanical iniploder and
method for generating underwater seismic signals. 47: 1205
—1970
Scherer, Robert C. 3,453,920. Piezo guitar bridge pickup. 47:
47—1970
---- (see Elbrecht, Donald W.). 47: 47—1970
Schief, Alfred (see Ziehm, Gunter). 47: 466—1970
Schipke, R. N. 3,482,584. Apparatus for cleaning ball bearings.
47: 994—1970
Schirick, Robert J., Richard D. Bunker, and Arthur C. Austin.
3,283,849. Acoustic tile laminate. 47: 457—1970
Schloemer, Howard H. (see Carey, George F.). 47 : 1205—1970
Schmidt, Albert S. (see Irving, Frank M., Jr.). 47: 989—1970
Schroeder, Manfred R. 3,270,833. Method of and apparatus
for measuring ensemble averages and decay curves. 47:
40—1970
Schuls, Philip G. (see Myers, Eldred M.). 47 : 1001—1970
Schulte, Paul H. 3,358,275. Magentic erase head. 47: 985—
1970
---- 3 358 )276. Combination record-playback and erase
magnetic head .47: 985—1970
Schussler, Hans (see Borner, Manfred). 47: 981—1970
Schwartz, B. 3,484,630. Ultrasonic magnetostrictive trans-
ducer element. 47 : 987—1970
Schwartz, Harold O. nd Peter E. Maher. 3 340 344. Transis-
torized electronic precussion generator with organ. 47:48—
1970
Schwendener, Jacob M. 3,315,760. Acoustic damping drive
for pulsato rotor .47: 47—1970
Scott, Bruce T. and Kenneth E. Scott. 3,446,109. Audio-visual
music simulator apparatus. 47: 459—1970
Scott, Kenneth E. (see Scott, Bruce T.). 47: 459—1970
Sebesta, G. J. and R. W. Carlisle. 3,432,622. Sub-miniature
sound transducers. 47: 1498—1970
Seebinger, Frederick L. 3,454,729. Outdoor paging loud-
speaker. 47 : 43—1970
Seiwatz, Ruth F. 3,446,974. Solid state acoustic signal translat-
ing device with light activated electrode interconnections.
47: 1208—1970
Seligson, Arnold L. and Robert S. Lanier. 3,476,887. Ionic
electro-acoustic transducer. 47: 1494—1970
Sellman, Ulf Carl Iwar, Roslags Nasby, and Gunnar Arthur
Ericsson. 3,476,208. Arrangement in an acoustically operat-
ing target indicator. 47: 982—1970
Sender, Friedhelm. 3,413,627. Magnetic head mounting. 47:
748—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1647
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Seyfarth, Bodo (see Prillwitz, Hans). 47: 990—1970
Shannon, Richard F. and Jerry L. Heiser. 3,286,785. High
temperature resistant acoustical board. 47: 457—1970
Shashoua, Fred E. 3,352,977. Helical scan transducer appara-
tus utilizing time sharing head to minimize distortion during
edge changeover. 47: 744—1970
----- (see Heizer, John T.). 47: 984—1970
Shibata, Minoru (see Shiga, Takeo). 47: 48—1970
Shibata, Shinichi, Hideo Mori, and Atsushi Owada. 3,432,732.
Semiconductive electro-mechanical transducers. 47: 1199—
1970
Shiber, Evelyn F. and Jerome A. Shiber. 3,476,885. Informa-
tion compression transference means. 47: 1500—1970
Shiber, Jerome A. (see Shiber Evelyn F.). 47: 1500—1970
Shiga, Takeo, Michio Okamoto, Shigetaka Washizawa, and
Minoru Shibata. 3,334,174. Electronic musical instrument.
47: 48—1970
Shiina, Fukusaburo. 3,470,784. Automatically playing musical
instrument. 47: 1499—1970
Shoh, Andrew. 3,491,250. Oscillatory load circuit. 47: 1495—
1970
Short, Harold H. (see Morrissey, Thomas G.). 47: 40—1970
Siegemund, Richard. 3,426,977. Magnetic tape magazine.
47: 749—1970
Silverman, Daniel. 3,474,404. Seismic surveying using trun-
cated monofrequency wave trains. 47: 1505—1970
—— 3,481,426. Seismic wave source for marine prospecting.
47: 1207—1970
Simpson, Jack N. and Charles J. Boyer. 3,457,565. Cricum-
aural ear protector. 47: 743—1970
Sims, John C., Jr. 3,323,115. Reproducing system for phase
modulated magnetically recorded data. 47:44—1970
Sindlinger, Norman E. 3,466,050. Multimessage phonograph
mechanism. 47". 43—1970
Skatsche, Othmar (see Scheiterlein, Andreas). 47: 1203—
1970
Slaker, Frank A. (see Comerci, Frank A.). 47: 745—1970
Smith, John S., Bernard Vigueric-Noel and Arthur A. Cavelos.
3,360,774. Magnetic tape data recording methods and ap-
paratus. 47 : 44—1970
Smith, Noyes D., Jr., and Charles В Vogel 3 48} 425 .Ap-
paratus and method using ultrasonic radiation for mapping
the wail of a borehole. 47: 1205—1970
Smitherman, Thomas L. 3,470,530. Noise analysis for seismic
system. 47: 1505—1970
Snedeker, Leo W., Jr. 3,453,749. Teaching by sound applica-
tion. 47: 991—1970
Snider, William Hartford. 3,457,820. Stringed musical instru-
ment with resonant diaphragm. 47: 751—1970
Snodgrass, Herschel R. 3,472,334. Seismic prospecting. 47:
998—1970
Sobel, Ilyitch J. and Witalij Didjk. 3,439,128. Miniature
ceramic microphone. 47: 1198—1970
Sohnlein, Dieter (see Greifenhagen, Karl Hezinz). 47: 746—
1970
Soldner, Richard E. (see Krause, Walter E.). 47: 1507—1970
Solecki, Edward A. (see Cellitti, Raymond A.). 47: 995—1970
Sotome, Hiromi. 3,483,946. Loudspeaker. 47 •. 1495—1970
—— (see Mochida, Yasunori). 47: 458—1970
Stabler, Alfred F. 3,435,441. Fluid lubricated magnetic tape
transducer. 47: 45—1970
Stanish, Robert B. 3,422,311. Electromechanical transducer.
47: 1504—1970
Stanley, William C., William G. Harris, Jr., and Edward G.
McLeroy, Jr. 3,478,308. Sea bottom classifier. 47: 1000—
1970
Stapulionis, Antanas R. (see Voyles, Kennard E.). 47: 1496—
1970
Steinberg, Ervin B. 3.489,241. Control means for sonic power
system. 47: 1503—1970
Stelting, R. B. 3,475,633. Termination for an ultrasonic trans-
ducer. 47: 987—1970
Stenby, Walter H. 3,440,358. Announcing indicator for contin-
uous readout of different variables. 47:986—1970
Stetson, Karl A. 3,434,339. Holographic method and apparatus
for acoustical field recording. 47: 467—1970
Stewart, John L. 3,469,034. Neural-like analyzing system. 47:
1202—1970
Stewart, Walter R. 3,438,028. Audio amplifying and transduc-
ing apparatus for producing and emitting a high-amplitude
high-energy sound output. 47: 1495—1970
Strange, Booth B. 3,436,722. Extendable intrasection hydro-
phone arrays. 47: 754—1970
Strasberg, Murray and Hugh M. Fitzpatrick. 3,434,340.
Method and apparatus for observing mechanical oscilla-
tions. 47: 1504—1970
Stratton, Boyd L. 3,333,063. Signal demodulating and combin-
ingcircuit for wideband reproducing systems. 47:983—1970
Streets, John H. and Alexander R. Maxey. 3,404,241. Helical
scan magnetic tape apparatus with self-energized air lubri-
cation. 47: 747—1970
Studley, Clarence K. and William T. Frost. 3,333,066. Magne-
tic head assembly having rotatable and separable pole
pieces. 47 : 984—1970
Suganuma, Fujio (see Nagashima, Tatsuo). 47: 43—1970
Sugawara, Noboru. 3,412,207. Loudspeaker device. 47: 43—
1970
Sutton, David R. (see Capell, Marvin, Jr.). 47: 999—1970
Suzuki, Masatoshi. (see Kawabata, Yoshikazu). 47: 1500—
1970
T
Tallian, Tibor, Joseph A. Kamenshine, and Olof G. Gustafs-
son. 3,208,268. Detection of almost periodic occurrences.
47: 1208—1970
Tanaka, Masaru. (see Yamashita, Akio). 47: 1498—1970
Tanigawa, Shizuhiko. 3,363,065. Single guide means for heli-
cally wrapping tape around rotating recording head. 47:
745—1970
•---, Yoshio Yabuno, Koji Nakamura, Takuji Nakamura, and
Nobuyoshi Fujimori. 3,422,230. Mounting structure for
rotating mangetic heads. 47: 748—1970
Taplin, Ronald H. 3,460,058. Radio sonobuoy. 47: 755—19 7]
Tatro, Clement A. (see Dunegan, Harold L.). 47: 983—IT 0
Taylor, Geoffrey N. and Leonard S. Bleininger. 3,430,006.
Air lubricated magnetic head pad and mounting system
therefore. 47: 749—1970
Teder, Harry. 3,447,160. Adjustable headset. 47: 1199—1970
Tempel, Gerhard W. 3,451,032. Electromechanical transducer
material. 47: 1498—1970
Tepper, Richard 1.3,460,424. Chord-striking mallet. 47: 988—
1970
Teranishi, Tsunekazu and Takeshi Nakamura. 3,456,063.
Electric guitar. 47: 462—1970
Thayer, L. C. 3,482,772. Electrostrictive actuator. 47: 988—
1970
Thien, Gerhard (see Scheiterlein, Andreas). 47: 1203—1970
Thijssen, Jan Bertus (see Noorlander, Willem). 47: 746—1970
Thompson, John H. 3,480,906. Transducer having a backing
mass spaced a quarter wavelength therefrom. 47: 1207—
1970
Thompson, Josejhys S. 3,459,092. Violin string tuning and
tensioning peg. 47: 988—1970
Tobey, Richard. 3,450,973. Tape transport system including
dead-band amplifier means. 47: 750—1970
Tobin, Carlton D. (see Boucher, R. M. G.). 47: 752—1970
Tomcik, Daniel J. and Delois R. Coplen. 3,336,447. Electric
organ chord switches including conducting vinyl plastic.
47: 48—1970
1648 Volume 47	1970
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Torok, Steven J. 3,333,065. Apparatus for reducing frictional
wear of a transducing head against a magnetic tape. 47:
984—1970
Toumois, P. 3,464,033. Acoustical dispersive delay line having
stratified waveguide of at least two solid media coupling
input and output transducers. 47: 982—1970
Townsend, Charles L. and Jared M. McGowan. 3,420,965.
Cartridge tape recorder playback instrument. 47:985—1970
Tribbey, David A. (see Rosado, Ferdinand H.). 47: 747—1970
Triebold, Karl-Fredrich (see Ziehm, Gunter). 47: 466—1970
Trimble, Charles R. 3,446,949. Signal-to-noise ratio enhance-
ment methods and means. 47: 1000—1970
Tsujimoto, Hiroshi (sec Kaname, Yuichi). 47: 1201—1970
u
Uchida, Takeshi, (sec Kawabata, Yoshikazu). 47: 1500—1970
Uchikoshi, Goji. 3,415,956. Reversible magentic tape recorder
with independent head and drive means for selective use
with one or two tapes. 47: 748—1970
Upton, Hubert W. 3,463,885. Speech and sound display sys-
tem. 47: 1202—1970
Usher, Theron, Jr. (see Dickie, John A.). 47: 1206—1970
V
van der Burgt, Cornells Martinus. 3,475,704. Ultrasonic delay
devices. 47: 982 1970
van der Lely, Piet. 3,413,885. Pivotal connection for keys of a
musical instrument. 47: 462—1970
Van Der Voo, Bastiaan. 3,435,155. Pole pieces for magnetic
heads with accurately determined gap heights. 47: 986—
1970
Van Ingen, J. A. 3,463,321. Ultrasonic in-line filter system.
47: 49—1970
Van Loo, William R. and Jan Machielse. 3,305,044. Acoustical
panel supports for riser faces. 47: 742—1970
van Riemsdijk, Arnoldus J. (see Bosselaar, Hendrik). 47:
41—1970
van Slageren, Nanno. 3,147,937. Device for adjustablydriving
two parallel reel spindles. 47: 985—1970
Vernet, Jean Louis (see Mathey, Raymond). 47: 1204—1970
Victoreen, John A. 3,478,840. Sound reproducer. 47: 986—
1970
Viger, Howard L. (see Giles. Ben F.). 47: 755—1970
Vigueric-Noel, Bernard (see Smith, John S.). 47: 44—1970
Vinciguerra, Amelio. 3,391,864. Machine for winding musical
instrument strings and the like. 47: 1499—1970
Visser, Jan Erik and Matthijs Henricus Maria Vrolijks.
3,375,575. Heat and pressure glass bonding of spaced mag-
netic head portions by forming and using glass over flow
channels. 47: 746—1970
Vogel, Charles B. (see Smith. Noyes D., Jr.). 47: 1205—1970
Voutsas, Alexander, M. 3,181,373*. Accelerometer. 47: 1203—
1970
Voyles, Kennard E. and Antanas R. Stapulionis. 3,403,232.
Tape recorder amplifier for signals from two different sources.
47:1496—1970
Vrolijks, Matthijs Henricus Maria (see Visser, Jan Erik). 47 :
746—1970
w
Wada, Yoshiyo. 3,423,541. Tape tension control system. 47:
748—1970
Wagnerberger, Wolfgang (see I leissmeier, Walter). 47: 1497—
1970
Walker, John. 3.456,755. Hydraulic loudspeakers. 47: 485—
1970
Wallace, John D. (see Pure, Samuel). 47: 755—1970
Wallen, Albert E. 3,458,855. Underwater acoustic generator
with variable resonant frequency. 47: 52—1970
Walsh, George M. 3,484,737. Acoustic mapping apparatus.
47: 1205—1970
Walter, Gerhard. 3,439.918. Narrow track magnetic recording.
47: 750—1970
Walters, Warren R. 3,445,597. Earphone. 47: 1199—1970
Walther, George Ludwig (see Geurst, Jan Albert). 47: 747,
985—1970
Warnaka, Glenn E. 3,298,457. Acoustical barrier treatment.
47: 743—1970
Warner, Henry L. (see Folds, Donald L.). 47: 1207—1970
•--- (see Haney, Ted ].). 47: 755—1970
Washizawa, Shigetaka (see Shiga, Takeo). 47: 48—1970
Watanabe, Kazunari (see Matsumoto, Masato). 47: 749 —
1970
Waters, Kenneth H. and Billy J. Heath. 3,440,599. Digitally
controlled vibrational seismic prospecting. 47: 51—19 At
Weberling, Paul (see Geiling, Hermann). 47: 755—1970
Wehe, Herbert W., Jr. 3,319,738. Sound attenuating door and
panel construction. 47: 981—1970
Weigel, Morton L. 3,439, 127. Magentic tape apparatus will
equalization compensating means. 47: 986—19 Ю
Weingartner, Bernhard. 3,436,493. Electroacoustic transducer
with unilateral directional characteristic. 47: 1198—1970
Weitzner, Dorothea M. 3,412,197. Cyclically repeating sound
producing device. 47: 44—1970
—— and Laforest S. Saulsbury. 3,439,598. Camera and sound
recording device. 47: 43—1970
Wemple, Stuart H. (see Kahng, Dawon). 47: 459, 1495 1970
Whatley, Lucius D., Jr. (see Cook, Rufus Lee). 47 : 1201- 1970
Wilcox, Roy C. and D. Kell. 3,428,524. Helical tape scanner.
47-.749—1970
Wilder, Dallas Richard. 3,418,418. Phase shift vibrato circuit
using light dependent resistors and an indicating, lamp. 47".
463—1970
----3,462,559. Two-piece loudspeaker. 47: 43 1970
Wiley, Bruce F. 3,447,127. Sonic logging apparatus. 47: 465—
1970
Williams, David R. 3,454,206. Electrostrictive increment,,
film drive. 47: 1499—1970
Wilson, Clyde R. (see Iverson, Clarence W.). 47: 1499—1970
Wilson, Geoffrey L. 3,441,904. Electro-mechanical directional
transducer. 47: 52—1970
Wilson, Rex C. and Robert J. Nicoletti. 3,388,911. Head shift
mechanism for tape recorder and playback machines. 47:
747—1970
Woll, Thomas P. 3,340,343. String less gui tar-I I® e be Ironic
musical instrument. 47". 48 1970
Wolter^ Gerard C. .3,428,759. Pibh-pull oscillator and indi-
cating means for a stereo magnetic tape recorder .47 -.749—I
1970
Wood, J. W. 3,481,411. Sonic tool with means for reducing
noise level. 47: 991—1970
Wood, John F. (see Durbin, Howard M.). 47: 1498—1970
Wood, John W. (see Riley, Robert H., Jr.). 47: 998—1970
Wood Orvillq T. Д 417,649. Keyboard com traction. 47:460—
1970
Woodruff, Thomas E. 3,347,997. Playback system utilizing
variable delay and speed contiol means for flutter and
WOW compensation. 47 : 744—197(1
Woods, John P. and Henry Robert Barta. 3,080,642. Method
of manufacturing magentic recording heads. 47: 744—1970
---- and Henry R. Barta. 3,375,574. Magnetic transducer
and method of manufacture. 47: 746—1970
Wright, Hubert A., Jr. 3,458,858. Acoustic generator of the
spark discharge type. 47: 1206—1970
Wright, Margaret A. (see Owen, Jeffrey M.). 47: 994—1970
Wurlitzer, Rembert. 3,440,918. Bow stick and method of
manufacture thereof. 47 : 461—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1649
PATENT INVENTOR INDEX
Y
Yabuno, Yoshio (see Tanigawa, Shizuhiko). 47 : 748—1970
Yagi, Motoi. (see Kuriyagawa, Mamoru). 47: 1498—1970
Yamamoto, Toshiaki (see Fujimoto, Masahiro). 47:458—1970
Yamashita, Akio and Masaru Tanaka. 3,444,444. Pressure-
responsive semiconductor device. 47:1498—1970
Yamazaki, Masami. 3,411,393. Apparatus for adjusting
damped oscillation characteristics in electronic musical
instruments. 47: 460—1970
Yoshiyama, Yuji and Takayoshi Ezawa. 3,473,378. Ultrasonic
flowmeter system. 47: 1502—1970
Young, Alan C. 3,334,173. Organ additive prevoicing system.
47: 48—1970
Yount, William R. 3,463,888. Circuits with electroluminescent-
photoconductive dynamic level control. 47: 1496—1970
z
Zemanek, Joseph, Jr. 3,478,839. Orientation sensing system
for well logging tool for use in deviated boreholes. 47: 999—
1970
Ziehm, Giinter, Karl-Friedrich Triebold, Alfred Schief, and
Reinhard W. Leisterer. 3,464,056. Apparatus for displaying
the direction of incident plane waves. 47: 466—1970
Zorn, E. K. 3,471,868. Ultrasonic sensing device for a flushing
valve on a plumbing fixture, 47: 753—1970
Zottolo, Marco D. 3,439,573. Drum tuning device. 47: 46—
1970
1650 Volume 47	1970
Analytic Subject Index to Volume 47
Numerals in boldface indicate volume number. (T) designates title only.
0	GENERAL
0.1	Errata
Erratum. New study pinpoints acoustical properties
of carpeting. [J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 46, 1410 (1967) J
0.2 Conferences, Lectures, and Announcements, not of
the Acoustical Society of America
Acoustic holography symposium. 47: 722—1970
British Working Group on traffic noise. 47 : 726—1970
Clinical otology symposium. 47: 452—1970
Compilation of university curricula in marine sciences
published. 47: 724—1970
Conference on building acoustics at Newcastle upon
Tyne. 47: 20 1970
Conference on magnetic recording in Budapest. 47:
20—1970
8th acoustical conference on room and building acous-
tics in Czechoslovakia. 47 : 1160—1970
Environmental noise symposium. 47: 1158—1970
Finite amplitude acoustics. 47: 722—1970
French Acoustical Review. 47: 975—1970
Information science meeting. 47: 1489—1970
Jovo Evben Budapesten. 47: 20—1970
Lecture series on damping. 47: 722—1970
Magnetic recording conference in Budapest—date
change. 47: 1160—1970
Meeting on aircraft noise at Southampton. 47: 725—
1970
Meyer, Professor Erwin, awarded first Lord Rayleigh
Medal. Winston E. Kock. 47: 725—1970
Midwest acoustics conference. 47: 974—1970
Mobile sound laboratory. 47: 452—1970
National Bureau of Standards issues standard on
magnetic tape evaluation. 47: 15—1970
National Bureau of Standards offers improved ear-
phone calibration service. 47: 16—1970
National Congress of Applied Mechanics. 47: 974—
1970
New survey of physics. 47: 1158—1970
1971 meetings—preliminary informatio i .47’.1161 —
1970
Otophysiology conference rescheduled. 47: 1157—
1970
Passing parade of European physical acoustics. E. F.
Carome. 47: 1160—1970
Physical acoustics conference. 47: 1157—1970
Psychoacoustical glossary. 47: 971—1970
Rehabilitation workers convention . 47 •. 1489—1970
Report of the Congress on Ultrasonic Diagnostics in
Medicine. G. Kossoff and F. Dunn. 47’. 726—1970
Request for data. 47 : 16—1970
Seminar on acoustics in Wroclaw .47 : 20—1970
Shock and Vibration Digest. 47: 15—1970
Sound and vibration seminar. 47 : 15—1970
Spanish Acoustical Society. 47 : 727—1970
Summer courses. 47 : 1489—1970
Symposium on otophysiology. 47: 974—1970
Technical communications. 47: 1158—1970
Too much noise reduction? 47: 21—1970
Ultrasonics for industry in London. 47: 20—1970
Ultrasonics symposium. 47: 1158—1970
Underwater scientist exchange program. 47: 452—
1970
Zurich seminar on digital processing of analog signals.
47: 725—1970
0.5 Notes on General Acoustics
French Acoustical Review. 47 : 975—1970
Jovo Evben Budapesten. 47: 20—1970
Midwest acoustics conference .47 '.974 —1970
Seminar on acoustics in Wroclaw 47.’ 20—1970
Sound and vibration seminar. 47 : 15—1970
Sound in the arts .47'.971 —1970
Summer courses. 47: 1489—1970
0.6 Biographical, Historical, and Personal Notes, not of
the Acoustical Society of America
Meyer, Professor Erwin, awarded first Lord Rayleigh
Medal. Winston E. Kock. 47: 725—1970
1	ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
1.1	General, Unclassified
Announcement of forthcoming election. Betty H.
Goodfriend. 47: 14—1970
Report of the Editor-m- Che f to t h’ Executive Cbun-
ci at theSanD'iego meeting, N oven! ter 1969 .R .
Bruce Lindsay. 47: 453—1970
1.5	Meetings
Dates of future meetings of the Society. 47: 17, 454,
724, 977, 1159, 1490—1970
Preliminary notice: seventy-ninth meeting of the
Society. Betty H. Goodfriend 47: 16—1970
President’s report: 78th meeting of the Acoustical
Society of America. Isadore Rud nick. 47 : 722—1970
Program of the Seventy-Eighth Meeting of the Acous-
tical Society of America, San Diego, California, 4-7
November 1969. 47 : 54—1970
1.6	Members and Membership Lists. Personal Notes
Announcement of forthcoming election. Betty H.
Goodfriend. 47: 14—1970
Green, David M., Arnold M. Small, Jr., and Arturs
Kalnins appointed to Editorial Board of the Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America. 47:7 21—1970
Hilliard, Dr. John K. retires. 47: 974—1970
Mayer, G. M. honored. 47: 452—1970
Munchhausen, Heyno von, 1900—1969. Ranger
Farrell. 47: 1157—1970
New fellows of the Acoustical Society of America. 47 '
451, 712—1970
Olson, Harry receives IEEE Consumer Electronics
Award. 47: 974—1970
Pielemeier, Walter H., 1889-1969. Wesley L. Nyborg.
47: 97.3—1970
Revisions to membership list. 47: 17, 975—1970
Schulkin, Dr. Morris joins Naval Oceanographic
Office. 47: 973—1970
Sustaining members of the Acoustical Society of
America .47: (list precedes first paper in each issue)
— 1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1651
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
1.7	Committee Activities
Technical Committees of the Society and their chair-
men. 47: 17, 454, 724, 977, 1159, 1490—1970
1.8	Prizes, Medals, and Awards
Award to Wallace Waterfall. 47: 722—1970
1.9	Regional Chapters
Regional chapter notes. 47: 452, 722, 975, 1159, 1490
—1970
2	ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS
2.1	General, Unclassified
Abstracts
Increasing aircraft noise reduction by practical modi-
fications of typical home construction. Salvatore
D. Pecora. 47: 99—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
99—1970
Speech perception in classrooms. H. F. Kingsbury and
F. M. Strumpf. 47: 99-1070
Book Reviews
Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettiuger. (Reviewed by Michael J. Kodaras.) 47:
1491—1970
Acoustic-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettinger. (Reviewed by Donald P. Loye). 47:
1491—1970
News
Conference on building acoustics at Newcastle upon
Tyne. 47: 20—1970
8th acoustical conference on room and building acous-
tics. 47: 1160—1970
2.2	Auditorium and Enclosure Design. (See also 7.6)
Papers
Acoustical criteria for auditoriums and their relation
to model techniques. Vilhelm Lassen Jordan. 47:
408—1970
Instrumentation for acoustic modeling. B. G. Watters.
47: 413—1970
Model techniques in architectural acoustics. Paul S.
Veneklasen, 47: 419—1970
Model testing of auditoriums. Vern O. Knudsen. 47:
401—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical modeling of reverberation chambers. Jose
C. Ortega, Jerald R. Hyde, and Jerry P. Christoff.
47: 100—1970
Barrier in open-office planning. Jerald R. Hyde. 47:
78—1970
Concepts and acoustics of open-plan offices and
schools. Paul S. Veneklasen and Jerald R. Hyde.
47: 78—1970
Designs for open-plan and conventional offices.
Sydney G. Rodgers. 47 : 78—1970
Open-plan office, concepts and attributes. R. L.
Propst. 47: 78—1970
Patents
Acoustical shell construction. John Christopher Jaffe
and Paul Kleinman. 47 : 980—1970
1652 Volume 47	1970
2.3	Studies of Existing Auditoria and Enclosures
Papers
Acoustics of Northrop Memorial Auditorium. B. S.
Ramkrishna and T. 1. Smits. 47: 951—1970
Acoustics of Powell Symphony Hall, St. Louis. Cyril
M. Harris. 47: 1—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Pepsi-Cola Pavilion at Osaka: a result of collaboration
between artists and engineers. 47 : 447—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical condition in open-plan classrooms. H. F.
Kingsbury and D. W. Taylor. 47: 79—1970
Acoustical experiences to date with open-plan schools.
Jonathan King. 47: 79—1970
Acoustical problems in open-plan spaces. P. W'. Hirtle
and T. J. Schultz. 47: 79—1970
Ten years of experience with several score open-type
classroom schools. Dariel Fitzroy. 47 : 79—1970
2.4	Sound Absorption in Enclosures. Theory and Mea-
surement. (See also 2.5)
Letters to the Editor
Acoustic waveguide having a variable section. R. D.
Ford, P. Lord, and M. West. 47: 12—1970
Abstracts
Effect of absorbing surfaces on the statistics of diffuse
sound fields. T. F. W. Embleton. 47: 116—1970
2.5	Materials for Sound Absorption in Enclosures. Values
of Ab sorption C oeffi cients and Acoustic Imped ances
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Acoustical drapery. 47: 971—1970
Erratum. New study pinpoints acoustical properties
of carpeting QJ. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 46 : 1410 (1967)]
Abstracts
Гопе-burst technique ol sound absorption measure-
ment. John. G. Powell and John J. Van Houten. 47 :
80—1970
Patents
Acoustic ceiling. Stephen T. Alexieff. 47: 981—1970
Acoustic structural unit. Thomas G. Morrissey,
George Bradley Davis, Jr., and Harold H. Short.
47: 40—1970
Acoustic tile laminate. Robert J. Schirick, Richard D.
Bunker, and Arthur C. Austin. 47 : 457—1970
Acoustical material Thom- as Mariner.47: 457—1970
Acoustical panel supports for riser faces. William R.
Van Loo and Jan Machielse. 47: 742—1970
Acoustical tile. John S. Podgurski. 47 : 742—1970
Apparatus for making rigid mineral fiber panels.
Eugene E. Goldstein. 47: 1196—1970
High temperature resistant acoustical board. Richard
F. Shannon and Jerry E. Heiser. 47 : 457—1970
Insulating and acoustical panel structure. James P.
Robinson. 47: 1196—1970
Multi-layered sound absorbing panel. Yian-nian Chen
and Erich Philipp. 47: 980—1970
Sound-absorbing ceiling with interchangeable panels
for absorbing different frequencies. Oddvar S. Hal-
bostad and Gunnar Arnesen. 47: 40—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Sound control product. John D. McCluer and Robert
C. Roy. 47: 981—1970
2.7	Reverberation and Echoes. (See also 2.3, 2.4, 2.8, 2.9,
2.10, 11.2, 11.4, and 11.7). Normal Modes in En-
closures. Diffusivity. Frequency Response. Sub-
jective Effects. (See also 17.2 and 17.3)
Papers
Digital simulation of sound transmission in rever-
berant spaces. M. R. Schroeder. 47: 424—1970
Influence of diffiusivity on the transmission loss of a
single-leaf wall. A. de Bruijn. 47 : 667—1970
Sampling statistics for an acoustic mode. Richard
Waterhouse. 47: 961—1970
Sound transmission through rectangular slots of finite
depth between reverberant rooms. August Sauter,
Jr., and Walter W. Soroka. 47: 5—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical modeling of reverberation c him hers. Jose
C. Ortega, Jerald R. Hyde, and Jerry P. Christoff.
47: 100—1970
Comparison of the sound fields observed near a tri-
plane, a spherical shell, and a helium balloon. P. L.
Delsasso, V. O. Knudsen, and В. E. Walker. 47:
117—1970
Effect of large panels on eigenvalues of rectangular
rooms. D. J. Ingalls. 47: 117—1970
Experimental evaluation of microphone traverses in
a reverberant room. C. Ebbing and D. J. Ingalls.
47: 116—1970
Method for the calculation of the normal-mode fre-
quencies in irregular rooms. Ronald A. Slusser. 47:
117—1970
Modal analysis of sound propagation in a circular duct
and application to in duct sound measurements. U.
Bolleter and R. C. Chanaud. 47'. 116—1970
Multiple noise sources in an enclosure. Ballard W.
George. 47: 117—1970
Reduction of long-time reverberation by a center-
clipping process. О. M. M. Mitchell and D. A.
Berkley. 47: 84—1970
Reflective surfaces for the hearing of speech and music
in an anechoic chamber. В. E. Walker, L. P. Del-
sasso, and V. O. Knudsen. 47: 99—1970
Sound field in reverberation chamber at discrete fre-
quencies. J. Tichy. 47: 117—1970
Spatial averaging in a diffuse sound field. David Lub-
man. 47: 116—1970
Patents
Method of and apparatus for measuring ensemble
averages and decay curves. Manfred R. Schroeder.
47: 40—1970
2.8	Reverberation-Measuring Instruments. (See also 2.7
and 5.15)
Papers
Digital simulation of sound transmission in reverber-
ant spaces. M. R. Schroeder. 47: 424—1970
2.9	Sound Transmission through Walls, Theory and Mea-
surement of. (See also 2.10)
Papers
Influence of diffusivity on the transmission loss of a
single-leaf wall. A. de Bruijn. 47: 667—1970
Sound transmission through double panels using
statistical energy analysis. A. J. Price and M. J.
Crocker. 47: 683—1970
Sound transmission through rectangular slots of finite
depth between reverberant rooms. August Sauter,
Jr., and Walter W. Soroka. 47: 5—1970
Subjective study of the sound-transmission class sys-
tem for rating building partitions. D. M. Clark. 47:
676—1970
2.10	Sound-Insulating Structures. Values of Transmission
Coefficients. (See also 7.6)
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Erratum. New study pinpoints acoustical properties
of carpeting. [J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 46, 1410 (1967)]
Abstracts
Acoustic shielding properties of a free-standing wall.
Jack В. C. Purcell and Roger C. Noppe. 47: 99—
192)
Barrier as a sound isolation device. Jerald R. Hyde.
47: 98—1970
Patents
Room divider. Johann A.Bus. 47. 742 —1970
Sound attenuating door and panel construction. Her-
bert W. Wehe, Jr. 47: 981-—1970
Sound control wall construction. Nels Nelsson. 47:
742—1970
Souiri prod screen room. E,fk A . I ,i id gren. 47 :981 —
1970
2.12	Damping of Pands
Patents
Acoustical barrier treatment. Glenn E. Warnaka. 47:
743—1970
2.13	Anechoic Chamber Design. Wedges
Abstracts
Anechoic duct termination development using scale
model theory. G. H. Myers. 47: 117—1970
Foam acoustical wedges. R. E. Gardinier, K. S.
Nordby, and D. L. Silsbee. 47: 100—1970
Performance of foam wedges in a new semianechoic
room. R. E. Jelinek and L. W. Brehm. 47: 100—
1970
Reflective surfaces for the hearing of speech and music
in an anechoic chamber. В. E. Walker, L. P. Del-
sasso, and V. O. Knudsen. 47: 99—1970
2.14	Sound-Reinforcement Systems for Enclosures
Abstracts
Reflective surfaces for reinforcing unamplified speech
in a lecture room and a thrust-stage theater. V. O.
Knudsen, В. E. Walker, and L. P. Delsasso. 47:
99—1970
2.15	Computer Simulation of Acoustics in Enclosures.
Modeling
Papers
Acoustical criteria for auditoriums and their relation
to model techniques. Vilhelm Lassen Jordan. 47:
408—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1651
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Digital simulation of sound transmission in reverber-
ant spaces. M. R. Schroeder. 47: 424—1970
Foreword to symposium on modeling technicpies in
architectural acoustics. William J. Cavanaugh. 47:
400—1970
Instrumentation for acoustic modeling. B. G. Watters.
47: 413—1970
Model techniques in architectural acoustics. Paul S.
Veneklasen. 47: 419—1970
Model testing of auditoriums. Vern O. Knudsen. 47:
401—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
1475—1970
Symposium on modeling techniques in architectural
acoustics. Vern O. Knudsen, Vilhelm Lassen Jordan,
B. G. Watters, Paul S. Veneklasen, and M. R.
Schroeder. 47: 401—1970
Abstracts
Anechoic duct termination development using scale
model theory. G. И. Myers. 47 : 117—1970
3	BOOKS, BIBLIOGRAPHIES, AND SURVEYS
3.1	Books and Book Reviews
Booh Reviews
Acoustical Foundations of Music, The. John Backus.
(Reviewed by Daniel W. Martin.) 47 : 728—1970
Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettinger. (Reviewed by Michael J. Kodaras.) 47:
1491—1970
Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettinger. (Reviewed by Donald P. Loye.) 47:
1491—1970
Airborne, Impact, and Structure-Borne Noise Control
in Multifamily Dwellings. Raymond D. Berendt,
George E. \\ Inzer, and Courtney B. Burroughs.
(Reviewed by Ron Moulder.) 47: 22—1970
Information-Processing Approaches to Visual Per-
ception. Ralph N. Naber, Ed. (Reviewed by Murray
B. Sachs.) 47: 1162—1970
International Physics and Astronomy Directory—
1969-1970. Malcolm C. Johnson, Donald H. Bain,
and Robert L. Alman, Eds. (Reviewed by R. B.
Lindsay.) 47: 1492—1970
Irreversible Aspects of Continuum Mechanics and
Transfer of Physical Characteristics in Moving Fluids.
H. Parkins and L. 1. Sedov, Eds. (Reviewed by R, B.
Lindsay.) 47: 456—1970
Linear Piezoelectric Plate Vibrations. FL F. Tiersten.
(Reviewed by Warren P. Mason.) 47: 1492—1970
Nasal Vowels in Contemporary Polish. Maris Zagorska
Brooks. (Reviewed by Finery Kucera.) 47: 979—
1970
Physical Ultrasonics. Robert T. Beyer and Stephen V.
Letcher. (Reviewed by F. H. Fisher.) 47:978—1970
Physics of Sound in the Sea. (Reviewed by David C.
Whitmarsh.) 47 : 1162—1970
Signal Detection Theory and Psychophysics. D. M.
Green and J. A. Swets. (Reviewed by J. J. Zwis-
locki.) 47: 455—1970
Zur Nevosen Belastung durch Ldrm (The Nervous
Stress Due lo Noise Exposure). Gerd Jansen. (Re-
viewed by J. Tonndorf.) 47: 22—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Technical reports. 47: 449, 1487—1970
1654 Volume 47	1970
3.2	Bibliographies
References to contemporary papers on acoustics.
Frederick E. White and Earl D. Schubert. 47: 24,
729, 1163—1970
Survey of literature on reflection and scattering of
sound waves at sea surface. Leonard Fortuin. 47:
1209—1970
3.3	Patents
Review of acoustical patents. Robert W. Young. 47:
40, 457, 742, 980,	1196, 1493—1970
4	PHYSIOLOGICAL	AND PSYCHOLOGICAL
ACOUSTICS
4.1	General, Unclassified
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Psychoacoustical glossary. 47: 971—1970
Abstracts
Workshop: adaptive psychophysical procedures. 47:
68—1970
News
Clinical otology symposium. 47 : 452—1970
Otophysiology conference rescheduled. 47: 1157—
1970
Symposium on otophysiology. 47 : 974—1970
4.2	Anatomy and Physiology of the Ear
Papers
Cochlear innervation, signal processing, and their
relation to auditory time-intensity effects. P. A.
Lynn and B. McA. Sayers. 47 : 525—1970
Mechanism of production of cochlear microphonics.
Vicente Honrubia and Paul H. Ward. 47: 498—1970
Abstracts
Function of the tympanic membrane. Juergen Tonn-
dorf and Shyain M. Khanna. 47 : 60—1970
Sound pressure at the entrance of the external meatus
as a function of the azimuth of a tone. J. M. Har-
rison and P. Downey. 47: Il—1970
Vibrational holography of the tympanic membrane in
cats. Shyam M. Khanna, Juergen Tonndorf, and
Allan H. Ropper. 47: 60—1970
4.2.1 Middle Ear Mechanics
Papers
Application of the TTS paradigm for assessing sound
transmission in the auditory system during speech
production. Raymond S. Karlovich and Barry F.
Luterman. 47: 510—1970
Abstracts
Function of the tympanic membrane. Juergen Tonn-
dorf and Shyam M. Khanna. 47 : 60—1970
Vibrational holography of the tympanic membrane
in cats. Shyam M. Khanna, Juergen Tonndorf, and
Allan H. Ropper. 47: 60—1970
4 2 2 Cochlear Mechanics
Papers
Mechanics of the guinea pig cochlea. B. AL Johnstone,
К. J . Taylor, and A . J . Boyle .47 ‘.504—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Nonlinearities in cochlear hydrodynamics. Juergen
Tonndorf. 47: 579—1969
Abstracts
Intensity characteristics of media noreceptors. J. J.
Zwislocki, W. B. Adams, and E. J. Kletsky. 47: 96
—1970
Loss in the cochlear microphonic as a function of con-
stant duty cycle and varying repetition rate. G.
Richard Price. 47'. 85—1970
Measurement of the amplitude and phase of vibration
of the basilar membrane using the Mossbauer effect.
W. S. Rhode and C. D. Geisler. 47: 60—1970
4.2.3 Models of the Ear
Abstracts
Model of binaural hearing based on auditory nerve
patterns. If. S. Colburn. 47:130—1970
4.2.4 Cochlear Electrophysiology
Papers
Cochlear innervation, signal processing, and their re-
lation to auditory time-intensity effects. P. A. Lynn
and B. McA. Sayers. 47: 525—1970
Effect of calcium deficiency on cochlear potentials.
Teruzo Konishi and Elizabeth Kelsey. 47: 1055—
1970
Effects of electrical current applied to cochlear pirti
tion on discharges in individual auditory-nerve
libers. I. Prolonged direct-current polarization.
Teruzo Konishi, Donald C. Teas, and Joel S.
Wernick. 47: 1519—1970
Effects of electrical current applied to cochlear parti-
tion on discharges in individual auditory-nerve
fibers. II. Interaction of electrical polarization and
acoustic stimulation. Donald C. Teas, Teruzo
Konishi, and Joel S. Wernick. 47: 1527—1970
Measurement of the cochlear potentials of the guinea
pig at constant sound-pressure level at the eardrum.
1. Cochlear-microphonic amplitude and phase. C. A.
Laszlo, R. P. Gannon, and J. H. Milsum. 47: 1063—
1970
Mechanism of production of cochlear microphonics.
Vicente Honrubia and Paul H. Eard. 47: 498—1970
ON and OFF responses as measured in the cochlea of
the guinea pig. Roman Kupperman. 47: 518—1970
Letters to the Editor
Further evidence for peripheral activation of olivo-
cochlear bundle endings. P. Nieder and I. Nieder.
47: 661—1970
Magnitude of cochlear microphonics elicited by com-
ponents of broad-band noise. Michael W. Mainen,
Vicente T. Chiong, Robert N. Glackin, James C.
Elder, and Dickens Warfield. 47: 1139—1970
Abstracts
Binaural interaction in the dorsal cochlear nucleus.
Truman E. Mast. 47: 77—1970
Effect of increments in a sinusoidal pedestal on the
vertex potential. T. L. Nichols and S. D. Tanen-
holtz. 47: 97—1970
Effect of some neurally active drugs on the cochlear
afterpotential. Phyllis E. Stopp, С. P. Panayioto-
poulos, and I. C. Whitfield. 47: 59—1970
Frequency organization and response characteristics
of single neurons in the nuclei of the lateral lemnis-
cus of the cat. L. M. Aitkin, D. J. Anderson, and
J. F. Brugge. 47: 59—1970
Function of the porpoise ear as shown by its electrical
potentials. James G. McCormick, E. G. Wever,
Sam H. Ridgway, and Jerry Palin. 47: 67—1970
Inhibitory and excitatory synaptic events in cat
cochlear nucleus. A. Starr and R. Britt. 47: 59—1970
Loss in the cochlear microphonic as a funct ion of con-
stant duty cycle and varying repetition rate. G.
Richard Price. 47: 85—1970
Low-frequency characteristics of the auditory per-
iphery. Peter Dallos, Mary Ann Cheatham, and
Zahrl G. Schoeny. 47: 60—1970
Significance of osmotic pressure gradients during coch-
lear perfusion. D. H. Moscovitch and R. P. Gan-
non. 47: 77—1970
4.2.5 Auditory Nerve and Central Pathways
Papers
Behavioral investigation of some possible effects of
sectioning in the crossed olivocochlear bundle.
Constantine Trahiotis and Donald N. Elliott. 47:
592—1970
Effects of electrical current applied to cochlear parti-
tion on discharges in individual auditory-nerve
fibers. I. Prolonged direct-current polarization.
Teruzo Konishi, Donald C. Teas, and Joel S. Wer-
nick. 47: 1519—1970
Effects of electrical current applied to cochlear parti-
tbu on dsc hirges in in dvi'dia I au d'bry-ncrve
fibers .11 .Interaction of electrical ixilarization and
acoustic stimulation. Donald C. Teas, Teruzo
Konishi, and Joel S. Wernick. 47: 1527—1970
Effects of high frequencies and intersubject variabil-
ity on the auditory-evoked cortical response. I tow-
ard H .Rothman .47'569—1970
Extension of the Neff neural model to situ itions de-
manding discrimination among complex stimuli.
Constantine Trah iotis and Donald N. Elliott. 47'.
1116—1970
Peripheral inhibition in auditory fibers in the frog.
Harold J. Liff and Moise H. Goldstein, Jr. 47: 1538
—1970
Response of neurons in the cochlear nuclei to varia-
tions in noise bandwidth and to tone-noise combi-
ations. Donald D. Greenwood and Jay M. Gold-
berg. 47'. 1022—1970
Letters to the Editor
Further evidence for peripheral activation of olivo-
cochlear bundle endings. P. Nieder and I .Nieder .
47: 661—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical vestibular stimulation in the guinea pig:
vestibular nerve response. D. E. Parker. 47: 77—
1970
Frequency organization and response characteristics
of single neurons in the nuclei of the lateral lemnis-
cus of the cat. L. M. Aitkin, D. J. Anderson, and
J. F. Brugge. 47: 59—1970
Inhibitory and excitatory synaptic events in cat coch-
lear nucleus. A. Starr and R. Britt. 47: 59—1970
Interaction between efferent bundle electrical stimula-
tion and sound in guinea pig. P. Nieder and I.
Neider. 47: 68—1970
Intracellular recording from neurons in primary audi-
tory cortex of unanesthetized cats. F. de Ribau-
pierre and M. H. Goldstein, Jr. 47:68—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1655
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Model of binaural hearing based on auditory nerve
patterns. H. S. Colburn. 47: 130—1970
Phase dependence of two-tone inhibition in frog audi-
tory nerve fibers. Harold Liff. 47: 68—1970
Response of one type of neuron in the inferior collicu-
lus of the kangaroo rat (dipodomys spectabUis) to
low-frequencv binaural tones. Robert D. Stillman.
47: 76—1970'
Sensitivity of single neurons in the dorsal nucleus of
the lateral lemniscus of the cat to binaural tonal
stimulation. J. F. Brugge, D. J. Anderson, and L. M.
Aitkin. 47: 77—1970
Temporal position of discharges in single auditory
nerve fibers within the cycle of a sine-wave stimu-
lus. D. J. Anderson, J. E. Rose, J. E. Hind, and
J. F. Brugge. 47: 59—1970
Patents
Artificial sense organ. James H. Doyle. 47: 1197—
1970
4.3	Binaural Hearing. Localization
Papers
Binaural fusion: its limits as defined by signal dura-
tion and signal onset. David R. Perrott, Renee
Briggs, and Sharon Perrott. 47:565—1970
Binaural masking of a tone by a tone plus noise.
Julius A. Canahl, Jr. 47: 476—1970
Cochlear innervation, signal processing, and their
relation to auditory time-intensity effects. P. A.
Lynn and B. McA. Sayers. 47 : 525—1970
Intensity changes at the ear as a function of the azi-
muth of a tone source: a comparative study. J. M.
Harrison and P. Downey. 47: 1509—1970
Lateral preferences in the identification of patterned
stimuli. Frank Spellacy. 47 : 574—1970
Masking-level differences obtained with a pulsed tonal
masker. Ervin R. Hafter and Samuel C. Carrier.
47: 1041—1970
Letters to the Editor
Further note on “Limits for the detection of binaural
beats” £D. R. Perrott and M. A. Nelson, J. Acoust.
Soc. Amer. 46, 1477-1481 (1969)] David R. Pferrott
47 : 636—1970
Abstracts
Binaural interaction in backward masking. Terrence
R. Dolan and Constantine Trahiotis. 47: 130—1970
Binaural signal detection: analysis of decision spaces.
R. E. Pastore and R. D. Sorkin. 47: 130—1970
Detectability of a noise-signal as a function of signal-
masker phase and interaural phase. Donald E.
Robinson and Ted L. Langford. 47: 130—1970
Detection, lateralization, and the phase angle. Lloyd
A. Jeffress and Dennis McFadden. 47: 130—1970
Dichotic detection of correlation between pulsed and
continuous white noise. C. Douglas Creelman and
Bruce E. Twining. 47:129—1970
Effects of intensity on critical bands. Walter T. Bour-
bon and Carl J. Hehmsoth. 47:129—1970
Lateralizability and detectability of a low-frequency
tone as a function of the level of a tonal masker.
William A. Yost and Donald E. Robinson. 47: 130
—1970
Lateralization and loudness summation. John F.
Chaves. 47: 96—1970
Masking level differences for signal yielding place and
periodicity pitch. Arnold M. Small, Jr. 47: 130—
1970
Model of binaural hearing based on auditory nerve
patterns. H. S. Colburn. 47 : 130—1970
4.4	Deafness. Audiometry. (See also 5.5)
Abstracts
Discrimination of filtered-clipped speech by sensori-
neural hearing-imparied subjects. Ian B. Thomas
and David W. Sparks. 47: 128—1970
Discrimination of formant transitions by listeners with
sensorineural hearing losses. J. M . Pickett and Ellen
S. Martin. 47: 128—1970
Measurement and operant conditioning of the vocal-
ization of preschool deaf children. Carl W. Asp and
Connie Lawrence. 47: 129—1970
4.4.5 Auditory Fatigue, Temporary Threshold Shift
Papers
Adaptation and loudness decrement: a reconsidera-
tion. Joseph W. Petty, Winifred D. Fraser, and
Donald N. Elliott. 47: 1074—1970
Application of the TTS paradigm for assessing sound
transmission in the auditory system during speech
production. Raymond .S Karlovich and Bhrry E
Luterman.47 :510—1970
Forward and backward enhancement of sensitivity in
the auditory system. ThomasJ. Moore and John R.
Welsh, Jr. 47:534—1970
Frequency discrimination in the adapted ear. Donald
W. Nielsen, Winifred D. Fraser, and Donald N.
Elliott. 47: 540—1970
Postexposure responsiveness in the auditory system.
I. Immediate sensitization. P. Douglas Noffsinger
and Tom W. Tillman. 47: 546—1970
Postexposure responsiveness in the auditory system.
11.	Sensitization and desensitization. P. Douglas
Noffsinger and Wayne O. Olsen. 47: 552—1970
Abstracts
Application of the temporary-threshold-shift para-
digm for assessing sound transmission in the audi-
tory system during vowel production. R. S. Karl-
ovich and B. F. Luterman. 47:85—1970
Auditory response to the acoustic impuse from an air-
bag crash protection system. Charles W. Nixon. 47:
86—1970
Auditory sensitization—fact or artifact. William Mel-
nick. 47: 86—1970
Temporary-threshold-shift recovery from impulse and
steady-state noise exposure. John L. Fletcher. 47:
85—1970
4.5	Instruments Relating to Hearing and for the Testing
of Hearing. (See also 5.5)
Papers
Efficient monaural procedure for the psychoacoustic
calibration of earphones. J. Donald Harris. 47:
1048—1970
Investigation of the acoustics of earmold vents.
Gerald A. Studebaker and Thomas A. Zachman. 47:
1107—1970
Subjective and objective measurement of the loudness
level of single and repeated impulses. W. Reichardt.
47: 1557—1970
1656 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Abstracts
Method for computer-controlled group audiometry.
Herman R. Silbiger. 47:86—1970
Simple rules for controlling step size in up down test-
ing. H. Levitt. 47: 86—1970
Temporary changes of the auditory system due to
prolonged exposure to noise. J. H. Mills, R. W.
Gengel, C. S. Watson, and J. D. Miller. 47: 85—
1970
Patents
Battery holder and switch for hearing aid unit. Egon
Bauer. 47: 743—1970
Hearing aid vent tube. William L. Daniels. 47: 1197—
1970	4.7
Hearing aid with adjustable sound inlet means. Le-
land E. Rosemond and Kaare Hellejkaer. 47: 1197
—1970
Tone frequency noise filter. Jack P. Branch and Noel
O. Durham. 47: 1197—1970
4.6 Loudness, Threshold Determinations. Meters. (See
also 5.15)
Papers
Adaptation and loudness decrement: a reconsidera-
tion. Joseph W. Petty, Winifred D. Eraser, and
Donald N. Elliott. 47: 1074—1970
Adaptation: central or peripheral? Winifred D. Fraser,
Joseph W. Petty, and Donald N. Elliott. 47: 1016—
1970
Choice of sound duration and silent intervals for test
and comparison signals in the subjective measure-
ment of loudness level. W. Reichardt and H. Niese.
47: 1083—1970
I ntensity changes at the ear as a function of the azi-
muth of a tone source: a comparative study. J. M.
Harrison and P. Downey. 47: 1509—1970
On the role of phase in the audibility of octave com-
plexes. Earl D. Schubert and James C. Nison. 47:
1100 1970
Postexposure responsiveness in the auditory system. I.
Immediate sensitization. P. Douglas Noffsinger and
Tom W. Tillman. 47: 546—1970
Postexposure responsiveness in the auditory system.
II. Sensitization and desensitization. P. Douglas
Noffsinger and Wayne O. Olsen. 47: 552—1970
Subjective and objective measurement of the loudness
level of single and repeated impulses. W. Reichardt.
47: 1557—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory thresholds during visual stimulation as a
function of signal bandwidth. Ernest J. Moore 11
and Raymond S. Karlovich. 47:659—1970
Abstracts
Audibility curve of the common canary. R. J. Dooling,
J. A. Mulligan, and J. D. Miller. 47: 67—1970
Calculation of the perceived level in PLdB. S. S.
Stevens. 47: 88—1970
Dichotic summation of loudness over time. B. Scharf
and S. M. Weissmann. 47: 96—1970
Effect of frequency and intensity anchors on both
pitch and loudness judgments. Linda Pierce. 47:
95—1970
Hearing in the monkey (macaco.): absolute and differ-
ential sensitivity. William C .Stebbins, Richard D.
Pearson, and David B. Moody. 47: 67-—1970
Lateralization and loudness summation. John F.
Chaves. 47: 96—1970
Loudness and impulsive noise. D. L. George and J. A.
Eibner. 47: 89—1970
Pure-tone behavioral thresholds of the lemur. Curtin
Mitchell, Jack Vernon, and Paul Herman. 47: 67—
1970
Sensitivity of the green sea turtle’s ear as shown by its
electrical potentials. Sam H. Ridgway, E. G. Wever,
James G. McCormik, Jerry Palin, and John Ander-
son. 47: 67—1970
Two-click thresholds in presence of band-stop noise.
J. L. Hall and R. C. Lummis. 47: 96—1970
Masking (see also 5.5)
Papers
Binaural masking of a tone by a tone phis noise. Julius
A. Canahl, Jr. 47: 476—1970
Effect of forward and backward masking on speech
intelligibility. Donald D. Dirks and Deborah Bower.
47: 1003—1970
Forward and backward enhancement of sensitivity in
the auditory system. Thomas J. Moore and John
R. Welsh, Jr. 47:534—1970
I rtroductory experime it s i i auditory ti ne sharing’,
detection of intensity and frequency increments.
Neville Moray. 47: 1071—1970
Masking-level differences obtained with a pulsed tonal
masker. Ervin R. Hafterand Samuel C. Carrier. 47:
1041—1970
Monaural detection and filtering. В. E. Mulligan and
M. Elrod. 47: 1548—1970
Monaural detection of a phase difference between
clicks. Don A. Ronken. 47: 1091—1970
On the role of phase in the audibility of octave com-
plexes. Earl D. Schubert and James C. Nixon. 47:
1100—1970
Regulation of voice communication by sensory dy-
namics. Harlan Lane, Bernard Tranel, and Cyrus
Sisson. 47: 618—1970
Sensory function in multimodal signal detection.
Sanford Fidell. 47: 1009—1970
Letters to the Editor
On narrow-band FM noise as a masking noise. Ed-
mund M. Glaser. 47: 658—1970
Time sharing in auditory perception: effect of stimulus
duration. Neville Moray. 47:660—1970
Abstracts
Auditory masking by many sinusoids. E. C. Carterette
and D. C. Nagel. 47: 106—1970
Binaural interaction in backward masking. Terrence
R. Dolan and Constantine Trahiotis. 47: 130—1970
Detectability of a noise-signal as a function of signal-
masker phase and interaural phase. Donald E.
Robinson and Ted L. Langford. 47: 130—1970
Detection, lateralization, and the phase angle. Lloyd
A. Jeffress and Dennis McFadden. 47: 130—1970
Discrimination between beats and a pure tone. N. F.
Viemeister. 47: 119—1970
Effects of intensity on critical bands. Walter T. Bour-
bon and Carl J. Hehmsoth. 47: 129—1970
Experimental determination of auditory-filter shape
for tones masked by bands of noise. Roy D. Patter-
son. 47: 107—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1657
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Lateralizability and detectability of a low-frequency
tone as a function of the level of a tonal masker.
William A. Yost and Donald E. Robinson. 47:
130—1970
Masking, combination tones, and critical bandwidth.
D. D. Greenwood. 47: 108—1970
Masking level differences for signals yielding place
and periodicity pitch. Arnold M. Small, Jr. 47: 130
—1970
Masking of low-frequency tones by high-frequency
bands of noise and frequency-modulated tones.
R. C. Bilgerand N. T. Hopkinson. 47: 107—1970
Masking thresholds for sinusoidal signals and noise
after infinite amplitude clipping. Ian B. Thomas
and Paul J. Grupposo. 47: 118—1970
Monaural masking patterns in normal and abnormal
listeners. F. H. Bess and T. D. Clack. 47: 107—1970
Off-frequency tonal masking. Frederic L. Wightman
and Barry Leshowitz. 47: 107—1970
On-frequency tonal masking. Barry Leshowitz and
Frederic L. Wightman. 47: 106—1970
Temporal relations in pure-tone contralateral mask-
ing. T. E. Stokinger and J. E. Lankford. 47; 106—
1970
Temporal relations in pure-tone ipsilateral masking.
J. E. Lankford and T. E. Stokinger. 47: 106—1970
Patents
Noise masking installation. Michael J. Kodaras and
John F. Duda. 47: 743—1970
4.8	Phase Effects. (See also 4.3)
Papers
Binaural fusion: its limits as defined by signal duration
and signal onset. David R. Perrott, Renee Briggs,
and Sharon Perrott. 47: 565—1970
Binaural masking of a tone by a tone plus noise.
Julius A. Canahl, Jr. 47 : 476—1970
Introductory expeiunents in auditory time sharing",
detection of intensity and frequency increments.
Neville Moray. 47: 1071—1970
Masking-level differences obtained with a pulsed tonal
masker. Ervin R. Hafter and Samuel C. Carrier. 47 :
1041—1970
Monaural detection of a phase difference between
clicks. Don A. Ronken. 47: 1091—1970
On the role of phase in the audibility of octave com-
plexes. Earl D. Schubert and James C. Nixon. 47:
1100—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory and electronic envelope periodicity detec-
tion. Miroslav Filip. 47:654—1970
Further note on "Limits for the detection of binaural
beats” QD. R. Perrott and M. A. Nelson, J. Acoust.
Soc. Amer. 46, 1477-1481 (1969)] David R.Perrott.
47: 663—1970
Time sharing in auditory perception: effect of stimu-
lusduration. Neville Moray. 47: 660—-1970
Abstracts
Detectability of a noise-signal as a function of signal-
masker phase and interaural phase. Donald E.
Robinson and Ted L. Langford. 47". 130—1970
Detection, lateralization, and the phase angle. Lloyd
A. Jeffress and Dennis McFadden. 47: 130—-1970
Interaural and idiosyncratic differences in monaural
detection with contralateral cue. M. M. Taylor and
Sharon Smith. 47: 118—1970
4.9	Pitch. Absolute Pitch
Papers
Frequency discrimination in the adapted ear. Donald
W. Nielsen, Winifred D. Fraser, and Donaldj^N.
Elliott. 47: 540—1970	J
Performance characteristics of an experimental har-
monic identification pitch extraction (H1PEX)
system. R. L. Miller. 47: 1593—1970
Pitch as a voicing cue. Mark Haggard, Stephen
Ambler, and Mo Callow. 47: 613—1970
Some parameters influencing the perceptibility of
pitch. Frans A. Bilsen and Roelof J . Ritsma .47".
469—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory and electronic envelope periodicity detec-
tion. Miroslav Filip. 47: 654—1970
Abstracts
Effect of frequency and intensity anchors on both
pitch and loudness judgments. Linda Pierce. 47:
95—1970
Frequency glides—their spectra and pitch perception.
I. Nabelek and A. Nabelek. 47: 119—1970
Pitch perception of two types of frequency change:
glides and jumps. A. Nabelek, I. Nabelek, and 1. J.
Hirsh. 47: 118—1970
Reciprocal spreading effects on frequency discrimina-
tion. Don A. Ronken. 47: 119—1970
Superposition of time-interval pitch percepts. A. E.
Rosenburg. 47: 118—1970
Time error for pitch memory. Lois L. Elloitt. 47: 119—
1970
49 Subjective Tones
Papers
Some parameters nfluencing the perceptibility of
pitch. Frans A. Bilsen and Roelof J. Ritsma. 47:
469—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory and electronic envelope periodicity detec-
tion. Miroslav Filip. 47:654—1970
Abstracts
Aural harmonics: measurements at f3 when /1 = 500
Hz. T. D. Clack. 47: 107—1970
Masking, combination tones, and critical bandwidth.
D. D. Greenwood. 47: 108—1970
Relation between critical bands and the phase char-
acteristic of cubic difference tones. M. R. Schroeder.
47: 107—1970
4.11	Theories of Hearing
Papers
Masking-level differences obtained with a pulsed
tonal masker. Ervin R. Hafter and Samuel C.
Carrier. 47: 1041—1970
Monaural detection and filtering. В. E. Mulligan and
M. Elrod. 47: 1548—1970
Nonlinearities in cochlear hydrodynamics. Juergen
Tonndorf. 47: 579—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory and electronic envelope periodicity detec-
tion. Miroslav Filip. 47: 654—1970
1658 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Comments on "Effect of air bubbles in the external
auditory meatus on underwater hearing thresholds"
[H. Hollien and J. F. Brandt, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer.
46, 384-387 (1969)] Benjamin B. Bauer. 47:1465—
1970
Abstracts
Two-click thresholds in presence of band-stop noise.
J. L. Hall and R. C. Lummis. 47: 96—1970
4.14	Ear Protectors. Earplugs. (See also 5.7)
Papers
Investigation of the acoustics of earmold vents.
Gerald A. Studebaker and Thomas A. Zachman.
47: 1107 -1970
Patents
Circumaural ear protector. Jack N. Simpson and
Charles J. Boyer. 47:743—1970
Devices for studying or treating acoustic phenomena.
Jean-Claude Lafon and Marc Richard. 47: 1197—
1970
Ear protector. John E. Flagg. 47:1197—1970
Ear protector suspension devices and the combination
with headgear. Fred P. Begnin. 47: 743—1970
Rigid shell helmet with ear cup. Jackson A. Aileo.
47: 1197—1970
4.15	Perception of Signals by the Ear
Papers
Binaural masking of a tone by a tone plus noise.
Julius A. Canahl, Jr. 47: 476—1970
Cooperation of listener and computer in a recognition
task: effects of listener reliability. D. W. J. Cor-
coran, I. L. Dennett, and A. Carpenter. 47: 480—
1970
Effect of forward and backward masking on speech
intelligibility. Donald D. Dirksand Deborah Bower.
47:1003—1970
Forward and backward enhancement of sensitivity
in the auditory system. Thomas J. Moore and John
R. Welsh, Jr. 47: 534—1970
Intensity changes at the ear as a function of the azi-
muth of a tone source: a comparative study. J. M.
Harrison and P. Downey. 47: 1509—1970
Introductory experiments in auditory time sharing:
detection of intensity and frequency increments.
Neville Moray. 47: 1071—1970
Lateral preferences in the identification of patterned
stimuli. Frank Spellacy. 47: 574—1970
Measurement system for fetal audiometry. R. J.
Bench, J. H. Anderson, and Margaret Hoare. 47:
1602—1970
Monaural detection of a phase difference between
clicks. Don A. Ronken. 47: 1091—1970
On the role of phase in the audibility of octave com-
plexes. Earl D. Schubert and James C. Nixon. 47:
1100—1970
Response of neurons in the cochlear nuclei to varia-
tions in noise bandwidth and to tone-noise combin-
ations. Donald D. Greenwood and Jay M. Goldberg.
47: 1022—1970
Role of weak signals in acoustic startle. Howard S.
Hoffman and Barry L. Wrble. 47:489—1970
Sensory function in multimodal signal detection.
Sanford Fidell. 47: 1009—1970
Letters to the Editor
Auditory thresholds during visual stimulation as a
function of signal bandwidth. Ernest J. Moore II
and Raymond S. Karlovich. 47: 659—1970
Comments on "Effect of air bubbles in the external
auditory meatus on underwater hearing thresh-
olds” QH. Hollien and J. F. Brandt, J. Acoust. Soc.
Amer. 46, 384-387 (1969)] Benjamin B. Bauer. 47:
1465—1970
Time sharing in auditory |»erception: effect of stimu-
lus duration. Neville Moray. 47: 660—1970
Abstracts
Additional data on underwater sound localization.
Harry Hollien, J. L. Lauer, and Patricia Paul. 47:
127—1970
Audibility curve of the common canary. R. J. Dooling,
J. A. Mulligan, and J. D. Miller. 47: 67—1970
Auditory discrimination of speech altered by a fre-
quency-transporition process. Daniel Ling and
William G. Ely. 47: 128—1970
Binaural signal detection.-ana lysis of decision spaces.
R. E. Pastore and R. D. Sorkin. 47: 130—1970
Combining the information from two temporally sep-
arated observations in a two-alternative forced-
choice signal-detection task. Michael Zagorski. 47:
86—1970
Comparison of sorting and pairwise similarity judg-
ment techniques for scaling auditory stimuli. Peter
D. Bricker and Sandra Pruzansky. 47: 96—1970
Detectability of a noise-signal as a Inaction of signal-
masker phase and interaural phase. Donald E.
Robinson and Ted L. Langford. 47: 130—1970
Dichotic detection of correlation between pulsed and
continuous white noise. C. Douglas Creelman and
Bruce E. Twining. 47: 129—1970
Dichotic summation of loudness over time .В .Scharf
and S. M. Weissmann .47 ’.96—1970
Difference limen for duration of acoustic bursts, as
dependent on their envelope curves and carrier
signals. A. J. Rozsvpal and 1. Nabelek. 47: 119—
1970
Direct measure of duration discrimination. S. R.
Rochester. 47: 118—1970
Discrimination between beats and a pure tone. N. F.
Viemeister. 47: 119—1970
Discrimination of filtered-clipped speech by sensori-
neural hearing-imparied subjects. Ian B. Thomas
and David W. Sparks. 47: 128—1970
Discrimination of formant transitions by listeners with
sensorineural hearing losses. J. M. Pickett and Ellen
S. Martin. 47: 128—1970
Effect of increments in a sinusoidal pedestal on the
vertex potential. T. L. Nichols and S. D. Tanen-
holtz. 47-.97—1970
Frequency glides—their spectra and pitch perception.
I. Nabelek and A. Nabelek. 47: 119—1970
Hearing in the monkey (macara): absolute and differ-
ential sensitivity. William C. Stebbins, Richard D.
Pearson, and David B. Moody. 47: 67—1970
Intensity characteristics of mechanoreceptors. J. J.
Zwislocki, W. B. Adams, and E. J. Kletskv. 47:
—1970
Interaural and idiosyncratic differences in monaural
detection with contralateral cue. M . M . Taylor and
Sharon Smith. 47: 118—1970
Lateralization and loudness summation. John F.
Chaves. 47:96—1970
Method for analyzing perceptual confusions of con-
sonant phonemes. Thomas Murray. 47: 127—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1659
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Multidimensional analysis of similarity judgments of
multicomponent tones. N. Copperman. 47: 95-—
1970
Pitch perception of two types of frequency change:
glides and jumps. A. Nabelek, 1. Nabelek, and I. J.
Hirsh. 47: 118—1970
Pure-tone behavioral thresholds of the lemur. Curtin
Mitchell, Jack Vernon, and Paul Herman. 47: 67—
1970
Receiver operating characteristics for detection by sys-
tems with decision-making relay stations. James P.
Egan. 47: 86—1970
Reciprocal spreading effects on frequency discrimina-
tion. Don A. Ronken. 47: 119—1970
Response latencies in the YES-NO signal detection
situation. David S. Emmerich. 47: 86—1970
Sensitivities in absolute identification, magnitude
estimation, and category scaling. L. D. Braida. 47:
96—1970
Sensitivity of the green sea turtle’s ear as shown by its
electrical potentials. Sam H. Ridgeway, E. G.
Wever, James G. McCormick, Jerry Palin, and
John Anderson. 47: 67—1970
Sensory interaction in signal detection. Sanford Fidell.
47: 97—1970
Short board for random access of auditory stimuli.
Cecil H. Coker and Sandra Pruzansky. 47: 95—
1970
Simple rules for controlling step size in up-down test-
ing. H. Levitt. 47: 86—1970
Superposition of time-interval pitch percepts. A. E.
Rosenburg. 47: 118—1970
Two-click thresholds in presence of band-stop noise.
J. L. Hall and R. C. Lummis. 47: 96—1970
Book Reviews
Signal Detection Theory and Psychophysics. D. M.
Green and J. A. Swets. (Reviewed by J. J. Zwis-
locki.) 47: 455—1970
5	ACOUSTICAL INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS
5.1	General, Unclassified
Patents
Acoustic apparatus for examining a pipeline for leaks.
Hendrik Bosselaar and Arnoldus J. van Riemsdijk.
47: 41—1970
Acoustic leak detecting apparatus and method. T. G.
Bogle. 47: 981—1970
Method and apparatus for measuring the mass per
length of elongated products. A. K. G. Korz'ilius.
47: 1493—1970
Pigeon chaser. John M. Keefe. 47: 743—1970
Stethoscope. Thomas A. Scanlon. 47: 1197—1970
Stethoscope with binaural spring molded into tubing
wall and method of fabricating the same. Derek
Allen. 47: 743—1970
News
Mobile sound laboratory. 47: 452—1970
5.3	Acoustic Impedance Measurement. (See also 11.5
and 12.3z)
Papers
Empirical determination of air-water impedance
differences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47 : 921
—1970
1660 Volume 47	1970
Abstracts
Application of the acoustically terminated tube for
the measurement of horn-loudspeaker-driver char-
acteristics. B. N. Locanthi and L. W. Sepmeyer.
47: 79—1970
Effect of coatings on the acoustical properties of ma-
terials measured in an impedance tube. J. L. Eriks-
son, R. W. Higgs, and P. M. D'Amico. 47: 80—1970
Plane-wave tube for low audio frequency and infra-
sonic acoustic measurements. Austin J. Brouns. 47:
80—1970
5.4	Analyzers and Filters. Spectrum and Frequency Ana-
lyzers. Acoustic and Electric Oscillographs. Acoustic
Delay Lines and Resonators. (See also 5.15 and
12.3f)
Papers
Propagation of harmonic waves in composite circular-
cylindrical rods. Anthony E. Armenakas. 47: 822—
1970
Patents
Acoustic light modulator and variable delay device.
Eugene 1 . Gordon. 47 '. 981 -4970
Acoustical signal translating device having a propa-
gating medium composed of a plurality of effectively
distinct signal translating paths of mutually differ-
ent effective lengths. Robert Adler. 47: 1197—1970
Acoustical dispersive delay line having stratified wave-
guide of at least two solid media coupling input and
output transducers. P. Tournois. 47: 982—1970
Adjustable acoustical delay lines also capable of being
temperature insensitive. Robert E. Lindermann.
47: 982—1970
Continuously variable laser acoustic delay line. M. J.
Brienza. 47: 982—1970
Magnetosonic thin film memory. E. U. Cohler and H.
Rubinstein. 47: 982—1970
Magnetostrictive delay line having a flat thin sheet
of magnetostrictive material. Те Ning Chin. 47:
982—1970
Nondispersive electrically variable micro wave acous-
tic delay line comprising a ferrite Faraday rotator
coupled to an anisotropic piezoelectric crystal.
Frank Reggia. 47: 981—1970
Piezoelectric plate filter. Manfred Borner and Hans
Schussler. 47: 981—1970
Piezoelectric resonators. D. R. Curran and Donald J.
Koneval. 47: 1493—1970
Spectrum analysis apparatus .John F .Frazer .Richard
Holzman, Kenton J. Ide, and Richard K. Moore.
47: 743—1970
Ultrasonic delay devices. Cornells Martinus van der
Burgt. 47: 982—1970
Ultrasonic dispersive delay line. Wayne L. Bongianni.
47: 1198—1970
5.5	Audiometers. (See also 4.4 and 4.5)
Papers
Measurement system for fetal audiometry. R. J.
Bench, J. H. Anderson, and Margaret Hoare. 47:
1602—1970
Abstracts
Method for computer-controlled group audiometry.
Herman R. Silbiger. 47: 86—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
5.8	Loudspeakers aad Homs. Practical Sound Sources.
(See also 5.13, 5.17, and 5.18)
Papers
Electrical impedance measurements of an electrother
mal loudspeaker. G. A. Russell. 47: 1482—1970
Plane-wave tube for low-audio-frequency and infra-
sonic acoustic measurements. Austin J. Brouns.
47: 1145—1970
Abstracts
Application of the acoustically terminated tube for
the measurement of horn-louds|ieaker-driver char-
acteristics. B. N. Locanthi and I.. W. Sepmever. 47:
79—1970
Perception of square-wave and sinusoidal-wave re-
sponse from direct-radiator subminiature loud-
speaker. G. J. Sebesta and R. \\'. Carlisle. 47: 80—
1970
Sinusoidal horns. B. N. Na.garkar, T. I). Mathis, A. P.
Ripper, and R. I). Finch. 47: 56—1970
Some unexplained phase shifts in axial radiation from
direct-radiator loudspeakers. Harry E. Allen. 47:
80—1970
Theatre-ty|>e louds|ieaker systems. John K. Hilliard.
47: 71—1970
Patents
Acoustical chair. Anthony J. Carsello and Edmund
M. DiGiullio. 47: 42—1970
Damped electro-acoustic high frequency transducer.
William Hecht. 47: 1494—1970
Device for diffusing sounds. Masahiro Fujimoto and
Toshiaki Yamamoto. 47: 458—1970
Device for reproducing sound. Howard N'. Greenlee,
Jr. 47: 43—1970
Electrical sound device having unitary plastic base.
John Doggart. 47: 41 1970
Electro-mechanical reproduction of sound. Lawrence
Albarino. 47: 1495—1970
Electro-mechanical transducer. William J. Ashworth.
47: 42—2970
High fidelity s|ieaker. Procter Brevard. 47: 1493—
1970
Hydraulic loudspeakers. John Walker. 47: 458—1970
Ionic electro-acoustic transducer. Arnold 1.. Seligson
and Robert S. Lanier. 47: 1494—1970
Loudsiieaker. Yasunori Mochida, Ikuji Kurokawa ,
Kazukiyo Ishiinura, and Hiromi Sotome .47: 458—
1970
Loudspeaker. Hiromi Sotome .47: 1495—1970
Loudspeaker with piezoelectric wafer driving ele-
ments. Harry W. Koinpanek. 47: 41—1970
Omnidirectional sound system. Stanley Michael .47:
1494—1970
Outdoor paging loudspeaker. Frederick I.. Seebinger .
47: 42—1970
Sound reproduction system and loudspeaker assembly.
Horst O. Heisrath. 47: 1493—1970
Sound transmitter for gaseous operating fluid. Bengt
Lennart Holm. 47: 1493—1970
Speaker magnet having curved preferred direction of
magnetization. Rollin J. Parker. 47: 41—1970
Speaker system. Alfonso Rizo-Patron. 47: 1494—1970
Speaker system for sound-wave amplification. Morey
J. Mowry. 47: 42—1970
Two-piece loudspeaker. Dallas Richard Wilder. 47:
43—1970
5.9	Microphones and Their Calibration. (See also 5.18,
12.3p, and 13.11t)
Papers
Plane-wave tube for low-audio-frequency and infra-
sonic acoustic measurements. Austin J. Brouns. 47 :
1154—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Luinmis. 47:
1475—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Easy method for measuring the natural frequency and
damping ratio of electromagnetic seismic vibration
pick-ups. S. Braun. 47: 969—1970
NBS shock tube .47 ’.971)—1970
Abstracts
Air-borne and solid-borne noise discrimination of a
first-order gradient microphone based on the foil-
electret principle. J. E. West and G. M. Sessler. 47:
7 1—1970
Application of the acoustically terminated tube for
the measurement of horn-loudspeaker-driver char-
acteristics. B. N. Locanthi and L. W. Sepmeyer.
47: 79-1970
Foil-electret inichrophone for use at low infrasonic
frequencies. G. M. Sessler and J. E. West. 47: 71 —
1970
Mathematical model for the class 11 llextensional
underwater acoustic transducer. J. N. Boone, L. H.
Royster, and R. A. Nelson. 47: 71-—1970
Mathematical model for the class V llextensional
underwater acoustic transducer. R. A. Nelson, Jr.,
L. H. Royster, and J. N. Boone. 47: 71—1970
Plane-wave tube for low audio frequency and infra-
sonic acoustic measurements. Austin J. Brouns. 47:
80—1970
R'bbon velocity microphones. Ilarrv F. Olson. 47;
70—1970
U lid'irect’iond , uni erwater-souni pressure-gral’ieit
transducer. R. D. Alarci’mak 47: 71—1970
Patents
Arrangement in an acoustically operating target indi-
cator. L'lf Carl I war Sellman, Roslags Nasby, and
Gunnar Arthur Ericsson. 47: 982-—1970
Directional microphone with substantially frequency-
independent directional characteristics. Otto Hoff-
man. 47:458—1970
Electroacoustic transducer with unilateral directional
characteristic. Bernhard Weingartner. 47'. 1198—•
1970
Microphone assembly with self-contained power
supply. Ernst Pless and Rufolf Gorike .47’.1198—
1970
Miniature ceramic microphone, llyitch J. Sobel and
Witalij Didyk. 47: 1198—1970
Ribbon microphone. Charles P. Fisher. 47: 1198—
1970
Surface-barrier diode transducer using high dielectric
semiconductor material. Dawon Kahng.and Stuart
H. Wemple. 47: 1495—1970
5.10	Navigational Instruments Using Sound in Air. Alti-
tude-Measuring Instruments. Sound Ranging in
Air. (For Underwater-Ranging, see 13.1 In)
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1661
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Abstracts
Operational signal-to-noise level for gravitationally
propelled acoustic homing. T. G. Horwath, G.
Maidanik and D. U. Noiseux. 47: 124—1970
Patents
Sonic presence detection svstem and method. John
H. Auer, Jr., and Jerry P.Huffman. 47: 1198—1970
5.11	Electrical and Mechanical Oscillators
Patents
Audio amplifying and transducing apparatus for pro-
ducing and emitting a high-amplitude high-energy
sound output. Walter R. Stewart. 47: 1495—1970
Oscillatory load circuit. Andrew Shoh. 47: 1495—1970
5.13	Sound Reproducing Systems. Public Address Systems
Sound Reinforcement Systems. (See also 2.14).
Stereophonic Reproduction Automatic Volume Con-
trol
Patents
Automatic sound volume controlling system. Tatsuo
Nagashima and Fujio Suganuma. 47: 43—1970
Loudspeaker device. Noboru Sugawara. 47: 43—1970
Sound reproducer and stereoscope combination.
Charles A. Elwell. 47: 1198—1970
Sound reproducing system, Nikolai Goncharoff. 47:
458—1970
Sound reproduction compensation system. Louis W.
Erath. 47: 983—1970
5.14	Rayleigh Disks
Papers
Monaural detection and filtering. В. E. Mulligan and
M. Elrod. 47: 1548—1970
5.15	Sound Level Meters. Level Recorders. Sound Pres-
sure Measurement. (See also 4.5)
Abstracts
NBS mobile acoustical laboratory. George E. Winzer.
47:61—1970
Noise hazard meter. James H. Botsford and Barry R.
Laks. 47: 90—1970
Patents
Noise level visual indicator. Charles H. Gibbs. 47: 43
1970
Peak pressure measurement by acoustic emission.
Harold L. Dunegan and Clement A. Tatro. 47:
983—1970
5.16	Sound Recording and Reproducing Systems, General
Patents
Image display apparatus and methods. Herbert J.
Mevers, Charles A. Daugherty, Jr., Anna Novy,
and' John R. Novy. 47: 983—1970
Magnetic and electrostatic recording technique. Tung
C. Chen. 47: 744—1970
Printed phonotrack system with bandwidth reduction.
Sidney Lees and George R. Kinzie. 47: 983—1970
Recording and reproducing heads with means for re-
cording both magnetically and mechanically. James
M. Huckabee. 47: 744—1970
Sound generator. Leonard E. Earling. 47: 1594-—1970
Sound recording apparatus. Otto Freudenschuss. 47:
743—1970
News
Conference on magnetic recording in Budapest. 47:
20—1970
5.16	d Mechanical Recording and Reproducing Systems
Patents
Camera and sound recording device. Dorothea M.
Weitzner and Laf orest S. Saulsbury. 47:43—1970
Clutch device for sound reproducing means. John \V.
Ryan and Richard Shih- Feng Chang. 47 : 43—1970
Cylinder-type talking mechanism. Kenneth W. Lind-
say and Burt W. Ensmanu. 47: 983—1970
Multimessage phonograph mechanism. Norman E.
Sindlinger. 47: 43—1970
Sound reproducing mechanism. Marvin 1. Glass,
Guitars Licitis, and Peter Aleksa. 47: 983—1970
5.16	m Magnetic Recording and Reproducing Systems
Patents
Air lubricated magnetic head pad and mounting sys-
tem therefor. Geoffrey N. Taylor and Leonard S.
Bleininger. 47: 749—1970
Announcing indicator for continuous readout of differ-
ent variables. Walter H. Stenby. 47: 986—1970
Apparatus for reducing frictional wear of a transduc-
ing head against a magnetic tape. Steven J. Torok.
47: 984—1970
Asymmetrically gapped multiple magnetic head. Jan
Albert Geurst and George Ludwig Walther. 47:
747—1970
Balanced impedance network for applying bias and
data signals to a recording head. John F. Kiukel.
47: 1497—1970
Bidirectional magnetic recorder with movable head
assembly. Goidon E. Bradt and Joseph J. Lancor,
Jr. 47: 746—1970
Cartridge tape recorder playback instrument. Charles
L. Townsend and Jared M. McGowan. 47 : 985—
1970
Circuits with electrolumiuesceiil-photoconductive dy-
namic level control. William R. Yount. 47: 1694—
1970
Combination record-playback and erase magnetic
head. Paul H. Schulte. 47: 985—1970
Combination record-reproduce and erase magnetic
head. Ferdinand H. Rosado and David A. Tribbey.
47: 747—1970
Concave tape guide with means to adjust same. Dale
P. Dolby. 47: 983—1970
Cross field magnetic transducer head. Marvin Camras.
47 : 984—1970
Curie point magnetic recording process. Joachim
Greiner, Wolfgang Eichler, and Friedrich Krones.
47: 44—1970
Cyclically repeating sound producing device. Doro-
thea M. Weitzner. 47: 44—1970
Device for adjustably driving two parallel reel spin-
dles. Naimo van Slageren. 47: 985—1970
Device to indicate the net motion of a tape in one of
two direction of travel. Fred C. Bolick, Jr. 47: 1497
—1970
Dictation-transcription device. Fred C. Bolick, Jr.
47: 1496—1970
1662 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Disc memory storage comprising magnetic heads ar-
ranged obliquely to the track. Simon Duinker and
Gerhard Haas. 47: 746—1970
Disc recording system with precompensation by suc-
cessive differentiation. Mamoru Kuriyagawa, Motoi
Yagi, and Motokazu Ohkawa. 47: 1498—1970
Drive arrangement for a tape recorder. Klaus Paape.
47: 748—1970
Dropout compensator with single-level signal storage.
William Keith, Elliott Geddes, and Eric Raymond
Rout. 47: 749—1970
Electronic switching system utilizing delay means for
switching transient elimination. John T. Heizer and
Fred E. Shashoua. 47: 984—1970
Electrostatic and magnetic recording method. Andreas
G. Markgraf. 47: 750—1970
Erase head. Marvin Camras. 47: 750—1970
Fluid lubricated magnetic tape transducer. Joseph T.
Ma and Roy T. Nakai. 47: 749—1970
Fluid lubricated magnetic tape transducer. Alfred F.
Stabler. 47: 45—1970
Flux-responsive reproducing head for magnetic tape
recorders. William A. Geyder. 47: 745—1970
Guide device in an apparatus for magnetic recording
and reproducing of high-frequency signals. Karl
Heinz Greifenhagen and Dieter Sohnlein. 47: 746—
1970
Head shift mechanism for tape recorder and playback
machines. Rex C. Wilson and Robert J. Nicoletti.
47: 747—1970
Heat and pressure glass bonding of spaced magnetic
head portions by forming and using glass over flow
channels. Jan Erik Visser and Matthijs Henricus
Maria Vrolijks. 47: 746—1970
Helical scan magnetic tape apparatus with self-ener-
gized air lubrication. John H. Streets and Alexander
R. Maxey. 47: 747—1970
Helical scan recorder with tapered drum to prevent
oxide build-up. James E. Euinn and Delmar R.
Johnson. 47: 986—1970
Helical scan transducer apparatus utilizing time shar-
ing head to minimize distortion during edge change-
over. Fred E. Shashoua. 47: 744—1970
Helical tape scanner. Roy C. Wilcox and D. Kell.
47: 749—1970
High-frequency, high-density time compressor. Fred-
erick J. T. Dow. 47: 984—1970
Incremental magnetic recording and sensing system
with twin gap head. Walter R. Hahs. 47: 1496—
1970
Longitudinal positioning of a phonograph stylus
assembly. William A. Cavagnaro. 47: 1496—1970
Magnetic erase head. Paul H. Schulte. 47: 985—1970
Magnetic flux measuring device. Joseph Lodenwijk
Maria Reijnders. 47: 750—1970
Magnetic head assembly having rotatable and sepa-
rable pole pieces. Clarence K. Studly and William
T. Frost. 47 : 984—1970
Magnetic head holding element. William I. Girdner.
47: 747—1970
Magnetic head mounting. Friedhelm K. Sender. 47:
748—1970
Magnetic record medium with edge areas of polarity
opposite that of center area. Walter Heissmeier,
Karl Klein, and Wolfgang Wagnerberger. 47: 1497
—1970
Magnetic recorder having bias amplitude varied as a
function of the recorded signal. Beverley R. Gooch
and Maung Gyi. 47: 745—1970
Magnetic recording and reproducing apparatus. Hide-
fumi Furusawa. 47: 45—1970
Magnetic recording and reproducing method and ap-
paratus embodied in a mimicking parrot or doll.
George H. Lee. 47: 1497—1970
Magnetic tape apparatus with equalization compensa-
ting means. Morton L. Weigel. 47 : 986—1970
Magnetic tape apparatus with head positioning means.
Rein Narma and Delmar R. Johnson. 47: 747—1970
Magnetic tape data recording methods and apparatus.
John S. Smith, Bernard Vigueric-Noel, and Arthur
A. Cavelos. 47: 44—1970
Magnetic tape magazine. Richard Siegemund. 47:
749—1970
Magnetic tape transport head assembly with azimuth
adjustment. John B. Kelly. 47: 986—1970
Magnetic tape transport with improved mechanical
tape motion sensor. Ivan O. Fieldgate and Nicholas
A. Livote. 47: 45—1970
Magnetic transducer and method of manufacture.
John P. Woods and Henry R. Barta. 47: 746—1970
Magnetic transducer head assembly with offset pole
pieces. William Thomas Frost and Elbert Troy
Hatley. 47: 746—1970
Magnetic transducer head mount. Robert Fred Pfost
and Walter Earl Lock. 47 : 747—1970
Making multitrack magnetic transducer. Rex C.
Bradford and Henry R. Kelsof. 47: 747—1970
Means to utilize a cond uctive strip on a magnetic tape
as an indexing device. Thomas W. Holland. 47 : 746
—1970
Method of making a multitrack magnetic transducer
head. Rex C. Bradford and Henry R. Kelsof. 47:
985—1970
Method of making a recording assembly. Leo W. Page.
47: 985—1970
Method of manufacturing magnetic recording heads.
John P. Woods and Henry Robert Barta. 47: 744—
1970
Mounting structure for rotating magnetic heads.
Shizuhiko Tanigawa, Yoshio Yabuno, Koji Naka-
mura, Takuji Nakamura, and Nobuyoshi Fujimori.
47: 748—1970
Multiple magnetic head assembly. Jan Albert Geurst
and George Ludwig Walther. 47: 985—1970
Multi-track cartridge player. William P. Lear and
Samuel H. Auld. 47: 986—1970
Narrow track magnetic recording. Gerhard Walter-
47: 750—1970
Negative feedback phonograph pick-up arm systems.
Marcel J. F. Herve. 47: 1497—1970
Nondischarging capacitor-suppressed circuit for drive
motor of tape recorder. Katsuya Atsumi. 47: 745—
—1970
Playback equalization scheme for a reproduced fre-
quency modulated signal. Charles H. Coleman, Jr.,
Michael O. Felix, and Peter W. Jensen. 47: 644—
1970
Plackback system utilizing variable delay and speed
control means for flutter and WOW compensation.
Thomas E. Woodruff. 47: 744—1970
Pole piece for magnetic recording head. Willem Noor-
lander and Jan Bertus Thijssen. 47: 746—1970
Pole pieces for magnetic heads with accurately deter-
mined gap heights. Bastiaan van der Voo. 47: 986—
1970
Pulse width sensitive magnetic head with associated
binary identification circuit. Robert P. Dingwall.
47: 1496—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1663
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Push-pull oscillator and indicating means for a stereo
magnetic tape recorder. Gerard C. Wolters. 47:
749-1970
Recorder head with electrically conductive filler
wedge. Perry Alan Bygdnes. 47: 748—1970
Recording and/or playback apparatus employing a
record carrier in tape form. Friedrich Laa. 47: 750—
1970
Recording device. Hans-Joachim Klemp and Horst
Redlich. 47: 1496—1970
Reproducing system for phase modulated magneti-
cally recorded data. John C. Sims, Jr. 47: 44—1970
Reversible magnetic tape recorder with independent
head and drive means for selective use with one or
two tapes. Goji Uchikoshi. 47: 748—1970
Rotating head wheel with motor on common shaft.
Helmut Haas. 47: 748—1970
Self-aligning pressure pad for tape recorders. Marion
R. Karecki. 47: 746—1970
Servo control system and method in a helical scan re-
corder. Donald B. MacLeod. 47: 984—1970
Shield utilized as fins: path for magnetic head. Donald
C. Gaubatz. 47: 744—1970
Shunted magnetic recording head. Frank A. Comerci
and Frank A. Slaker. 47: 745—1970
Signal demodulating and combining circuit for wide-
band reproducing systems. Boyd L. Stratton. 47:
983—1970
Signal recording and/or playback apparatus. Jahangir
M. Ahy. 47: 45—1970
Simple sound reproducing device. Shigeru Kuwav-
ama. 47: 1496—1970
Single guide means for helically wrapping tape around
rotating recording head. Shizuhiko Tanigawa. 47:
745—1970
Stereo phonograph pickup and turnover mechanism.
Howard M. Durbin and John F. Wood. 47: 1498—
1970
Stereophonograph cartridge. Joseph F. Grado. 47:
149—1970
Switched frequency and phase comparator. Alan G.
Grace. 47: 1497—1970
System for recording and reproducing a periodic
signal. Masatoshi Okazaki and Shiro Okamura. 47:
1495—1970
Tape drive mechanism. Frederic F. Grant. 47: 745—
1970
Tape guide drum for helical scan magnetic recording
with stationary heads mounted in said drum.Jchi
taro Hayashi and Yoshiro Nisiwaki. 47: 749—1970
Tape recorder. Henry A. Rahmel and William L.
Grube. 47: 747—1970
Tape recorder amplifier for signals from two different
sources. Kennard E. Voyles and Antanas R. Stapu-
lionis. 47: 1496—1970
Tape recorder carrying and coupling belt assembly.
Ernst Pless. 47 : 986—1970
Tape recorder head shifting mechanism. Masato Mat-
sumoto, Yukihide Samejima, and Kazunari Wat-
anabe. 47: 749—1970
Tape tension control system. Yoshiyo Wada. 47: 748
—1970
Tape transjiort. Michael J. Markakis and Sammy J.
Ferguson. 47:748—1970
Tape transport drive means. Langdon H. Fulton. 47:
44—1970
Tape transport mechanism with signal muting means.
Daniel C. Chang. 47: 984—1970
Tape transport system including dead-band ampli-
fier means. Richard Tobey. 47: 750—1970
Transmission system for applying bias and record
signals to a recording head. Alan G. Garce. 47 : 747
—1970
Video tape recorder with adjustable head assembly
and tape guide. Rudolf Prochnow. 47 : 745—1970
News
Magnetic recording conference in Budajrest—date
change. 47: 1160-—1970
5.17	Telephones. Earphones. Sound Power Telephones and
Intercommunication Systems. (See also 5.13)
Papers
Efficient monaural procedure for the psychoacoustic
calibration of earphones. J. Donald Harris. 47:
1048—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
1475—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Earphone system for human infants. Philip Peltzman,
Alan Bass, and David Manchester. 47: 444—1970
Patents
Adjustable headset. Harry Teder. 47: 1199—1970
Central armature telephone receiver. Albert J. Chase
and Karl E. Hammer. 47: 750—1970
Earphone. Warren R. Walter. 47: 1199—1970
Loudspeaking telephone. Frank J. Clement. 47: 45—
1970
Multiple channel loud-speaking telephone. Doren
Mitchell. 47: 1198—1970
Sound reproducer. John A. Victorcen. 47: 986—1970
Telephone headset with adjustable speech tube. Her-
bert W. Bryant, Norman C. Hazel], and Lionel W.
Mosing. 47: 1199—1970
Telephone receiver with band elimination character-
istic. Kiyoshi Kobara. 47: 1199—1970
Telephone transmitter circuit employing variable
capacitance microphone. Harrv J. Boll. 47: 1198—
1970
News
National Bureau of Standards offers improved ear-
phone calibration service. 47: 16—1970
5.18	Transducing Principles, Materials and Structures,
General. (See also 5.8, 5.9, 5.17, 10.3, 12.3p, 13.7,
and 13.1 It)
Papers
Plane-wave tube for low-audio-frequency and infra-
sonic acoustic measurements. Austin J. Brouns. 47:
1145—1970
Radiation resistance of a small transducer at a water
surface near plane boundaries. F. B. Stumpf and
Y. Y. Lam. 47: 332—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic maintenance aids. R. A. DiRita. 47: 81—
1970
Air-borne and solid-borne noise discrimination of a
first-order gradient microphone based on the foil-
electret principle. J. E. West and G. M. Sessler. 47:
71—1970
Foil-electret microphone for use at bw ihfrasonfc fre-
quencies. G. M . Sessler and J. E. West. 47: 71—
1970
1664 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
High-pressure degradation of performance by trans-
ducers using onionskin paper for acoustic decoupling.
D. E. Haan, R. W. Higgs, and L. J. Eriksson. 47:
80—1970
Parametric excitation of ultrasonic waves. Laszlo
Adler and M. A. Breazeale, 47: 82—1970
Ribbon velocity microphones. Harry F. Olson. 47: 70
—1970
Tone-burst technique of sound absorption measure-
ment. John G. Powell and John J. Van Houten. 47:
80—1970
Unidirectional, underwater-sound, pressure-gradient
transducer. R. D. Marciniak. 47 : 71—1970
Patents
Acoustical coupler. Paul J. Crane and Glenn A. Reese.
47: 987—1970
Acoustic vibration generators. J. V. Bouyoucos. 47:
751—1970
Adjustable transducer mounting. J. I.. Maxwell. 47:
750—1970
Elastic strain transducers. William G. Pfann. 47:
1199—1970
Electromechanical transducer material. Gerhard W.
Tempel. 47: 1498—1970
Method of making electroacoustical devices. Harold
F. Mosier, Jr. 47: 1200—1970
M icrophone. Joh n G. Atwood and Edwin L. Kerr. 47:
1200—1970
Miniature pressure transducer. Malcolm Green. 47:
1199—1970
Piezoresistance element microphone circuit. Harry J.
Boll. 47:1200—1970
Pressure-responsive semiconductor device. Akio
Yamashita and Masaru Tanaka. 47: 1498—1970
Pressure transducer. Gerhard Klee. 47: 1199—1970
Sonic processing transducer. Frank Massa. 47: 46—
1970
Semiconductive electromechanical transducers. Shi-
nichi Shibata, H'ideo Mori, and AtsushiOwada. 47 :
1199—1970
Sound and ultra-sound generators. R. Levavasseur.
47: 45—1970
Surface-barrier diode transducer using high dielectric
semiconductor material. Dawon Kahng and Stuart
H. Wemple. 47: 459—1970
Transducer coupling system. J. B. Jones. 47: 459—
1970
Transducer for measuring pressure pulses. David B.
Lombard and Dean V. Powers. 47: 1199—1970
Ultrasonic and hypersonic sound generator. Richard
G. Brewer and Klaus E. Rieckhoff. 47: 1199—1970
5.18	e Electrostatic Transducers
Patents
Capacitor microphone employing a field effect semi-
conductor. Cyril Francis Drake and Michael Law-
rence Gayford. 47: 1200—1970
Electromechanical transducer coupled to a low input
impedance transistor amplifier and yielding a flat re-
sponse over a given frequency range. William
Donald Cragg and George J. P. Barnes. 47: 1200—
1970
Miniature pressure transducer. William E. Eichel-
berger. 47: 1200—1970
Multivibrator capacitor microphone circuit. James
W. Merrick. 47: 1200—1970
5.18	f Magnetostrictive Transducers
Patents
Magnetostrictive transducer apparatus. R. C. Heim.
47: 751—1970
Ultrasonic magnetostrictive transducer element. B.
Schwartz. 47: 987—1970
5.18	g Electromagnetic Transducers
Patents
Sub-miniature sound transducers. G. J. Sebesta and
R. W. Carlisle. 47: 1498—1970
5.18	h Feedback transducers
Patents
Acoustic apparatus. John V. Bouvoucos. 47: 987—
1970
5.18	p Piezoelectric and Ferroelectric Transducers
Papers
Dynamic shell theory for ferroelectric ceramics.
Dbuglas S. Drum heller and .Arturs Kalnins. 47:
1343—1970
Generation and detection of sound by distributed pi-
ezoelectric sources. R. F. Mitchell and M. Red-
wood. 47: 701—1970
Piezoelectric and photoelastic properties of lithium
iodate. A. W. Warner, D. A. Pinnow, J. G. Berg-
man, Jr., and G. R. Crane. 47: 791—1970
Standard hydrophone for the infrasonic and audio-
frequency range at hydrostatic pressure to 10 000
psig. T. A. Henriquez and L. E. Ivey. 47: 276—1970
Letters to the Editor
Thermal analogy for the dynamics of piezoelectric
shells. J. P. D. Wilkinson. 47: 945—1970
Abstracts
Mathematical model for the class II flextensional un-
derwater acoustic transducer. J. N. Boone, L. H.
Royster, and R. A. Nelson, Jr. 47: 71—1970
Mathematical model for the dass V flextensional un-
derwater acoustic transducer. R. A. Nelson, Jr.,
L. H. Royster, and J. N. Boone. 47: 71—1970
New experimental results with high-conductance
ultrasonic image converter. William R Turner an d
J ames M. R end er. ‘Я : 72 —197 0
On the significance of coupled solutions in vibration
analysis of piezoelectric cylindrical shells. Arturs
Kalnins and Douglas S. Drumheller. 47: 71—1970
Stored-energy retrieval in ultrasonic image converter.
James M. Render. 47: 72—1970
Vacuum maintenance in image tubes. William R.
Turner. 47: 72—1970
Patents
Acoustic wave sensor . Elbert M . Moffatt. 47'. 1499—
1970
Acoustically resonant device. William E. Newell. 47:
1200—1970
Angle beam transducer. J. L. Lenahan. 47: 988—1970
Control circuit for electro-mechanical devices. John
G. Attwood and Robert L. Kosrow. 47: 987—1970
Double serrated crystal transducer. Rufus Lee Cook
and Lucius D. Whatley, Jr. 47: 1201—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1665
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Electrostrictive actuator. L. C. Thayer. 47:988—1970
Electrostrictive incremental film drive. David R.
Williams. 47: 1499—1970
High voltage sonic pulse generator. Merle L. Rhoten.
47: 46—1970
Hypersonic transducer. Eugene C. Crittenden, Jr.
47: 987—1970
Piezoelectric ceramic resonators. Yuichi Kaname,
Takashi Nagata, Michio Ishibashi, and Hiroshi
Tsujimoto. 47: 1201—1970
Piezoelectric resonator. Daniel R. Curran and Donald
J. Koneval. 47: 1498—1970
Piezoelectric transducer. Walter G. Cady. 47: 1201—
1970
Piezoelectric transducer. Setphen R. Colberg. 47:
1201—1970
Solid State acoustic image converter. Philip S. Green
and Alvin E. Brown. 47: 1201—1970
Termination for an ultrasonic transducer. R. B. Stelt-
ing. 47:987—1970
Ultrasonic transducer. H. G. Oltman, Jr., and I.
Kaufman. 47: 1499—1970
Book Reviews
Linear Piezoelectric Plate Vibrations. H. F. Tiersten.
(Reviewed by Warren P. Mason.) 47: 1492—1970
5.20	Tone and Wave Synthesizers
Patents
Tone generators for delta modulation time division
communication switching systems. Hiroshi I nose
and Zenya Koono. 47: 988—1970
5.21	Devices for Generating or Damping as well as Mea-
suring Vibrations. (See also 12.3, 12.3i, 12.3p, and
12.3v)
Papers
On a method of generating ultrasonic circularly polar-
ized waves. F. Plicque, J. Feupier, and A. Zarembo-
vitch. 47: 168—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Easy method for measuring the natural frequency and
damping ratio of electromagnetic seismic vibration
pick-ups. S. Braun. 47: 969-—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic maintenance aids. R. A. DiRita. 47: 81—
1970
Parametric excitation of ultrasonic waves. Laszlo
Adler and M. A. Beazealer. 47: 82—1970	6
News	6.1
Lecture series on damping. 47: 722—1970
5.24	Computers in Acoustics (See also 2.15, 6.13, and 9.9)
Abstracts
Computer display of array characteristics. G. W.
Byram and G. V. Olds. 47: 55—1970
5.25	Noise: Measurement and Control (See also 7.7)
Abstracts
Characteristics and origin of sound emission from
turbulent flames. G. T. Williams. 47: 110—1970
1666 Volume 47	1970
Distributions of transportation and community noise.
Edmund Buchta. 47: 60—1970
Effects of shear flow on sound propagation in ducts.
I. Catton, Alan S. Hersh, and David Alan Bies. 47:
122—1970
Effects of source extension on sound fields monitored
near a ground surface. R. R. Panko. 47: 122—1970
Equivalent impedance method for attenuation in
ducts. P. G. Vaidya. 47: 122—1970
Experimental verification of spinning-mode theory.
L. Gray. 47: 111—1970
Farfield study of screech and other shock-related
noise for hot and cold jets. C. D. Simcox. 47: 110—
1970
Field-performance acoustical	measurements—de-
pendable and economic means to code enforcement.
47: 61—1970
Incoherent hydrophone arrays to reduce variance in
underwater noise measurements. W. D. Mark and
B. G. Watters. 47: 113—1970
Influence of flow and high sound levels on the at-
tenuation in a lined duct. U. Kurze. 47: 122—1970
Investigation of a noise problem in the cockpit of a
fighter airplane. David Alan Bies and Richard F.
Carmichael. 47: 121—1970
Low-frequency ground attenuation in outdoor noise
measurements. P. B. Oncley. 47: 122—1970
Measurement of community noise. Ray Donley. 47:
61—1970
NBS mobile acoustical laboratory. George E. Winzer.
47: 61—1970
Noise control for high-speed punch presses. R. D.
Bruce. 47: 122—1970
Noise control for induced-draft fan installations. R. M.
Hooverand С. O. Wood. 47: 121—1970
Noise workshop: recent developments in noise control
engineering. 47: 68—1970
Segmented stator blades to reduce noise in axial com-
pressors. T. F. W. Embleton. 47: 111—1970
Sound-absorbing pad for minimizing the acoustical
effect of the ground on noise test rigs. C. J . Moore.
47: 111—1970
Statistical study of aircraft landing-noise levels. Jose
C. Ortega. 47: 111—1970
Testing of noise emission by plumbing appliances. F.
Michael Strumpf. 4761—1970
Test-site measurement of noise emitted by engine-
powered equipment. Ralph K. Hillquist. 47: 61—
1970
News
Mobile sound laboratory. 47: 452—1970
MUSIC AND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS
General, Unclassified
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Sound in the arts. 47: 971—1970
Abstracts
Single-concept films for classroom demonstration. M.
Beck and W. Strong. 47: 132—1970
Patents
Audio-visual music simulator apparatus. Bruce T.
Scott and Kenneth E. Scott. 47: 459—1970
Music teaching apparatus. Harold K. Jensen. 47: 988
—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Musical playing aid. Clarence W. Iverson, Jr. and
Clyde R. Wilson. 47: 1499—1970
Book Reviews
Acoustical Foundations of Music, The. John Backus.
(Reviewed by Daniel W. Martin.) 47: 728—1970
6.2 Bells, Xylophones. Other Instruments having Rigid
Vibrators
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Electronic glass bells. 47: I486—1970
Patents
Automatically playing musical instrument. Fukusa-
buro Shiina. 47: 1499—1970
Chord-striking mallet. Richard I. Tepper. 47: 988—-
1970
Drum beater device. John R. Ramsey. 47: 46—1970
Drum tuning device. Marco D. Zottolo. 47: 46—1970
Keyboard percussion instrument. Yoichi Hiraoka.
47: 459—1970
Musical instrument. Stephen B. Martin. 47: 459—
1970
Percussion instrument. Martin B. Cohen. 47 : 46—
1970
Percussion instrument. Robert Paiste. 47:46—1970
Stand for supporting and moving a pair of cymbal
plates. Remo Meazzi, Franco Caldironi, and Attilio
Oliveri. 47: 988—1970
Toy xylophone playing device. Matruzo Kosuge. 47:
460—1970
6.3	Brass Wind Instruments (Lip-Vibrated)
Abstracts
Trumpet air-column overloading. John Backus and
T. C. Hundley. 47: 131—1970
6.4	Drums and Other Membranophonic Instruments
Patents
Drum mute. Merton Glick and Joseph J Mancari.
47:46—1970
Drumhead. Tomehichi Nishiura and Niyoshi’ Mura-
yana. 47: 988—1970
Finger and wrist developer. Leonard A. DiMuzio. 47:
460—1970
Musical drum. James T. Corder. 47: 751—1970
6.6	Pianos and Other Keyboard Stringed Instruments
Abstracts
A concert grand electropiano. Daniel W. Martin. 47:
131—1970
Patents
Apparatus for adjusting damped oscillation character-
istics in electronic musical instruments. Masami
Yamazaki. 47: 460—1970
Grand piano construction. Haruhisa Noda. 47: 460—
1970
Keyboard construction. Orville T. Wood. 47: 460—
1970
Matrix keyboard piano instrument. Arnold Honig.
47: 460—1970
6.7	Violin Family. Stringed Instruments other than Key-
board type
Abstracts
Application of holographic interferometry to vibra-
tions of the bodies of string instruments. \V. Rein-
icke and L. Cremer. 47: 131—1970
Patents
Bow stick and method of manufacture thereof. Rem-
bert Wurlitzer. 47: 461—1970
Bridge for stringed musical instruments. Theodor M.
McCarty. 47: 461—1970
Chord playing attachement for stringed musical in-
struments. Earl F. Mitchell, Jr. 47: 461—1970
DetachaHe pickup unit for use in electronic stringed
musical instruments. James Ormston Burns. 47:
1500—1970
Electric guitar. Tsunekazu Teranishi and Takeshi
Nakmura. 47: 462—1970
Guitar construction. Rudolph Dopera. 47: 751—19 7)
Guitar construction. Charles H. Kaman. 47". 1500—•
1970
Guitar construction Michael Kasha. 47: 461—1970
Guitar neck connection. Fred C. Marshall. 47: 462—
1970
Guitar tone changing device. Ronald T. Lashley and
Buddie E. Emmons. 47: 462—4970
Key changer and tremolo for guitar. Arthur A. Kraft.
47: 751—1970
Machine for winding musical instrument strings and
the like. Amelio Vinciguerra. 47: 1499—1970
Mechanical fingering and picking device for electric
bass guitar. Raymond A. Kidwell. 47: 461—1970
Multiple fretted guitar type instrument. Walter J.
Pelensky. 47: 1499—1970
Mute for musical instruments. Merle B. Lemon. 47:
460—1970
Pickup and circuit for stringed musical instrument.
Yoshikazu Kawabata, Takeshi Uchida, and Masa-
toshi Suzuki. 47: 1500—1970
Piezo guitar bridge pickup. Robert C. Scherer. 47: 47
—1970
Steel guitar, steels and method. Howard L. Mull. 47:
752—1970
String tension adjustment device for stringed in-
struments. Paul J. Norwood. 47: 461—1970
Stringed instrument construction. Joseph L. Baker.
47: 461—1970
Stringed musical instrument. Daniel E. Bloxsom, Jr.
47:461—1970
Stringed musical instrument. Kenneth V. Paul and
William F. Johnson. 47: 751—1970
Stringed musical instrument. Louis P. Richards. 47:
461—1970
Stringed musical instrument with resonant diaphragm.
William Hartford Snider. 47: 751—1970
Stringed musical instruments having a slidably
mounted neck. Emerson L. Lee. 47: 47—1970
System of movable frets for stringed musical instru-
ment. Carl Barth. 47: 1500—1970
Tone control system for electric guitars and the like.
Donald W. Elbrecht and Robert C. Scherer. 47:
47—1970
Tremolo device. Harry G. Cole. 47: 1201—1970
Tuner for stringed instruments. John W. Pease. 47:
1499—1970
Vibrato tailpiece. Theodore M. McCarty and John
Huis. 47: 752—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1667
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Violin string tuning and tensioning peg. Josephus S.
Thompson. 47:988—1970
6.8 Wood Winds
Abstracts
Digital filter technique for synthesis of bassoon tones.
G. Plitnik and W. Strong. 47: 131—1970
6.9 Electrical Musical Instruments
Papers
Chords from tones having stretched partials. Frank H.
Slaymaker. 47:1569'—1970
Resistance-capacitance oscillator for generating the
frequencies of the equally tempered musical scale.
D. L. H. Gibbings. 47: 1563—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Electronic glass bells. 47: 1486—1970
Abstracts
Concert grand electropiano. Daniel W. Martin. 47:
131—1970
Digital filter technique for synthesis of bassoon toones.
G. Plitnik and W. Strong. 47: 131—1970
Patents
Acoustic damping drive for pulsato rotor. Jacob M.
Schwendener. 47:47—1970
Combining system for musical instruments. James J.
Borell. 47: 989—1970
Electric organ chord switches including conducting
vinyl plastic. Daniel J. Tomcik and Delois R. Co-
plen. 47:48—1970
Electric piano incorporating multicomponent turning
forks. Harold B. Rhodes. 47: 463—1970
Electrical musical instrument. Bengt Olof Ingemar
Brodin. 47:48—1970
Electrically operated musical device. Paul Edwin
Kiepe. 47: 989—1970
Electronic musical instrument. Takeo Shiga, Michio
Okamoto, Shigetaka Washizawa, and Minoru
Shibata. 47: 48—1970
Keying system for electronic musical percussion
simulator. Frank J. Kramer, Jr. 47 : 462—1970
Organ additive prevoicing system. Alan C. Young. 47:
48-1970
Organ circuit, John R. Brand. 47: 462—1970
Percussion tone generating device. Ronald O. Barber.
47: 47—1970
Phase shift vibrato circuit using light dependent resis-
tors and an indicating lamp. D al I as Rich ard Wilder.
47: 463—1970
Pivotal connection for keys of a musical instrument.
Piet van der Lely. 47: 462—1970
Preference circuit for electronic musical instrument
utilizing pulse amplitude discrimination and zero-
crossing detector. Walter Munch, Jr. 47: 462—1970
Spectrum adding system for electronic musical in-
struments. Kazuo Ishibashi and Hiroshi Ogawa.
47: 462—1970
Stereophonic electronic musical instrument. Eward
J. Hanley. 47: 49—1970
Stringless guitar4ike electronic musical instrument .
Thomas P. Woll. 47; 48—1970
Tone generator with directivity cues. Hyman Hurvitz.
47: 48—1970
1668 Volume 47	1970
Transient sound producing device. Jerome Markowitz
and Richardo Hochleitner, Jr. 47: 47—1970
Transistorized electronic percussion generator with
organ. Harold O. Schwartz and Peter E. Maher.
47: 48—1970
Volume control apparatus for a single tone electronic
musical instrument. Edmund E. Goodale. 47: 752—
1970
6.11	Singing
Abstracts
Dual concept of singing registers. P. B. Oncley. 47:
120—1970
Perceptual differentiation of the modal and falsetto
registers. Raymond H. Colton and Harry Hollien.
47: 105—1970
Perceptual studies of female chest and middle registers
in singing. John Large and Thomas Shipp. 47:121—
1970
Physiological basis for vocal registers. William Ven-
nard. 47: 120—1970
Physiology of vocal registers in singers and nonsingers.
Harry Hollien and Raymond Colton. 47: 121—197 0
Radiological findings in the study of vocal registers.
D. Ralph Applemen. 47: 120—1970
Review of the literature on vocal registers. Victor A.
Fields. 47: 120—1970
Vocal intensity in the modal and falsetto registers.
Raymond H. Colton. 47: 105—1970
6.12	Intonation. Vibrato. Musical Scales. Musical Com-
position
Papers
Chords from tones having stretched partials. Frank
H. Slaymaker. 47: 1569—1970
Resistance-capacitance oscillator for generating the
frequencies of the equally tempered musical scale.
D. L. H. Gibbings. 47: 1563—1970
Abstracts
Chords from tones having stretched partials. F. H.
Slaymaker. 47: 132—1970
6.13	Electronic Music. Computer Music
Abstracts
GRooVE—a computer program for real-time music
and sound synthesis. M. V. Mathews and F. R.
Moore. 47: 132—1970
7	NOISE AND NOISE CONTROL
7.1	General, Unclassified
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Navy noise control conference. 47: 450—1970
Noise is not necessary . 47’. 448—1970
Abstracts
Noise workshop: recent developments in noise control
engineering. 47: 68—1970
Techniques for identifying sources of noise. K. N.
Fieldhouse. 47: 88—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Book Reviews
Acoustics-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettinger. (Reviewed by Michael J. Kodaras.) 47:
1491—1970
A caustics-Room Design and Noise Control. Michael
Rettinger. (Reviewed by Donald P. Loye.) 47:
1491—1970
News
British Working Group on traffic noise. 47: 726—1970
Environmental noise symposium. 47: 1158-—1970
Too much noise reduction? 47: 21—1970
7.2	Annoyance. Effect of Noise on Human Beings (See
also 4.4. 4.4.5, and 16.7)
Papers
Effects of intense noise during fetal life upon post-
natal adaptability (statistical study of the reactions
of babies to aircraft noise). Y. Ando and H. Hattori.
47: 1128—1970
Subjective study of the sound-transmission class sys-
tem for rating building partitions. D. M. Clark.
47: 676—1970
Abstracts
Attenuated and nonattenuated conditions of speech-
interference encountered in aerospace vehicles.
D. C. Gasaway. 47: 90—1970
Calculation of annoyance level for sounds containing
multiple pure tones. R. J. Wells. 47:89—1970
Calculation of the perceived level in PLdB. S S
Stevens. 47: 88—1970
Cessna model 150 airplanes and damage-risk criteria.
James M. Flugrath. 47: 89—1970
Education and enforcement—noise control provisions
of the New York City building code. M. J. Kodaras.
47: 61—1970
Federal regulation of occupational noise. Floyd A.
Van Atta. 47: 54—1970
Federal regulation of transportation noise. Charles
R. Foster. 47: 54—1970
Further investigation into the relationship between
the Doppler shift and subjective noise levels. J. W.
Vogel and D. F. Blakney. 47 •. 89—1970
I nterpretation and meaning of laboratory determina-
tions of the effect of duration on the judged ac-
ceptability of noise. H . J .Parry and J. К .Stephens.
47:88—1970
Intrusive noise and the ambient noise environment.
R. J. Sawley and C. G. Gordon. 47: 111—1960
Judged noisiness of sounds containing multiple pure
tones. K. S. Pearsons and R. J. Wells. 47: 89—1970
Loudness and impulsive noise. D. L. George and J. A.
Eibner. 47: 89—1970
Noise hazard meter. James H. Botsford and Barry R.
Laks. 47: 90—1970
Possible modifications to procedures for the calcula-
tion of perceived noisiness. K. D. Kryter. 47: 89—
1970
State regulation of occupational noise. Herbert H.
Jones. 47: 54—1970
Vehicle warning devices—necessity versus nuisance.
Jose C. Ortega. 47: 90—-1970
Book Reviews
Zur Nervosen Belastung durch Ldrm {The Nervous
Stress Due to Noise Exposure). Gerd Jansen, (re-
viewed by J. Tonndorf.) 47: 22—1970
7.4	Community Noise
Abstracts
Distributions of transportation and community noise.
Edmund Buchta. 47: 60—1970
Federal regulation of transportation noise. Charles R.
Foster. 47: 54—1970
Intrusive noise and the ambient noise environment.
R. J. Sawley and C. G. Gordon. 47: 111—1970
Measurement of community noise. Ray Donley. 47:
61—1970
Methodology for highway noise prediction. Dan L.
Nelson, Colin G. Gordon, and William J. Galloway.
47: 111—1970
State regulation of community noise. Edward M.
Ross. 47: 54—1970
State regulation of motor vehicle noise. Ross Little.
47: 54—1970
News
Request for data. 47: 16—1970
7.6	Noise in Buildings. (See also 2.2.)
Abstracts
Education and enforcement—noise control provisions
of the New York City building code. 47: 61—1970
Effects of shear flow on sound propagation in ducts.
L Gitton, Ahn S Ffers an d Divi'd.Ahn Bes. 47:
122.—4970
Equivalent impedance method for attenuation in
ducts. P. G. Vaidya. 47:122—1970
Field-performance acoustical measurements—depend-
able and economic means to code enforcement.
Kenvvard S. Oliphant. 47:61—1970
Increasing aircraft noise reduction by practical modi-
fications of typical home construction. Salvatore D.
Pecora. 47: 99—1970
Influence of flow and high sound levels on the attenu-
ation in a lined duct. U. Kurze. 47: 122—1970
NBS mobile acoustical laboratory. George E. Winzer.
47:61—1970
Pressure fields inside rooms with open windows due to
airborne sounds, with particular application to the
sonic-boom problem. P. E. Doak and P. G. Vaidya.
47: 122—1970
Testing of noise emission by plumbing appliances. F.
Michael Strumpf. 47: 61—1970
Book Reviews
Airborne, Impact, and Structure-Borne Noise Control
in Multifamily Dwellings. Raymond D. Berendt,
George E. Vi inzer, and Courtney B. Burroughs.
(Reviewed by Ron Moulder.) 47: 22—1970
7.7	Machinery Noise. Mufflers. Noise Silencers (See
also 5.25)
Papers
Theoretical analysis of compressor noise. M. V. Low-
son. 47: 371—1970
Abstracts
Experimental verification of spinning-mode theory.
L. Gray. 47: 111—1970
Federal regulation of occupational noise. Flojd A.
Van Atta. 47: 54—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1669
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Segmented stator blades to reduce noise in axial com-
pressors. T. F. W. Embleton. 47: 111—1970
Sonic fatigue of aircraft structures due to fan noise.
I.	Holehouse. 47: 115—1970
State regulation of motor vehicle noise. Ross Little.
47: 54—1970
State regulation of occupational noise. Herbert H.
Jones. 47: 54—1970
Test-site measurement of noise emitted by engine-
powered equipment. Ralph K. Hillquist. 47: 61—
1970
Patents
Acoustical panel structure. Richard A. Dobbs and
Richard N. Holmes. 47 •. 991—1970
Air mixing and sound attenauting unit. Frank J. Dean.
47:463—1970
Air turning vane with removable closure for insertion
of acoustical material. Gordon R. Jacobson. 47:
990—1970
Fluid pulsation dampener with thimble. Wilhelm S.
Everett. 47: 991—1970
Gas turbine engine with screech attenuating means.
Frederic Franklin Ehrich. 47: 989—1970
Jet engine exhaust silencer. Louis Duthion, Michel
Serge Daniel Hafenscher, and Andre Emile Roger
Cabassut. 47: 989—1970
Jet engine noise suppressor. Robert B. Benham. 47:
990—1970
Jet sound suppressing means. Chandos E. Langston,
Jr. 47 : 991—1970
Noise reducing encbsure for a gas turh’ne engine.
Howard R. Anderson, Ph'i’ip E. Larrbd'in, and
William A. Mitchener. 47: 990—1970
Process and apparatus for suppressing jet engine
exhaust noise. Fred C. Booth. 47: 989—1970
Silenced bread product depanning system. Frank M.
Irving, Jr., and Albert S. Schmidt. 47: 989—1970
Sonic tool with means for reducing noise level. J. W.
Wood. 47: 991—1970
Sound attenuating arrangement for passenger com-
partment of automobile. Gaetan de Coye de
Castelet. 47: 1201—1970
Soundproof compressed-air machine. Hans Prillwitz,
Klaus Mechalke, Karl-Heinz, and Bodo Seyfarth.
47: 990—1970
Ultrasonic silencer for jet engines. Jack C. Henley.
47: 990—1970
Ventilated sound-reducing enclosure for a teleprinter.
RobertO. Carlson. 47:991—1970
Ventilated and soundproofed enclosure for printer.
James M. Cunningham. 47: 989—1970
7.8	Noise Generators (Solid, Liquid, and Gaseous)
Patents
Standard noise source. Hanno Herwart Heller. 47:
1202—1970
7.10	Aerodynamics and Jet Noise. (See also 14.2). Sonic
Boom
Papers
Penetration of a sonic boom into water. Richard K.
Cook. 47: 1430—1970
Letters to the Editor
On the energy transported with a sound pulse. Robert
W. Young, 47: 441—1970
1670 Volume 47	1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Cockpit noise environment of airline aircraft. 47:
449—1970
Repeatability of ground-test noise measurements on
on an aircraft engine. Howard A. Thorpe. 47: 1485
—1970
Abstracts
Aerospace noise sources. Harvey H. Hubbard. 47:
90—1970
Attenuated and nonattenuated conditions of speech-
interference encountered in aerospace vehicles.
D. C. Gasaway. 47 : 90—1970
Cessna model 150 airplanes and damage-risk criteria.
James M. Flugrath. 47: 89—1970
Determination of the pressure cross correlation on a
cylindrical body due to rocket exhaust noise. Jess
H. Jones, Luke Schutzenhofer, Stanley H. Guest,
and Gilbert A. Wilhold. 47: 90—1970
Digital computer program for calculating noise ex-
posure forecast contours. Richard D. Hornojeff
and Allan P. Paul. 47: 111—1970
Effects of source extension on sound fields monitored
near a ground surface . R . R . Panko .47: 122—1970
Farfield study of screech and other shock-related noise
for hot and cold jets. C. D. Simcox. 47: 110—1970
Increasing aircraft noise reduction by practical modi-
fications of typical home construction. Salvatore D.
Pecora. 47: 99—1970
Investigation of a noise problem in the cockpit of a
fighter airplane. David Alan Bies and Richard F.
Carmichael. 47: 121—1970
Noise control for high-speed punch presses. R. D.
Bruce. 47: 122—1970
Noise control for induced-draft fan installations. R.
M. Hoover and С. O. Wood. 47: 121—1970
Noise encountered in rotary-wing aircraft. D. C.
Gasaway. 47: 121—1970
Pressure fields inside rooms with open windows due to
airborne sounds, with particular application to the
sonic-boom problem. P. E. Doak and P. G. Vaidya.
47: 122—1970
Statistical study of aircraft landing-noise levels. Jose
C. Ortega. 47: 111—1970
Study of the acoustic effects caused by the insertion
of strip flow spoilers into a model air jet. M. A.
Simpson, C. G. Gordon, N. Reddingius, and W. C.
Meecham. 47: 110—1970
Supersonic turbulence-induced pressure fluctuations.
Herbert Saunders and Richard I. Johnson. 47: 90—
1970
News
Meeting on aircraft noise at Southampton. 47: 725 —
1970
8	STANDARDS
8.1	General, Unclassified
Letters to the Editor
On the energy transported with a sound pulse. Robert
W. Young, 47: 441—1970
9	SPEECH COMMUNICATION
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
9.1	General, Unclassified
Papers
Application of the TTS paradigm for assessing sound
transmission in the auditory system during speech
production. Raymond S. Karlovich and Barry F.
Luterman. 47: 510—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
You see what I mean. . . .? 47: 1488—1970
Abstracts
Single-concept films for classroom demonstration. M.
Beck and W. Strong. 47: 132—1970
Patents
Teaching by sound application. Leo W. Snedeker, Jr.
47: 991—1970
Book Reviews
Nasal Vowels in Contemporary Polish. Maria Zagorska
Brooks. (Reviewed by Henry Kucera.) 47: 979—
1970
9.2	Anatomy and Physiology of the Larynx and Vocal
Tract
Papers
Formant-frequency trajectories in selected CVC-syl-
lable nuclei. David J. Broad and Ralph H. Fertig.
47: 1572—1970
Simultaneous measurements of intraoral pressure,
force of labial contact, and labial electromyographic
activity during production of the stop consonant
cognates /р/ and /Ь/. James F. Lubker and Pamela
J. Parris. 47:625—1970
The lenis-fortis opposition: its physiological param-
eters. Andrd Malecot. 47: 1588—1970
Abstracts
Closed-loop control of the initiation of jaw movement
for speech. Peter F. MacNeilage, Robert Krones,
and Robert Hanson. 47: 104—1970
Comparison of the aerodynamics of vocal fry and
modal register phonations. Robert E. McGlone
and Thomas Shipp. 47: 105—1970
Determination of the vocal-tract shape directly from
the speech wave. B. S. Atal. 47: 65—1970
Fundamental-frequency measures and ratings of the
speech of patients with cancer of the vocal folds.
Michael H. L. Hecker and E. James Kreul. 47: 105
—1970
Influence of the tongue on oral and nasal sound pres-
sure levels: a preliminary investigation. Raymond
Massengill, Jr. 47: 104—1970
Lingual and intraoral air-pressure variations as a
function of vocal intensity. W. S. Brown, Jr.,
Robert E. McGlone, and William R. Proffit. 47:
104—1970
Method for conducting an EMG aerodynamic study
of normal voice. Thomas Shipp and Robert E.
McGlone. 47: 104—1970
Motion pictures of the vocal folds in speech. Masa-
yuki Sawashima, Arthur S. Abramson, Franklin S.
Cooper, and Leigh Lisker. 47: 105—1970
Physiological basis for vocal registers. William Ven-
nard. 47: 120—1970
Simultaneous measurement of intraoral pressure, cla-
bial pressure, and labial electromyographic activity
during production of the bilabial stops /р/—/Ь/.
J. F. Lubker and P. J. Parris. 47: 104—1970
Subglottal pressure variations and glottal frequency.
John Ohala and Peter Ladefoged. 47: 104—1970
Underlying physiological mechanism of syllable stress.
R. Netsell. 47: 103 1970
Patents
Apparatus for observing vocal chord wave. Tanetoshi
Miura and Tsuneji Koshikawa. 47: 992—1970
9.3	Acoustic Analysis of Speech
Papers
Formant-frequency trajectories in selected CVC-syl-
lable nuclei. David J. Broad and Ralph H. Fertig.
47: 1572—1970
Performance characteristics of an experimental har-
monic identification pitch extraction (HIPEX)
system. R. L. Miller. 47: 1593—1970
Pitch as a voicing cue. Mark Haggard, Stephen Am-
bler, and Mo Callow. 47 : 613—1970
Simultaneous measurements of intraoral pressure,
force of labial contact, and labial electromyo-
graphic activity during production of the stop con-
sonant cognates /р/ and /Ь/. James F. Lubker and
Pamela J. Parris. 47: 625—1970
Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: a
scientists' view of its reliability for legal purposes.
Richard H. Bolt, Franklin S. Cooper, Edward E.
David, Jr., Peter B. Denes, James M. Pickett, and
Kenneth N. Stevens. 47: 597—1970
System for automatic formant analysis of voiced
speech. Ronald W. Schafer and Lawrence R.
Rabiner. 47: 634—1970
Letters to the Editor
Duration of /s/ in /s/-plosive blends. Martin F.
Schwartz. 47: 1143—1970
Method of observation of glottal-source wave using
digital inverse filtering in time domain. Mamoru
Nakatsui and Jouji Suzuki. 47: 664—1970
Whither speech production? A Michael Noll. 47: 1614
—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic analysis of speech produced in air compressed
from 14.7 to 147 psia. R. L. Sergeant and J. R.
Duffy, Jr. 47: 128—1970
Approaches to the characterization of talker differ-
ences by statistical operations on speech spectra.
K-P Li, G. W. Hughes, and A. S. House. 47: 66—
1970
Comparison of the aerodynamics of vocal fry and
modal register phonations. Robert E. McGlone
and Thomas Shipp. 47: 105—1970
Data processing for analyzing intonational signals of
American English. Y. Takefuta and D. M. More-
head. 47: 66—1970
Determination of the vocal-tract shape directly from
the speech wave. B. S. Atal. 47: 65—1970
Fundamental-frequency measures and ratings of the
speech of patients with cancer of the vocal folds.
Michael H. L. Hecker and E. James Kreul. 47: 105
—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1671
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Inadequacy of a spectral description in relationship to
speech perception. B. A. Blesser. 47:66—1970
Modern approach to sound spectrograph instrumenta-
tion. A. J. Presti. 47: 66—1970
Pauses and circadian rhythm. Oscar Tosi and Brad
Lashbrook. 47: 67—1079
Spectrographic speech patterns of identical twins.
L. G. Kersta and J. A. Colangelo. 47: 58—1970
Speech analysis and synthesis by linear prediction of
the speech wave. B. S. Atal. 47: 65—1970
Speech segmentation. W. B. ewcomb, W. D. Larkin,
and R. A. Houde. 47: 65—1970
Underlying physiological mechanisms of syllable
stress. R. Netsell. 47: 103—1970
Patents
Speech level measuring device. Paul T. Brady. 47:
1202—1970
9.4	Speech Synthesis
Papers
Performance characteristics of an experimental har-
monic identification pitch extraction (HIPEX)
system. R. L. Miller. 47: 1593—1970
Letters to the Editor
Input generators for digital sound synthesis. Godfrey
Winham and Kenneth Steiglitz. 47: 665—1970
Whither speech production? A. Michael Noll. 47:
1614—1970
Abstracts
Articulatory timing in speech production; articulatory
distinctive features. С. H. Coker. 47: 94—1970
Artificial intonation. Ralph Vanderslice and T. Rand.
47: 94—1970
Automatic estimation of formant frequencies for
voiced speech R. W. Schafer and L. R. Rabiner. 47:
94—1970
Control rule of the tongue movement for dynamic
analog speech synthesis. Shizuo Hiki. 47: 85—1970
Degraded synthetic speech for classroom demonstra-
tion. J. Reynolds and W. Strong. 47: 93—1970
Functional characteristics and advantages of an on-
line, computer-controlled speech synthesizer. N. R.
Dixon and H. D. Maxey. 47: 93—1970
On-line computer-controlled diphone synthesis sys-
tem. H. D. Maxey and N. R. Dixon. 47: 93—1970
Speech analysis and synthesis by linear prediction of
the speech wave. B. S. Atal. 47: 65—1970
Speech synthesis with a vocal tract synthesizer. B.
Purves, K. Blackett, and W. Strong. 47 : 93—1970
Synthesis of stop consonants in initial position. D. H.
Klatt. 47: 93—1970
Transform method of fast digital synthesis of unvoiced
speech sounds. Harold J. Manley. 47: 93—1970
Workshop: Uses of speech synthesizers in speech re-
search. 47: 110—1970
9.5	Perception of Speech (See also 4.15)
Papers
Regulation of voice communication by sensory dy-
namics. Harlan Lane, Bernard Tranel, and Cyrus
Sisson. 47: 618—1970
The lenis-fortis opposition: its physiological param-
eters. Andre Maidcot. 47: 1588—1970
Letters to the Editor
Evaluating speech-recognition work. Wayne A. Lea.
47:1612—1970
Implications of speech-recognition studies. Lawrence
Fleming. 47: 1612—1970
Paced recognition of words masked in white noise.
С. M. Holloway. 47:1617—1970
Whither speech production? A. Michael Noll. 47:
1614—1970
“Whiter speech recognition?”—a rebuttal. A. L.
Samuel. 47: 1616—1970
Whither speech recognition?—II. J. R. Pierce. 47:
1616—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical manifestations of emotional speech. С. E.
Williams, K. N. Stevens, and M. H. L. Hecker.
47: 66—1970
Additional data on underwater sound localization.
Harry Hollien, J. L. Lauer, and Particia Paul. 47:
127—1970
Age and sex differences in speech under delayed audi-
tory feedback. Lawrence F. Buxton. 47: 58—1970
Approaches to the characterization of talker differ-
ences by statistical operations on speech spectra.
К-P. Li, G. W. Hughes, and A. S. House. 47: 66—-
1970
Calculation of classification functions using a large
number of spoken word samples. Seibi Chiba and
Hiroaki Sakoe. 47: 83—1970
Development and evaluation of a noise with speech-
envelope characteristics. Y. H orii, A. S. House, and
G. W. Hughes. 47: 75—1970
Dichotic and monotic simultaneous and time-stag-
gered speech. S. S. Lowe, J. K. Cullen, Jr., C. L.
Thompson, С. I. Berlin, L. Kirkpatrick, and J. T.
Ryan. 47: 76—1970
Effect of vowel duration upon the perception of the
voicing characteristic of word-final consonants.
Lawrence J. Raphael. 47: 58—1970
Effects of signal distortion on three listener perform-
ance tasks. Harvey R. Gilbert. 47: 58—1970
Glottal stop as a junctural correlate in English. Jona-
than Allen. 47: 57—1970
Inadequacy of a spectral description in relationship
to speech perception. B. A. Blesser. 47: 66—1970
Introduction to the consonant-recognition test. John
W. Preusse. 47: 74—1970
Method for analyzing prceptual confusions of con-
sonant phonemes. Thomas Murray. 47: 127—1970
Modified rhyme test as a tool for the testing of speech
perception in classrooms. F. Michael Strumpf and
Vincent E. Chillemi. 47: 74r—1970
Mutally complementary effect of the rate and the
amount of formant transition in distinguishing
vowel, semivowel, and stop consonant. Hisayoshi
Suzuki. 47: 58—1970
On the modes and mechanisms of perception of speech
sounds. Hiroya Fujisaki and Takako Kawashima.
47:57—1970
Pauses and circadian rhythm. Oscar Tosi and Brad
Lashbrook. 47: 67—1970
Perceptual differentiation of the modal and falsetto
registers. Raymond H. Colton and Harry Hollien.
47: 105—1970
Silent interval duration as a perceptual cue of speech
pauses. Kenneth F. Ruder and Paul J. Jensen. 47:
57—1970
Speech perception in classrooms. H. F. Kingsbury and
F. M. Strumpf. 47:99—1970
1672 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Talker recognition on large populations. Kenneth W.
Wachter. 47: 66—1970
Temporal structure in speech production. George
Alien.. 47: 58—1970
Voiceless-versus-voiced constant-vowel perception in
dichotic and monotic listening. С. I. Berlin, M. E.
Willet, C. L. Thompson, J. K. Cullen, Jr., and S. S.
Lowe. 47: 75—1970
Patents
Speech and sound display system. Hubert W. Upton.
47: 1202—1970
Voice verification system. Walter K. French. 47:
1202—1970
9.6	Measures of Speech Perception, Intelligibility and
Quality, and of the Transmission of Information by
Speech
Papers
Effect of forward and backward masking on speech
intelligibility. Donald D. Dirksand Deborah Bower.
47: 1003—1970
Formant-frequency trajectories in selected CVC-syl-
lable nuclei. David J. Broad and Ralph H. Fertig.
47: 1572—1970
Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: a
scientists’ view of its reliability for legal purposes.
Richard H. Bolt, Franklin S. Cooper, Edward E.
David, Jr., Peter B. Denes, James M. Pickett, and
Kenneth N. Stevens. 47: 597 1970
Letters to the Editor
Paced recognition of words masked in white noise.
С. M. Holloway. 47: 1617—1970
Abstracts
Auditory discrimination of speech altered by a fre-
quency-transposition process. Daniel Ling and
William G. Ely. 47: 128—1970
Comparative intelligibility of monosyllabic word lists.
R. F. Coleman and Harry Hollien. 47: 127—1970
Development and evaluation of a noise with speech-
envelope characteristics. Y. Horii, A. S. House, and
G. W. Hughes. 47: 75—1970
Dichotic and monotic simultaneous and time-stag-
gered speech. S. S. Lowe, J. K. Cullen, Jr., C. L.
Thompson, С. I. Berlin, L. Kirkpatrick, and J. T.
Ryan. 47: 76—1970
Discrimination of filtered-clipped speech by sensori-
neural hearing-impaired subjects. Ian B. Thomas
and David W. Sparks. 47: 128—1970
Discrimination of formant transitions by listeners
with sensorineural hearing losses. J. M. Pickett and
Ellen S. Martin. 47: 128—1970
Effect of a low-frequency band (240-480 Hz) of speech
on consonant discrimination. Barbara Franklin.
47: 75—1970
Effect of syntactic and semantic violations on sentance
intelligibility. Michael H. O'Malley. 47: 75—1970
Effects of signal distortion on three listener perform-
ance tasks. Harvey R. Gilbert. 47: 58—1970
Further results on the development of voicing in stop
consonants in young children. Malcolm S. Preston
and Diane K. Port. 47: 129—1970
Intelligibility of speech produced in compressed air.
R. L. Sergeant. 47: 128—1970
Introduction to the consonant-recognition test. John
W. Preusse. 47: 74—1970
Laterality factors in the perception of sentences
varying in semantic constraint. David B. Pisoni,
Robert J. Jarvella, and Ronald S. Tikofsky. 47:
76—1970
Measurement and operant conditioning of the vocal-
ization of preschool deaf children. Carl W. Asp and
Connie Lawrence. 47: 129—1970
Method for analyzing perceptual confusions of conso-
nant phonemes. Thomas Murray. 47: 127—1970
Modified rhyme test as a tool for the testing of speech
perception in classrooms. F. M ichael Strumpf and
Vincent E. Chillemi. 47: 74—1970
Performance-intensity functions for continuous dis-
course. Charles Speaks and Barbara Parker. 47: 75
—1970
Reduction of long-time reverberation by a center-
clipping process. О. M. M. Mitchell and D. A.
Berkley. 47: 84—1970
Reflective surfaces for reinforcing unamplified speech
in a lecture room and a thrust-stage theater. V. O.
Knudsen, В. E. Walker, and L. P. Delsasso. 47:
99—1970
Reflective surfaces for the hearing of speech and music
in an anechoic chamber. В. E. Walker, L. P. Del-
sasso, and V. O. Knudsen. 47:99—1970
Signal-to-noise level as a predictor of speech trans-
mission quality. Tapas K. Sen and J. Douglas
Carroll. 47: 75—1970
Speech intelligibility: a model and an experimental
study. M. S. Berman, M. C. Schultz, and W. P.
Tanner, Jr. 47: 74—1970
Speech intelligibility of diving masks and mouthcups.
Harry Hollien and E. Thomas Doherty. 47: 127-—
1970
Talker recognition on large populations. Kenneth W.
Wachter. 47:66—1970
Voiceless-versus-voiced consouant-vowel perception
in dichotic and monotic listening. С. I. Berlin, M.
E. Willet, C. L. Thompson, J. K. Cullen, Jr., and
S. S. Lowe. 47: 75—1970
Phonetics. Linguistics. Statistics of Language. Cy-
bernetics
Papers
Pitch as a voicing cue. Mark Haggard, S. Ambler, and
Mo Callow. 47: 613—1970
The lenis-fortis opposition: its physiological param-
eters. Andre Malecot. 47: 1588—1970
Abstracts
Acoustical manifestations of emotional speech. С. E.
Williams, K. N. Stevens, and M. H. L. Hecker. 47:
66—1970
Acoustical properties of word boundaries in English.
С. H. Coker and N. Umeda. 47: 94—1970
Effect of syntactic and semantic violations on sentence
intelligibility. Michael H. O'Malley. 47: 75—1970
Effect of vowel duration upon the perception of the
voicing characteristic of word-final consonants.
Lawrence J. Raphael. 47: 58—1970
Glottal stop as a junctural correlate in English.
Jonathan Allen. 47:57-1970
Laterality factors in the perception of sentences vary-
ing in semantic constraint. David B. Pisoni, Robert
J. Jarvelli, and RonaldS Ti'kjfeky. 47.' 76—1970
On vowel duration and pitch prominence. С. H. Coker
and N. Umeda. 47: 94—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1673
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Toward rules for natural prosodic features in American
English. С. P. Broman, С. H. Coker, and N.
Umeda. 47: 95—1970
Systems for Speech Transmission
Papers
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
1475—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Voices from the deep decoded. 47: I486—1970
You see what I mean. . . .? 47: 1488—1970
Abstracts
Adaptive delta modulation of speech with a one-bit
memory. N. S. Jayant. 47:84—1970
All-digital speech compression device. R. Houghton
and D. L. Phyfe. 47:95—1970
Optimum linear processing of signals for speech trans-
mission. Hiroya Fujisaki and Kunihiko Niwa. 47:
84-1970
Patents
Information compression transference means. Evelyn
F. Shiber and Jerome A. Shiber. 47: 1500—1970
Neural-like analyzing system. John L. Stewart. 47:
1202—1970
Reception of signals transmitted in a reverberant en-
vironment. James L. Flanagan. 47: 992—1970
Reduction of distortion in speech signal time com-
pression systems. Anthony J. Presti.47: 1202—1970
Speech analysis system. Cecil H. Coker. 47: 1202—
1970
Vocoder system. James M. Kelly. 47: 992—1970
Instruments for Speech Measurement and Process-
ing. Use of Computers
Papers
Formant-frequency trajectories in selected CVC-syl-
lable nuclei. David J. Broad and Ralph H. Fertig.
47: 1572—1970
Performance characteristics of an experimental har-
monic identification pitch extraction (HIPEX) sys-
tem. R. L. Miller. 47: 1593—1960
Reduction of observer bias in reading speech levels
with a VU meter. H. Levitt and P. D. Bricker. 47:
1583—1970
Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: a
scientists’ view of its reliability for legal purposes.
Richard H. Bolt, Franklin S. Cooper, Edward E.
David, Jr., Peter B. Deanes, James M. Pickett, and
Kenneth N. Stevens. 47: 597—1970
System for automatic formant analysis of voiced
speech. Ronald W. Schafer and Lasrence R. Rabi-
ner. 47:634—1970
Letters to the Editor
Input generators for digital sound synthesis. Godfrey
Winham and Kenneth Steiglitz. 47: 665—1970
Method of observation of glottal-source wave using
digital inverse filtering in time domain. Mamoru
Nakatsui and Jouji Suzuki. 47: 664—1970
Volume 47	1970
9.10
10.1
Abstracts
Method for conducting an EMG aerodynamic study
of normal voice. Thomas Shipp and Robert E.
McGlone. 47: 104—1970
Pitch determination by measurement of harmonics.
II. The Hipex system. Ralph L. Miller. 47: 84—•
1970
Simultaneous measurement of intraoral pressure,
labial pressure, and labial electromyographic activ-
ity during production of the bilabial stops /р/—/Ь/.
J. F. Lubker and P. J. Parris. 47: 104—1970
Vocal intensity in the modal and falsetto registers.
Raymond H. Colton. 47: 105—1970
Machine Recognition of Speech
Papers
Speaker identification by speech spectrograms: a
scientists’ view of its reliability for legal purposes.
Richard H. Bolt, Franklin S. Cooper, Edward E.
David, Jr., Peter B. Denes, James M. Pickett, and
Kenneth N. Stevens. 47: 597—1970
Letters to the Editor
Evaluating speech-recognition work. Wayne A. Lea.
47: 1612—1970
Implications of speech-recognition studies. Lawrence
Fleming. 47: 1612—1970
Whither speech production? A. Michael Noll. 47:
1614—1970
“Whither speech recognition?”—a rebuttal. A. L.
Samuel. 47: 1616—1970
Whither speech recognition?—II. J. R. Pierce. 47:
1616—1970
Abstracts
Approach to the computer recognition of single-syl-
lable English words. Mark Medress. 47: 83—1970
Pitch determination by measurement of harmonics.
II. The Hipex system. Ralph L. Miller. 47: 84—•
1970
Simulation of the measurement phase of an automatic
speaker recognition system. Jared J. Wolf. 47: 83—
1970
Speaker-machine interaction in a limited speech rec-
ognition system. John I. Makhaoul. 47: 84—1970
Tracking of articulatory movements by means of a
computer controlled x-ray microbeam. O. Fujimura,
H. Ishida, and S. Kiritani. 47: 84—1970
Patents
Circuit arrangement for recognizing spoken numbers.
Heinz Kusch. 47: 992—1970
Human voice recognition device. Edward Della Torre.
47: 1202—1970
Monitoring device for distinguishing between voice
and data signals. Joel Engel 47: 992—1970
ULTRASONICS
General, Unclassified
Book Reviews
Physical Ultrasonics. Robert T. Beyer and Stephen V.
Letcher. (Reviewed by F. H. Fisher.) 47:978—1970
Patents
Piezoelectric semiconductor acoustic wave signal
device. Dale F. Crisler. 47: 1202—1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
10.2
News
Passing parade of European physical acoustics. E. F.
Carome. 47: 1160—1970
Physical acoustics conference. 47: 1157—1970
Ultrasonics for Industry in London. 47: 20—1970
Ultrasonics symposium .47’. 1158—1970
Physical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. Optical Diffrac-
tion. Ultrasonic Processing. Acoustic Visualization.
Holography. Interaction of Light and Sound
Papers
Aperture corrections for sound-absorption measure-
ments with light scattering. H. G. Danielmever. 47:
151—1970
Conical reflection of ultrasound from a liquid-solid
interface. Orest I. Diachok and Walter G. Mayer.
47: 155—1970
Experimental study of sound-wave phase fluctuations
caused by turbulent wakes. Dieter W. Schmidt and
Peter M. Tilmann. 47 •. 1310—1970
Instability of the motion of a pulsating bubble in a
sound field. Anthony I. Eller and Lawernce A.
Crum. 47: 762—1970
Light diffraction by ultrasonic surface waves of arbi-
trary standing-wave ratio. Robert J. Hallermeier
and Walter G. Mayer. 47: 1236'—1970
Movie films of cavitation in superfluid helium. A.
Mosse, M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch. 47: 1258—
1970
Piezoelectric and photoeleastic properties of lithium
iodate. A. W. Warner, D. A. Pinnow, J. G. Bergman,
Jr., and G. R. Crane. 47: 791—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Bond inspection by dynamic time-average interfero-
metric holography of ultrasonically excited plates.
Robert K. Erf. Herbert G. Aas, and James P.
Waters. 47: 968—1970
Abstracts
Absorption of light by the sound waves of disordered
crystals. E. Whalley, D. D. Klug, and P. T. T.
Wong. 47: 65—1970
Acoustic imaging with a focused light beam. L. W.
Kessler and A. Korpel. 47: 81—1970
Acoustic imaging with crossed linear arrays. Willard
Wells. 47:73—1970
Analysis of the liquid surface motion in liquid sur lace
acoustical holography. T. J. Bander and В. P.
Hildebrand. 47: 81—1970
Birth and growth of Brillouin scattering. Leon Bril-
louin. 47:56—1970
Brillouin scattering in liquids of high viscosity. A. B.
Bhatia and E. Tong. 47: 65—1970
Brillouin scattering from sulfur hexafluoride in the
vicinity of the critical point. R. Mohr, К. H.
Langley, and N. C. Ford, Jr. 47: 64—1970
Determination of ultrasonic absorption coefficient by
optical holography. A. Alippi and L. Palmieri. 47:
73-1970
Direct observation of a phonon bottleneck in nickel-
doped magnesium oxide using Brillouin light scat-
tering. W. J. Brya, S. Geschwind, and G. E.
Devlin. 47: 64—1970
Inexpensive system for live stroboscopic holographic
interferometry. P. A. Fryer. 47 : 73—1970
Interaction between acoustic modes in extended media
and between components of the Brillouin spectrum
of scattered light. J. E. Piercy. 47: 64—1970
Interaction of light: with sound in process of stimu-
lated molecular scattering of light. I. L. Fabelinskii
and V. S. Starunov. 47: 64—1970
Laser excitation of microwave sound. G. Cachier. 47:
64—1970
Light scattered from thermal fluctuations in gases.
A. Broz, M. Harrigan, R. Kasten, and A. Monke-
wicz. 47: 64—1970
Linear wave-vector dispersion of the shear-wave
phase velocity in a quartz. Alan S. Pine. 47:
73—1970
Low-temperature applications of the stimulated Bril-
louin scattering. W. Heinicke, G. Winterling, and
K. Dransfeld. 47: 64—1970
Mapping of ultrasonic fields using liquid crystals. Bill
D. Cook and Ronald Werchan. 47: 74—1970
New experimental results with high-conductance
ultrasonic image converter. William R. Turner and
James M. Render. 47: 72—1970
Optical analysis of waves in continuous media. J. A.
Clark and A. J. Durelli. 47: 73—1970
Optical discrimination between two mechanisms in
acoustically birefringent liquids. Ward A. Riley
and W. Richard Klein. 47: 81—1970
Optical observation of conical reflection of ultrasound
from liquid-solid boundaries. Orest I. Diachok and
Walter G. Mayer. 47: 73—1970
Optical probing of acoustic surface waves. E. G. H.
Lean, C. G. Powell, and R. V. Pole. 47: 73—1970
Phonon instabilities and interactions near solid-state
phase transitions. Paul A. Fleury. 47 : 57—1970
Quantitative investigations of stimulated Brillouin
scattering. W. Kaiser. 47: 56—1970
Resonance-enhanced Brillouin scattering in crystals.
R. Ito, E. Burstein, A. Pinczuk, and M. L. Shand.
47: 56—1970
Stored-energy retrieval in ultrasonic iirr.ge converter .
James M. Render. 47: 72—1970
Studies of resolution in a Bragg imaging system.
Glen Wade, Roy A. Smith, C. John Landry, and
John P. Powers. 47: 74—1970
Vacuum maintenance in image tubes. William R.
Turner. 47: 72—1970
Patents
Acoustic filtration apparatus. Frank P. Deluca, Jr.
47-.992—1970
Apparatus for cleaning ball bearings. R. N. Schipke.
47: 994—1970
Dissolving dyes by ultrasonics. Jeffrey M. Owen and
Margaret A. Wright. 47: 994'—1970
High frequency ultrason'icf og generator aid meth tri .
R. M. G. Boucher and Carlton D. Tobin. 47: 752—
1970
Joined sheets of cross-linked polyurethane and method
of joining. Donald Whitworth Pounder and Roy
Axe. 47: 994—1970
Laser modulation by focused acoustic energy. Anthony
J. De Maria. 47: 992—1970
Light-sound interaction system with acoustic beam
steering. Adrianus Korpel. 47: 1203—1970
Magnetostrictive vibrator for high frequency machin-
ing of hard materials. Lewis Balamuth. 47: 752—
1970
Means for applying a sonic or ultrasonic transducer
system to a surface to prevent deposition of ma-
terials thereon. John E. Goodman. 47: 463—1970
Method and apparatus for ultrasonic sterilization.
S. S. Fishman. 47:993—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1675
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Method for promoting the flow of molten materials
into a mold using ultrasonic energy via probe means.
Robert Hoffman and Leo Gross. 47: 752—1970
Methods and apparatus for assembling parts together
by ultrasonic energy. Lewis Balamuth and Tulio
Parisi. 47: 1500—1970
Process of cleaning xerographic plates. D. Ensminger.
47: 994—1970
Self-cleaning electrodes. Henry Hermanns. 47: 993—
—1970
Short pulse vibratory bonding. F. W. Christensen.
47: 49—1970
Sonic apparatus for the irradiation of weld fusion
zones. C. A. Poulton and Cline W. Lovellette. 47:
1501—1970
Sonic transducer apparatus. R. C. McMaster, Charles
C. Libby, and Hildegard M. Minchenko. 47: 753—
1970
Supersonic-energy measuring devices and systems.
V. C. Farese. 47: 1501—1970
Ultrasonic clarification of liquids. Roger Davidson.
Warren G. Palmer, and Tom H. Forrest. 47: 1501—
1970
Ultrasonic cleaner. Frank Massa. 47: 993—1970
Ultrasonic fixing method of photographic film. Kat-
suya Kozai. 47: 994—1970
Ultrasonic machining apparatus. P. Legge. 47: 993—
1970
Ultrasonic welder for thin wires. R. W. Metzger, Jr.
47: 49—1970
Ultrasonic welding method. H. D. Roberts. 47:1501—
1970
Ultrasonically welded switch construction and
method. A. E. Maire. 47: 994—1970
News
Acoustic holography symposium. 47: 722—1970
10.3 Ultrasonic Instruments. (See also 5.18)
Papers
Coherent detection technique for variable-path-length
measurements of ultrasonic pulses. R. C. William-
son and D. Eden. 47: 1278—1970
Determination of the elastic constants of a unidirec-
tional fiber composite using ultrasonic velocity mea-
surements. J. E. Zimmer and Janies R. Cost. 47:
795—1970
Free-field technique for measuring ultrasonic dis-
persion and absorption in gases. Harvey Blend. 47:
757—1970
Frequency-offset method for measuring phase shifts
at ultrasonic frequencies. H. J. McSkimin. 47:163—
1970
Generation and detection of sound by distributed pi-
ezoelectric sources. R. F. Mitchell and M. Redwood.
47: 701—1970
Measurement of small changes in sound velocity in
the UHF range. John W. Dooley. 47: 1232—1970
On a method of generating ultrasonic circularly polar-
ized waves. F. Plicque, J. Feupier, and A. Zarembo-
vitch. 47: 168—1970
Propagation of harmonic waves in composite circular-
cylindrical rods. Anthony E. Armenakas. 47: 822—-
1970
Simple measurement technique for small relative
velocity changes of gigahertz acoustic waves. Robert
F. Edgerton. 47: 1229—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Bond inspection by dynamic time-average interfero-
metric holography of ultrasonically excited plates.
Robert K. Erf, Herbert G. Aas, and James P.
Waters. 47: 968—1970
Abstracts
Characterization of breast tissue by ultrasonic visual-
ization methods. Elizabeth Kelly Fry, L. V. Gib-
bons, and G. Kossoff. 47: 77—-1970
Determination of ultrasonic absorption coefficient by
optical holography. A. Ah’ppi and L. Palmieri. 47:
73—1970
Mapping of ultrasonic fields using liquid crystals.
Bill D. Cook and Ronald Werchan. 47: 74—1970
New experimental results with high-conductance
ultrasonic image converter. William R. Turner and
James M. Render. 47: 72—1970
New sensitive spectrometer for 10-300 GHz acoustic
phonons. Charles H. Anderson. 47: 72—1970
Parametric excitation of ultrasonic waves. Laszlo
Adler and M. A. Breazeale. 47 : 82—1970
Stored-energy retrieval in ultrasonic image converter.
James M. Render. 47: 72—1970
Vacuum maintenance in image tubes. William R.
Turner. 47: 72—1970
Patents
Acoustical thermometry. J. F. W. Bell and E. G. H.
Mobsby. 47: 1502—1970
Apparatus for ultrasonically testing tubes. P. Korten-
hoven. 47: 995—1970
Control circuit for tool driven by sonic energy. J
Jugler. 47: 1503—1970
Control means for sonic power system. Ervin B.
Steinberg. 47: 1503—1970
Controlled ink-jet copy-reproducing apparatus.
Arthur V. Loughren. 47 : 753—1970
Electrical generator for energizing a source of ultra-
sonic energy. V. J. Krenke. 47 •. 997—1970
Electric ultrasonic toothbrush. Seymour Roginson.
47: 1502—1970
Fluid coupled ultrasonic transducer unit. D. T.
O'Connor. 47: 996—1970
Method and apparatus employing vibratory energy
for joining materials. Lewi’s Balamuth and Clifford
A. Robertson. 47 : 995—1970
Methods of and systems for effecting the nondestruc-
tive analysis of materials. Raymond A. Cellitti,
Erwin Plofsky, and Edward A. Solecki. 47: 995—
1970
Pulse echo ultrasonic testing apparatus with signal
attenuation compensation. Kilian H. Brech. 47:
1503—1970
Resonant sensing device. Norman G. Branson. 47:
1501—1970
Sonic vehicle detector using noi fe blanking. Donald R .
McCauley. 47:463—1970
Ultrasonic billet inspection apparatus. Richard S.
Gewartowski, Frank T. Makowski, and Joseph L.
Deibel.47: 996—1970
Ultrasonic devices. Z. Haydu. 47: 1503—1970
Ultrasonic flowmeter system. Yuji Yoshiyama and
Takayoshi Ezawa. 47: 1502—1970
Ultrasonic gauge system .P .Franchi .47: 1502—1970
Ultrasonic gauging method and apparatus. Hugh A.
Mitchell and Willem A. M. Grandia. 47: 753-—1970
Ultrasonic gauging method and apparatus. Hugh A.
Mitchell and William A. M. Grandia. 47: 1502—
1970
1676 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Ultrasonic in-line filter system. J. A. Van Ingen. 47:
49—1970
Ultrasonic inspection apparatus. К. H. Brech. 47:
996—1970
Ultrasonic inspection apparatus. К. H. Brech. 47:
997—1970
Ultrasonic inspection apparatus. Walter A. Gunkel.
47: 995—1970
Ultrasonic nebulizer. Cleafe A. Best, Jr. 47: 1503'—
1970
Ultrasonic optical modulator for time compression of
chirp signals. Luther Davis, Jr. 47: 1502—1970
Ultrasonic pulse distance measuring device. J. Dory.
47: 49—1970
Ultrasonic sensing device for a flushing valve on a
plumbing fixture. E. K. Zorn. 47 : 753—1970
Ultrasonic tool with fixturing means. Everett A.
Harris and John Jugler. 47996—1970
Ultrasonic vehicle presence detector. Sten I. Persson.
47: 463—1970
Vehicle detection and speed measuring apparatus.
John H. Auger, Jr., and Klaus H. Frielinghaus. 47:
463—1970
10.4 Gases, Ultrasonic Velocity, Dispersion and Attenua-
tion in. (See also 11.3)
Papers
Absorption and dispersion of ultrasonic waves in
mixtures containing volatile particles. Edward B.
Goldman. 47: 768—1970
Efficiencies in the exchange of translational and vibra-
tional energies in cyclopropane-argon mixtures.
Alan G. Welsh and Jay E. Taylor. 47: 1274—1970
Experimental study of sound-wave phase fluctuations
caused by turbulent wakes. Dieter W. Schmidt and
Peter M. Wilmann. 47: 1310—1970
Free-field technique for measuring ultrasonic disper-
sion and absorption in gases. Harvey Blend. 47:
757—1970
On obtaining transition rates from sound absorption
and dispersion curves. F. Douglas Shields. 47: 1262
—1970
Sound absorption in pure D2S and CO2/D2S mixtures.
F. Douglas Shields and George P. Carney. 47:
1269—1970
Abstracts
Rotational relaxation in polar diatomic gases. L. B.
Evans and T. G. Winter. 47: 97—1970
10.5 Liquids, Ultrasonic Velocity, Dispersion and Attenua- 10.6
tion in. (See also 13.2 and 13.3)
Papers
Aperture corrections for sound-absorption measure-
ments with light scattering. H. G. Daniehneyer.
47: 151—1970
Coherent detection technique for variable-path-length
measurements of ultrasonic pulses. R. C. William-
son and D. Eden. 47 : 1278—1970
Conical reflection of ultrasound from a liquid-solid
interface. Orest I. Diachok and Walter G. Mayer.
47: 155—1970
Hypersonic velocity and absorption in aqueous elec-
trolytic solutions. C. J. Montrose and K. Fritsch.
47: 786—1970
Pressure dependence of the ultrasonic absorption in
toluene and hexane. John Allegra, Stephen Hawley,
and Gerald Holton. 47: 144—1970
Stability of acoustic waves within a viscous compres-
sible heat-conducting fluid. J. E. McKinney and
H. J. Oser. 47: 781—1970
Structural-relaxation dynamics in liquids. C. J. Mont-
rose and T. A. Litovitz. 47 : 1250—1970
Transient effects in the propagation of a sound pulse
in a viscous liquid. Mark B. Moffett and Robert T.
Beyer. 47: 1241—1970
Ultrasonic-absorption and sound-speed data for nine
liquids at high pressures. Stephen Hawley, John
Allegra, and Gerald Holton. 47: 137—1970
Ultrasonic-velocity measurements and В/A for 1-pro-
panol at pressures to 10 000 kg/cm2. M. Paul Hagel-
berg. 47: 158—1970
Letters to the Editor
Relaxation in kaolin-water mixtures ,L .R. B. Duy-
kers. 47: 396—1970
Transmitted waves in the diffraction of sound from
liquid cylinders. Donald Brill and H. Uberall. 47:
1467—1970
Abstracts
Dynamical model for ultrasonic shear and compres-
sional relaxation in liquids. T. A. Litovitz and C. J.
Montrose. 47: 97—1970
Measurement of absorption and velocity of ultrasound
in liquid alkali metals. M. G. Kim, K. A. Kemp, and
S. V. Letcher. 47: 98—1970
Optical discrimination between two mechanisms in
acoustically birefringent liquids. Ward A. Riley
and Richard Klein. 47: 81—1970
Ultrasonic absorption in aqueous solutions of globular
proteins. William D. O’Brien and Floyd Dunn. 47:
98—1970
Ultrasonic absorption in triethylamine-water solution
near its critical solution temperature. S. S. Yun.
47: 98—1970
Ultrasonic relaxation in alcohol water mixtures. W. M.
Madigosky. 47: 98—1970
Ultrasonic relaxation in aqueous solutions of tetra-
alkyl ammonium salts. Joseph Marchessault, John
Broadhead, and Ernest Yeager. 47: 98—1970
Patents
Method and device for measuring the gas content of a
flowing two-phase mixture. C. Chedeville, Noel
Lions, and Marcel Rosso. 47: 1504—1970
Ultrasonic measurement. Lawrence C. Lynnworth.
47: 997—1970
Solids, Ultrasonic Velocity and Attenuation in. (See
also 12.7)
Papers
Conical reflection of ultrasound from a liquid-solid
interface. Orest I. Diachok and Walter G. Mayer,
47: 155—1970
Determination of the elastic constants of a unidirec-
tional fiber composite using ultrasonic velocity
measurements. J. E. Zimmer and James R. Cost.
47: 795—1970
Interfacial and Love-type waves in materials with
monoclinic elastic symmetry. Perng-Fei Gou. 47:
777—1970
Measurement of small changes in sound velocity in
the UHF range. John W. Dooley. 47: 1232—1970
Piezoelectric and photoelastic properties of lithium
iodate. A. W. Warner, D. A. Pinnow, J. G. Berg-
man, Jr., and G. R. Crane. 47: 791—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1677
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Simple measurement technique for small relative
velocity changes of gigahertz acoustic waves.
Robert F. Edgerton. 47: 1229—1970
Wave attenuation in saturated sediments. Robert D.
Stoll and George M. Bryan. 47: 1440—1970
Letters to the Editor
On the influence of lattice defects upon third-order
elastic constants. G. Bradfield and R. Stern. 47:
386—1970
On the Rayleigh equation for elastic surface waves.
H. R. Aggarwal and С. M. Ablow. 47: 1461—1970
Third-order elastic moduli of cubic crystals. S. Elkin,
S. Alterovitz, and D. Gerlich. 47: 937—1970
Transmitted waves in the diffraction of sound from
liquid cylinders. Donald Brill and H. Uberall. 47:
1467—1970
Abstracts
Determination of ultrasonic absorption coefficient by
optical holography. A. Alippi and L. Palmieri. 47:
73—1970
10.7 Hypersonics (Pretersonics). Brillouin Scattering
Papers
Aperture corrections for sound-absorption measure-
ments with light scattering. H. G. Danielmeyer.
47: 151—1970
Hypersonic velocity and absorption in aqueous elec-
trolytic solutions. C. J. Montrose and K. Fritsch.
47: 786—1970
Abstracts
Birth and growth of Brillouin scattering. Leon Bril-
louin. 47: 56—1970
Brillouin scattering from sulfur hexafluoride in the
vicinity of the critical point. R. Mohr, К. H. Lang-
ley, and N. C. Ford, Jr. 47: 64—1970
Brillouin scattering in liquids of high viscosity. A. B.
Bhatia and E. Tong. 47: 65—1970
Direct observation of a phonon bottleneck in nickel-
doped magnesium oxide using Brillouin light scat-
tering. W. J. Brya, S. Geschwind, and G. E. Devlin.
47: 64—1970
I nteraction between acoustic modes in extended media
and between components of the Brillouin spectrum
of scattered light. J. E. Piercy. 47:64—1970
Interaction of light with sound in process of stimulated
molecular scattering of light. I. L. Fabelinskii and
V. S. Starunov. 47: 64—1970
Laser excitation of microwave sound. G. Cachier.
47 : 64—1970
Light scattered from thermal fluctuations in gases. A.
Broz, M. Harrigan, R. Kasten, and A. Monkewicz.
47: 64—1970
Low-temperature applications of the stimulated Bril-
louin scattering. \V. Heinicke, G. Winterling, and
K. Dransfeld. 47 : 64—1970
New sensitive spectrometer for 10-300 GHz acoustic
phonons. Charles H. Anderson. 47: 72—1970
Phonon instabilities and interactions near solid-state
phase transitions. Paul A. Fleury. 47: 57-—1970
Quantitative investigations of stimulated Brillouin
scattering. W. Kaiser. 47: 56—1970
Resonance-enhanced Brillouin scattering in crystals.
R. Ito, E. Burstein, A. Pinczuk, and M. L. Shand.
47: 56—1970
10.8	Chemical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves
Abstracts
Optical observation of conical reflection of ultrasound
from liquid-solid boundaries. Orest 1. Diachok and
Walter G. Mayer. 47: 73—1970
Patents
Method of bonding using exothermic adhesive acti-
vated by ultrasonic energy. Ray L. Hauser. 47:
997—1970
10.9	Biological Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. (See also 16.4
and 16.9)
Papers
Physical and chemical aspects of ultrasonic disruption
of cells. P. R. Clarke and C. R. Hill. 47: 649—1970
The role of heat in the production of ultrasonic focal
lesions. John B. Pond. 47: 1607—1970
Abstracts
Optical observation of conical reflection of ultrasound
from liquid-solid boundaries. Orest I. Diachok and
Walter G. Mayer. 47: 73—1970
10.10	Ultrasonic Relaxation Processes in Solids, Liquids
and Gases
Papers
Efficiencies in the exchange of translational and vibra-
tional energies in cyclopropane-argon mixtures.
Alan G. Welsh and Jay E. Taylor. 47: 1274—1970
Free-field technique for measuring ultrasonic dis-
persion and absorption in gases. Harvey Blend. 47:
757—1970
Frequency-offset method for measuring phase shifts
at ultrasonic frequencies. H. J. McSkimin.47:163—
1970
On obtaining transition rates from sound absorption
and dispersion curves. F. Douglas Shields. 47: 1262
—1970
Sound absorption in pure DLS and CO2/D2S mixtures.
F. Douglas Shields and George P. Carney. 47: 1269
—1970
Structural-relaxation dynamics in liquids. C. J.
Montrose and T. A. Litovitz. 47: 1250—1970
Letters to the Editor
Relaxation in kaolin-water mixtures. L. R. B. Duy-
kers. 47: 396—1970
Abstracts
Dynamical model for ultrasonic shear and compres-
sional relaxation in liquids. T. A. Litovitz and C. J.
Montrose. 47: 97—1970
Rotational relaxation in polar diatomic gases. L. B.
Evans and T. G. Winter. 47: 97—1970
Ultrasonic relaxation in alcohol water mixtures. W. M.
Madigosky. 47: 98—1970
Ultrasonic relaxation in aqueous solutions of tetra-
alkyl ammonium salts. Joseph Marchessault, John
Broadhead, and Ernest Yeager. 47 : 98—1970
10.12 Low-Temperature Acoustics. Sound in Liquid Helium
Papers
Movie films of cavitation in superfluid helium. A.
Mosse, M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch. 47:1258—
1970
1678 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
11	RADIATION AND SCATTERING
11.2	Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, and Interference
of Sound Waves. Scattering
Papers
Conical reflection of ultrasound from a liquid-solid
interface. Orest I. Diachok and Walter G. Mayer.
47:155—1970
Coupling through a small aperture in a waveguide.
J. Van Blade!. 47: 202—1970
Curvature corrections to rough-surface scattering at
high frequencies. P. J. Lynch. 47: 804—1970
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. I. Theory. C. S. Clay and H. Medwin. 47:
1412—1970
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. II. Experiment. J. Med win and C. S.
Clay. 47: 1419—1970
Digital analysis of acoustic reflectivity in the Tyr-
rhenian abyssal plain. Ole F. Hastrup. 47: 181—
1970
Energy conservation for rough-surface scattering.
P. J. Lynch and R. J. Wagner. 47: 816—1970
Experimental study of sound-wave phase fluctuations
caused by turbulent wakes. Dieter W. Schmidt and
Peter M. Tilmann. 47: 1310—1970
Interaction of a plane acoustic wave with an elastic
spherical shell. Sing-Chih Tang and David H. Y.
Yen. 47: 1325—1970
Light diffraction by ultrasonic surface waves of arbi-
trary standing-wave ratio. Robert J. Hallermeier
and Walter G. Mayer. 47: 1236—1970
Line admittance of infinite isotropic fluid-loaded
plates. P. Ranganath Nayak. 47: 191—1970
Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point prob-
lem. E. L. Murphy. 47: 899—1970
Multipath reflections from a random surface. John
J. Martin. 47:1303—1970
On a method of generating ultrasonic circularly polar-
ized waves. F. Plicque, J. Feupier, and A. Zarem-
bovitch. 47: 168—1970
Refraction correction in constant gradient media-
D. H. Wood. 47: 1448—1970
Scattering by spherically symmetric inhomogeneities.
George V. Frisk and John A. DeSanto. 47: 172—
1970
Uniformly valid perturbation sereies for wave propa-
gation in an inhomogeneous medium. M. B. Lesser.
47: 1297—1970
Letters to the Editor
Low-frequency sound-propagation anomaly. P. B.
Oncley. 47: 389—1970
Scattering of acoustic impulses by a cylinder in air.
Wayne M. Wright. 47 : 939—1970
Solutions for sound-radiation problems by integral
equations at the critical wavenumbers. George
Chertock. 47: 387—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Bond inspection by dynamic time-average interfero-
metric holography of ultrasonically excited plates.
Robert K. Erf, Herbert G. Aas, and James P.
Waters. 47: 968—1970
11.3
Abstracts
Comparison of the sound fields observed near a tri-
plane, a spherical shell, and a helium balloon. L. P.
Delsasso, V. O. Knudsen, and В. E. Walker. 47:
117—1970
Diffraction about a rigid cylinder in a reverberant
acoustic field. P. K. Kasper and О. C. Bixler. 47:
82—1970
Low-frequency ground attenuation in outdoor noise
measurements. P. B. Oncley. 47: 122—1970
Measurement of acoustic backscatter in air from rough
surfaces using frequency-modulated pulses. J. L.
Markson and R. Stern. 47: 63—1970
Multiple scattering of a pulse from a random collec-
tion of volume scatterers. C. Allan Boyles. 47: 62—
1970
Scattering by spherically symmetric inhonogeneities.
George V. Frisk and John A. DeSanto. 47: 62—
1970
Soluble problems in scattering from rough surfaces.
John A. DeSanto. 47:61—1970
Patents
Acoustic devices. Merton H. Crowell and Dan May-
dan. 47: 998—1970
Velocity and Attenuation of Sound Waves. (See also
10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 13.2, and 13.3)
Papers
Absorption and dispersion of ultrasonic waves in
mixtures containing volatile particles. Edward B.
Goldman. 47: 768—1970
Acoustic characteristics of woods at high hydro-
static pressure. J. L. Lastinger. 47: 285—1970
Interfacia] and Love-type waves in materials with
monoclinic elastic symmetry. Perng-fei Gou. 47:
777—1970
Transient effects in the propagation of a sound pulse
in a viscous liquid. Mark B. Moffett and Robert
T. Beyer. 47: 1241—1970
Wave attenuation in saturated sediments. Robert D.
Stoll and George M. Bryan. 47: 1440—1970
Letters to the Editor
Low-frequency sound-propagation anomaly. P. B.
Oncley. 47: 389—1970
On the Rayleigh equation for elastic surface waves.
H. R. Aggarwal and С. M. Ablow. 47: 1461—1970
Sound speed in pure water and sea water. Vincent A.
Del Grosso. 47: 947—1970
Abstracts
Absorption of sound in air. J. E. Piercy. 47: 97—1970
Analysis of array with nonlinear amplifier/transducer
modules. R. F. DeLaCroix. 47: 55—1970
High pressure properties of acoustic decoupling ma-
terials. R. W. Higgs and L. J. Eriksson. 47: 80-—
1970
Low-frequency ground attenuation in outdoor noise
measurements. P. B. Oncley. 47:122—1970
Statistical analysis of random components of speed
of sound. H. S. Hayre. 47: 62—1970
Patents
Acoustical apparatus for detecting the composition of
a gas. Marvin C. Burk el al. 47; 464—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1679
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
11.4 Waves in Bounded Media. Normal Modes. (See also
11.6)
Papers
Asymptotic analysis of the modes of wave propaga-
tion in a solid cylinder. J. D. Achenbach and S. J.
Fang. 47: 1282—1970
Asymptotic nature of extensional waves in an infinite
elastic plate. G. A. Nariboli and Y. M. Tsai. 47:
857—1970
Effects of a horizontal sound-speed gradient on ray
propagation in a channel. J. T. Warfield and M. J.
Jacobson. 47: 350—1970
Perturbation solution of a hyperbolic equation govern-
ing longitudinal wave propagation in certain non-
uniform bars. Robert T. Wingate and R. T. Davis.
47: 1334—1970
Theoretical investigation of a double family of normal
modes in an underwater acoustic surface duct. M.
A. Pedersen and D. F. Gordon. 47: 304—1970
Wave propagation in an infinite elastic plate in contact
with an inviscid liquid layer. W. W. Walter and G.
L. Anderson. 47: 1398—1970
11.6
Letters to the Editor
Circumferential waves on hollow aluminum cylinders.
S. W. Marshall and T. G. Olson. 47: 949—1970
Comment on “Normal modes of combined structures”
£W. L. Fourney and G. J. O’Hara, J. Acoust. Soc.
Amer. 44, 1220-1224 (1968) J Ralph C. Leibowitz.
47: 393—1970
Further numerical results on the plane-strain vibra-
tions of two-layered elastic cylinders. Michael Chi.
47: 1462—1970
Abstracts
Effects of large panels on eigenvalues of rectangular
rooms. D. J. Ingalls. 47: 117—1970
Method for the calculation of the normal-mode fre-
quencies in irregular rooms. Ronald A. Slusser. 47:
117—1970
Propagation calculations for a parabolic velocity pro-
file. N. C. Nicholas and H. Uberall. 47: 101—1970
Volume back scattering in the Coral Sea. Marshall
Hall. 47: 114—1970
Wave propagation in an infinite elastic plate in con-
tact with an inviscid liquid layer. W. W. Walter
and G. L. Anderson. 47: 55—1970
11.5 Radiation from Vibrating Objects in Air and Other
Gases. Acoustic Impedance. Sources of Sound. (See
also 5.3, 5.8, 12.3z, and 13.7)
11.7
Papers
Acoustic radiation from partially coherent line sources.
John L. Butler and Charles H. Sherman. 47: 1290—
1970
Empirical determination of air-water impedance dif-
ferences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47: 921—
1970
Line admittance of infinite isotropic fluid-loaded
plates. P. Ranganath Nayak. 47: 191—1970
Penetration of a sonic boom into water. Richard K.
Cook. 47: 1430—1970
Letters to the Editor
Solutions for sound-radiation problems by integral
equations at the critical wavenumbers. George
Chertock. 47: 387—-1970
Sound radiation from orthotropic plates. David Feit.
47: 388—1970
Abstracts
Comparison between theory and experiment for a
mechanical Luneberg lens. G. A. Brigham. 47: 56—
1970
Effects of shear-wave propagation in a spherical un-
derwater acoustic lens. Henry R. Feldman. 47: 63—
1970
New method for acoustical radiation problems with
mixed-boundary values. John L. Butler. 47: 55—
1970
Second-harmonic generation in plane-piston beams.
Peter H. Rogers and A. O. Williams, Jr. 47: 82—
1970
Sinusoidal horns. B. N. Nagarkar, T. D. Mathis, A. P.
Ripper, and R. D. Finch. 47: 56—1970
Some solutions to a mixed-boundary-value problem.
L. P. Solomon and N. Schryer. 47 : 55—1970
Sound radiated by beam-stiffened plate. D. Feit and
H. Saurenman. 47: 56—1970
Wave Propagation in Tubes
Papers
Coupling through a small aperture in a waveguide.
J. Van Bladel. 47: 202—1970
Sound transmission through rectangular slots of finite
depth between reverberant rooms. August Sauter,
Jr., and Walter W. Soroka. 47: 5—1970
Letters to the Editor
Comments on “Calculations of eigenvalues for uni-
form fluid waveguides with complicated cross sec-
tions” CP. Laura, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 42, 21-26
(1967) J. M. J. Hine. 47: 1461—1970
Abstracts
Computerized study of finite-amplitude traveling
waves confined to a duct. Alan B. Coppens. 47: 83
—1970
Experimental observation of nonlinear pressure reso-
nance in a piston-driven column of air in a closed
pipe. D. B. Cruikshank, Jr. 47: 82—1970
Modal analysis of sound propagation in a circular duct
and application of in-duct sound measurements .U .
Bolleter and R. C. Chanaud. 47: 116—1970
Standing-wave tube for low-frequency measurements
in the presence of steady How. William S .Gitley
and Victor Simon III. 47: 117—1970
Mathematical Theory of Wave Propagation. Ray
Acoustics. (See also 11.1.5 and 12.7)
Papers
Acoustic radiation from partially coherent line sources.
John L .Butler and Charles H .Sherman .47’.1290
—1970
Asymptotic analysis of the modes of wave propagation
in a solid cylinder. J. D. Achenbach and S .J .Fang .
47: 1282—1970
Closed solution for the initial target-acquiring angle
at the source depth in a linear-gradient ocean.
David T. Raphael. 47: 1437—1970
Coupling through a small aperture in a waveguide.
J. Van Bladel. 47: 202—1970
Curvature corrections to rough-surface scattering at
high frequencies. P. J. Lynch. 47: 804—1970
1680 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Effects of a horizontal sound-speed gradient on ray
propagation in a channel. J. T. Warfield and N. J.
Jacobson. 47: 350—1970
Energy conservation for rough-surface scattering.
P. J. Lynch and R. J. Wagner. 47: 816—1970
Geometric theory of ray tracing. Edward S. Eby. 47:
273—1970
Intensity equations in ray acoustics. III. Exact two-
dimensional formulation. Peter Ugincius. 47: 339—
1970
Interaction of a plane acoustic wave with an elastic
spherical shell. Sing-Chih Tang and David H. Y.
Yen. 47: 1325—1970
Interfacial and Love-type waves in materials with
monoclinic elastic symmetry. Perng-Fei Gou. 47:
777—1970
Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point prob-
lem. E. L. Murphy. 47: 899—1970
Moving and simultaneously fluctuating loads on an
elastic half-plane. Leon M. Keer. 47: 1359—1970
Multipath reflections from a random surface. John J.
Martin. 47: 1303—1970
On the use of slowness diagrams to represent wave
reflections. Stephen H. Crandall. 47: 1338—1970
Oscillatory impact of an inhomogeneous viscoelastic
rod. Im K. Park and Edward L. Reiss. 47: 870—
1970
Perturbation solution of a hyperbolic equation govern-
ing longitudinal wave propagation in certain non-
uniform bars. Robert T. Wingate and R. T. Davis.
47: 1334—1970
Propagation of harmonic waves in composite circular-
cylindrical rods. Anthony E. Armenakas. 47: 822—	Ц.8
1970
Refraction correction in constant gradient media.
D. H. Wood. 47: 1448—1970
Scattering by spherically symmetric inhomogeneites.
George V. Frisk and John A. DeSanto. 47: 172—
1970
Theoretical investigation of a double family of normal
modes in an underwater acoustic surface duct.
M. A. Pedersen and D. F. Gordon. 47: 304—1970
'1'ransient analysis of stress waves around cracks
under antiplane strain. R. J. Ravera and G. C. Sih.
47:875—1970	П.9
Uniformly valid perturbation series for wave propa-
gation in an inhomogeneous medium. M. B. Lesser.
47: 1297—1970
Wage propagation in an infinite elastic plate in con-
tact with an inviscid liquid layer. W. W. Walter
and G. L. Anderson. 47:1398—1970
Letters to the Editor
Near-front stress singularity for impact on an elastic
quarter-space. L. B. Freund and J. W. Phillips. 47:
942—1970
On the Rayleigh equation for elastic surface waves.
H. R. Aggarwal and С. M. Ablow. 47: 1461—1970
Sound radiation from orthotropic plates. David Feit. 12
47: 388—1970
12.1
Abstracts
Acoustic rays in two-dimensional rotating flows.
Richard F. Salant. 47: 81—1970
Computer display of array characteristics. G. W.
Byram and G. V. Olds. 47: 55—1970
Computerized study of finite-amplitude traveling
waves confined to a duct. Alan B. Coppens. 47: 83—
1970
Effects of shear-wave propagation in a spherical un-
derwater acoustic lens. Henry R. Feldman. 47:
63—1970
Experimental prediction of acoustic path stability
from thermistor-chain data. George M. Walsh. 47:
101—1970
Extension of Larmor’s theorem to inhomogeneous
media and its application to radiation into the
shadow zone. A. A. Hudimac. 47: 62—1970
Fast field program. F. R. DiNapoli. 47: 100—1970
Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point prob-
lem. E. L. Murphy. 47: 101—1970
New method for acoustical radiation problems with
mixed-boundary values. John L. Butler. 47: 55—
1970
On the effects of viscosity on sound propagating in a
moving fluid through cylindrical ducts. G. M.
Rentzepis. 47: 83—1970
Some mathematical and computational contributions
to underwater sound propagation. В. O. Koopman
and G. Raisbeck. 47: 100—1970
Some solutions to a mixed-boundary-value problem.
L. P. Solomon and N. Schryer. 47: 55—1970
Sound propagation in a continuous isotropic random
medium. J. A. Neubert. 47: 63—1970
Tensor ray tracing. Edward S. Eby. 47: 100—1970
Underwater sound propagation across the Hawaiian
Arch. J. Northrop. 47: 101—1970
Wave propagation in an infinite elastic p hte in con-
tact with an inviscid liquid layer. W. W . W d ter
and G. L. Anderson. 47: 55—1970
Physical Effects of Sound. (See also 10.2 and 12.11)
Papers
Interaction of a plane acoustic wave with an elastic
spherical shell. Sing-Chih lang and David H. Y.
Yen. 47: 1325—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic force on a liquid droplet in a stationary
sound field. Lawrence A. Crum. 47: 82'—1970
Sounds in the Atmosphere. Infrasound
Abstracts
Effects of atmospheric variations on sound propaga-
tion. R. H. Burrin. 47: 63—1970
Prediction of infrasonic waves from thermonuclear
explosions using Cagniard’s integral transform
method. Allan D. Pierce and Joe W. Posey. 47: 109
—1970
Radiation into the atmosphere by underwater infra-
sound. Richard K. Cook. 47: 109—1970
Some aspects of frontal irfrasound. H. S. Bowman.
47: 109—1970
MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS AND SHOCK
General, Unclassified
Papers
Distribution of maxima in the response of an oscillator
to random excitation. Stephen H. Crandall. 47 : 838
—1970
News
Shock and Vibration Digest. 47: 15—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1681
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
12.3 Instruments and Apparatus Relating to Vibration and
Shock. (See also 5.3, 5.4, 5.9, and 5.21)
Papers
Measurement of power flow in uniform beams and
plates. D. U. Noiseux. 47: 238—1970
Natural frequencies and strain distribution in a ring-
stiffened thick cylindrical shell. Jayant S. Patel
and V. H. Neubert. 47: 248—1970
Normal-mode vibrations of systems of elastically con-
nected concentric rings. K. A. Stead, J. Liu, and
W. H. Hoppmann II. 47: 892—1970
Letters to the Editor
Effective mass of bonded-rubber blocks. N. C. Hil-
yard. 47: 1463—1970
NBS shock tube. 47: 970—1970
Abstracts
Measurement of the dynamic stiffness and loss factor
of elastic mounts as a function of static load. 1. L.
Ver. 47: 114—1970
Optical heterodyne system for measurement and 12.3v
analysis of vibration. F. J. Eberhardt and F. A.
Andrews. 47: 116—1970
Patents
Method and apparatus for observing mechanical oscil-
lations. Murray Strasberg and Hugh M. Fitzpatrick,
47: 1504—1970
12.3f Mechanical Filters. (See also 5.4)
Patents
Tuned floating bodies. John F. Holmes. 47: 1504—
1970
12.3i Vibration Isolators, Attenuators, and Dampers. (See
also 2.11 and 5.21)
Papers
General motion of impact dampers. S. F. Masri. 47:
229—1970
Vibrations of elastic surface systems carrying dynamic
elements. R. G. Jacquot and W. Soedel. 47: 1354—
1970
Abstracts
Fatigue evaluation of noise suppression materials.
David H. Scott. 47: 115—1970
Patents
Motor vibration isolating arrangement. Fritz Schad-
lich. 47: 998—1970
Soundproofed internal combustion engine. Andreas
Scheiterlein, Othmar Skatsche, and Gerhard Thien.
47: 1203—1970
12.3p Vibration Pickups and Indicators. Calibration Equip-
ment and Techniques. (See also 5.9, 5.18, and
13.1 It)
Patents
Accelerometer. Vernon H. Aske. 47: 1203—1970
Accelerometer. Rex B. Peters. 47: 464—1970
Accelerometer. Alexander M. Voutsas. 47:1203—1970
Accelerometers. Barbara K. Lunde. 47: 1203—1970
Angular accelerometer. Bernard Darrel and Paul B.
Boswell. 47: 1203—1970
Droplet accelerometer. Barbara K. Lunde. 47: 1204—
1970
Eddy sonic inspection method. R. J. Botsco. 47: 50—
1970
Electromechanical transducer. Robert B. Stanish.
47: 1504—1970
Magnetostrictive load cells. Raymond J. Radus. 47:
1504—1970
Piezoelectric transducer. Lew Forrest. 47 : 1203—1970
Sound and vibration detector device. William A.
Dittrick. 47: 1504—1970
Spring suspension for a low-frequency geophone.
Walter P. Johnson 111. 47: 49—1970
Transducer pickup. Howard Pitt and Marshall Can-
tor. 47: 1504—1970
Vibrating cord accelerometers. Raymond Mathey and
Jean Louis Vernet. 47:1204—1970
Wide band accelerometer. John R. Hayer and Richard
D. McGunigle. 47: 464—1970
Vibration Generators. Shake Tables. (See also 5.21)
Patents
Apparatus including an orbiting-mass sonic oscillator
for slip-forming concrete. Albert G. Bodine, Jr. 47:
464—1970
Electro-mechanical transducer. William Dickinson.
47: 1204—1970
Locomotive traction increased by sonic vibrations.
A. G. Bodine, Jr. 47: 464—1970
Locomotive traction increased by sonic vibrations.
Albert G. Bodine, Jr. 47: 753—1970
Method and apparatus for rock crushing utilizing
sonic wave action. Albert G. Bodine. 47: 1505-—
1970
Pneumatic transformer coupling for sonic pile driver.
47: 50—1970
Portable sonic hand tool with means for reducing the
effects of operator bias upon transducer ou tpu tan d
efficiency. Robert H . Riley ,Jr ,,and John W .Wood .
47:988—1970
Sonic earth cutting machine. Willard B. Goodman. 47:
51—1970
Sonic method and apparatus for breaking crusts on
agricultural soil. A. G. Bodine. 47: 50—1970
Sonic method and apparatus for breaking crusts on
agricultural soil. Albert G. Bodine. 47 : 753—1970
Sonic method and apparatus for demolition of struc-
tures. Albert G. Bodine. 47 : 464—1970
Sonic method and apparatus for facilitating gravity
flow of granular material. A. G. Bodine, Jr. 47:
754—1970
Sonic method and apparatus for making and drying
wood veneer and the like. A. G. Bodine. 47: 753—
1970
Sonic subsurface soil cultivator. A. G. Bodine, Jr. 47:
50—1970
Sonic subsurface soil cultivator. Albert G. Bodine, Jr.
47:753—1970
Sonic vibration generator. Albert G. Bodine, Jr. 47:
464—1970
Specimen acceleration limiter for vibration exciter.
Gabriel Hajian. 47: 1204—1970
Sprayer. A. G. Bodine. 47: 754—1970
1682 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
12.3z Mechanical Impedance Measurement, also (See 5.3
and 11.5)
Papers
Driving-point impedances of cantilever beams—com-
parison of measurement and theory. R. L. Kerlin
and J. C. Snowdon. 47: 220—1970
Empirical determination of air-water impedance dif-
ferences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47: 921—
1970
12.5 Shock. (See also 14.2 and 13.10)
Papers
Dynamic bulk moduli of several solids impacted by
weak shoekwaves. N. L. Gt le burn. 47; 269-1970
Existence and stability of periodic motions of a har-
monically forced impacting system. M. Senator.
47: 1390—1970
In-plane transient response of a sandwich ring to
radial impact. M. J. Sagartz, L. M. Keer, and G.
Herrmann. 47: 1381—1970
Optimum damping and stiffness in nonlinear single-
degree-of-freedom systems. 1. Ground acceleration
shock. John D. Kemper and Robert S. Ayre. 47:
846—1970
Optimum damping and stiffness in nonlinear single-
degree-of-freedom systems. II. Velocity shock.
John D. Kemper and Robert S. Ayre. 47: 852—
1970
Transient analysis of stress waves around cracks un-
der antiplane strain. R. J. Ravera and G. C. Sih.
47: 875—1970
12.7 Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Vibrating
Systems. (See also 11.1.5, 11.4, and 11.7)
Papers
Dynamic response of elastic bodies to an oscillating
point mass. Theodore F. Raske and Ki S. Joung.
47: 1375—1970
Existence and stability of periodic motions of a har-
monically forced impacting system. M. Senator.
47: 1390—1970
General motion of impact dampers. S. F. Masri. 47:
229—1970
In-plane transient response of a sandwich ring to
radial impact. M. J. Sagartz, L. M. Keer, and G.
Herrmann. 47: 1381—1970
Moving and simultaneously fluctuating loads on an
elastic half-plane. Leon M. Keer. 47: 1359—1970
Normal-mode vibrations of systems of elastically con-
nected concentric rings. K. A. Stead, J. Liu, and
W. H. Hoppman II. 47: 892—1970
On the use of slowness diagrams to represent wave re-
flections. Stephen H. Crandall. 47: 1338—1970
Optimum damping and stiffness in nonlinear single-
degree-of-freedom systems. 1. Ground acceleration
shock. John D. Kemper and Robert S. Ayre. 47:
846—1970
Optimum damping and stiffness in nonlinear single-
degree-of-freedom systems. II. Velocity shock.
John D. Kemper and Robert S. Ayre. 47: 852—-
1970
Propagation of harmonic waves in composite circular-
cylindrical rods. Anthony E. Armenakas. 47: 822—
1970
Transient analysis of stress waves around cracks under
anitplane strain. R. J. Ravera and G. C. Sih. 47:
875—1970
Vibrations of elastic surface systems carrying dynamic
elements. R. G. Jacquot and \V. Doedel. 47: 1354—
1970
Letters to the Editor
Comment on “Normal modes of combined structures"
[W. L. Fourney and F. J. O’Hara, J. Acoust. Soc.
Amer. 44, 1220-1224 (1968)]. Ralph C. Leibowitz.
47: 393—1970
Effective mass of bonded-rubber blocks. N. C. Hil-
yard. 47: 1463—1970
First-passage time problem. Jann-Nan Yang and
Masanobu Shinozuka. 47: 393—1970
Near-front stress singularity for impact on an elastic
quarter-space. L. B. Freund and J. W. Phillips. 47:
942—1970
Abstracts
Displacement first passage of the transient response
of linear vibration system with stationary random
excitation. Raymond G. Jacquot. 47: 126—1970
Existence and stability of periodic motions of a har-
monically forced impacting system. M. Senator.
47:125—1970
Measurement of the dynamic stiffness and loss factor
of elastic mounts as a function of static load. I. L.
Ver. 47: 114—1970
Membrane application of second-order ^inseparables.
Donald S. Moseley. 47: 126—1970
On the significance of coupled solutions in vibration
analysis of piezoelectric cylindrical shells. Arturs
Kalnins and Douglas S. Drumheller. 47: 71—1970
Optical heterodyne system for measurement and
analysis of vibration F. J. Eberhardt and F. A.
Andrews. 47: 116—1970
Pulse excitation of railway wheels. D. E. Bray and
R. D. Finch. 47: 114—1970
Response of a plate to noise in a supporting elastic
medium. Paul J. Remington. 47: 114—-1970
Upper and lower bounds on the Nth eigenvalue of
vibrating anisotropic solids. Paul Hertelendy. 47:
72—1970
Vibrations of elastic surface systems carrying dynamic
elements. R. G. Jacquot and \V. Soedel. 47: 126—
1970
12.7.1 Vibrations of Strings, Rods, and Beams
Papers
Asymptotic analysis of the inodes of wave propagation
in a solid cylinder. J. D. Achenbach and S. J. Fang.
47: 1282—1970
Driving-point impedances of can tf lever beams—com-
parison of measurement and theory. R. L. Kerlin
and J. C. Snowdon. 47: 220—1970
Measurement of power flow in uniform beams and
plates. D. U. Noiseux. 47: 238—1970
Oscillatory impact of an inhomogeneous viscoelastic
rod. Im K. Park and Edward L. Reiss. 47:870—1970
Perturbation solution of a hyperbolic equation govern-
ing longitudinal wave propagation in certain nonuni-
form bars. Robert T. Wingate and R. T. Davis. 47:
1334—1970
Vibrations of a dissipative composite lumped-dis-
tributed system. H. Herman and M. Pappas. 47:
211—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1683
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Abstracts
On the forced vibration of a nonlinear stretched string.
К. 1. Beitin. 47: 126—1970
Single-concept films for classroom demonstration. M.
Beck and W. Strong. 47: 1.32—1970
12.7.2 Vibrations of Plates
Papers
Asymptotic nature of extensional waves in an infinite
elastic plate. G. A. Nariboli and Y. M. Tsai. 47:
857—1970
Forced vibration of internally damped circular plates
with supported and free boundaries. J. C. Snowdon.
47: 882—1970
Measurement of power flow in uniform beams and
plates. D. U. Noiseux. 47:238—1970
Wave propagation in an infinite elastic plate in con-
tact with an inviscid liquid layer. W. W. Walter
and G. L. Anderson. 47: 1398—1970
Letters to the Editor
Forced vibration of cylindrically orthotropic circular
plates. P. X. Bellini and F. J. Dzialo. 47:940—-1970
Abstracts
Effects of a bar stiffener on the flexural response of a
reinforced circular ring. M. Shivaram and W. S.
Mitchell. 47:126—1970
12.7.3 Vibrations of Shells
Papers
Dynamic shell theory for ferroelectric ceramics.
Douglas S. Drumheller and Arturs Kalnins. 47:
1343—1970
Natural frequencies and strain distribution in a ring-
stiffened thick cylindrical shell. Jayant S. Patel and
V. H. Neubert. 47: 248—1970
Vibration of an aelotropic spherical shell. С. V.
Ramakrishnan and A. H. Shah. 47: 1366—1970
Vibrations of closed and open sandwich cylindrical
shells using refined theory. Joseph Padovan and
Bernard Koplik. 47: 862—1970
Letters to the Editor
Free vibrational analysis of sandwich conical shells
with free edges. Chun Ghung Siu and Charles W.
Bert. 47: 943—1970
Further numerical results on the plane-strain vibra-
tions of two-layered elastic cylinders. Michael Chi.
47: 1462—1970
Thermal analogy for the dynamics of piezoelectric
shells. J. P. Г Wilkinson. 47:945—1970
Abstracts
Dynamic Green’s function technique applied to shells
loaded by moments. U. Bolleter and W. Soedel. 47:
126—1970
Free vibrations of spherical sandwich shells. S. Mirza
and A. G. Doige. 47: 125—1970
Response of a cylindrical shell to localized direct radi-
ation. Ghassan R. Khabbaz. 47:114—1970
Response of a thin-walled cylindrical duct to a random
pressure field. H. Khosrovani, R. Cohen, and R. C.
Chanaud. 47: 115—1970
12.10
Seismology. Geophysical Prospecting. Seismographs
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Easy method for measuring the natural frequency
and damping ratio of electromagnetic seismic vi-
bration pickups. S. Braun. 47: 969—1970
Patents
Acoustic apparatus for mapping the surface char-
acteristics of a borehole. William L. Roever. 47:
465—1970
Acoustic method for mapping the surface character-
istics of a borehole. James C. Adair. 47: 998—1970
Acoustic well logging system and method for detecting
fractures. Jay D. Loren. 47: 998—1970
Apparatus and method for continuous marine multi-
channel seismic exploration. Jack M. Proffitt. 47’.
754—1970
Apparatus and method using ultrasonic radiation for
mapping the wall of a borehole. Noyes D. Smith,
Jr., and Charles B. Vogel. 47: 1205—1970
Cancellation of horizontally traveling noise in marine
seismic exploration. Ben F. Gils and Howard L.
Viger. 47: 755—1970
Combined actuator and catcher for gas exploders.
William J. Gundlach. 47:998—1970
Crossfeed gating system for borehole televiewer.
Arvindbhar S. Patel. 47: 1205—1970
Digitally controlled vibrational seismic prospecting.
Kenneth H. Waters and Billey J. Heath. 47: 51-—
1970
Extendable intersection hydrophone arrays. Carl H.
Savit. 47:51—1970
Extendable intrasection hydrophone arrays. Booth
B. Strange. 47: 754—1970
Gas exploder seismic source with cavitation erosion
protection. Lauren G. Kilmer. 47: 998—1970
Marine vibrator devices. Graydon L. Brown and Del-
bert W. Fair. 47:1205—1970
Method and apparatus for detecting the presence of
enemy personnel in subterranean chambers. Louis
R. Padberg, Jr. 47: 1204—1970
Method of generating repetitive seismic shock waves.
Lauren G. Kilmer. 47:999—1970
Neutrally buoyant hydrophone streamer. Joel D.
King. 47: 1505—1970
Noise analysis for seismic system. Thomas L. Smither-
man. 47: 1505—1970
Orientation sensing system for well logging tool for
use in deviated boreholes. Joseph Zemanek, Jr. 47:
999—1970
Processing identified seismic tape recordings. Robert
D. Forester and Josephus O. Parr, Jr. 47: 755—1970
Read after write digital field system monitor. Edwin
B. Neitzel. 47: 754—1970
Recording technique for eliminating periodic noise
from seismic signals. Albert C. Reid. 47: 465—1970
Resonant vibratory driving of substantially horizontal
pipe. Leo R. Newfarmer. 47: 755—1970
Seismic method. Edward D . Griffith and Horace R .
Crawford. 47: 1505—1970
Seismic processing employing discrete pulse deconvo-
lution. Ralph A. Landrum, Jr. 47 : 754—1970
Seismic prospecting. Herschel R. Snodgrass. 47 ‘.998—
1970
Seismic surveying using truncated monofrequency
wave trains. Daniel Silverman. 47: 1505—1970
Seismic wave generating apparatus. Lauren G. Kil-
mer. 47: 999—1970
1684 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Seismic wave source using explosive gas in an expan-
sible enclosure. Adelbert Barry, Franklin L.
Chalmers, and John B. Pearson. 47: 999—-1970
Seismic wavelength filtering in optical data process-
ing. Philip L. Lawrence. 47: 465—1970
Shallow water seismic prospecting cable. John J. Babb.
47: 51—1970
Sonic earth cutting machine. Willard B. Goodman.
47:755—1970
Sonic logging apparatus. Bruce F. Wiley. 47: 465-—
1970
System for recording a minor number of information
channels in a multichannel summing recording sys-
tem. James A. Porter, Jr. 47: 1505—1970
Wave generator arrays for marine seismic exploration.
Ben F. Giles. 47: 1505—1970
12.11 Effect of Sound on Structures. Fatigue. (See also
11.8)
Papers
Interaction of a plane acoustic wave with an elastic
spherical shell. Sing-Chih Tang and David H. Y.
Yen. 47: 1325—1970
Letters to the Editor
Fatigue damage under wide-band random stress.
Michael C. Bernard and John W. Shipley. 47: 390—
1970
First-passage time problem. Jann-Nan Yang and
Masanobu Shinozuka. 47 : 393—1970
Abstracts
Computer programs for sonically induced vibration
of structures. Tsin N. Lee and С. K. Liu. 47: 125—
1970
Computer solution of the response of complex struc-
tures to random excitation. Bruce A. Rommel and
George F. Racker. 47: 102—-1970
Determination of the pressure cross correlation on a
cylindrical body due to rocket exhaust noise. Jess
H. Jones, Luke Schutzenhofer, Stanley H. Guest,
and Gilbert A. Wilhold. 47: 90—1970
Extrapolation techniques for predicting structural
responses to aeroacoustic loads. Allan G. Piersol.
47: 103—1970
Internal-force and moment-response equations for
structures exposed to aeroacoustic excitation. Harry
Himelblau. 47: 102—1970
Interpretations of cross-correlation and cross-spectra
measurements of boundary layer turbulence and
panel response. P. H. \\ hite. 47:115—1970
Modal response of cylinders to various acoustic
fields. Robert W. White. 47: 102—1970
Predicting spacecraft acoustically induced random
vibration flight and test environments. F. F. Kaz-
mierczak and A. L. Ikola. 47: 125—1970
Response of a plate to noise in a supporting elastic
medium. Paul J. Remington. 47:114—1970
Response of ground structures to sonic loads. Louis
C. Sutherland. 47: 103—1970
Separation of dispersive and nondispersive energy
through correlation techniques. Earl DuBack and
Robert Weiss. 47: 115—1970
Separation of multipath energy in dispersive media.
Robert Weiss. 47: 115—1970
Sonic fatigue of aircraft structures due to fan noise.
I. Holehouse. 47: 115—1970
Supersonic turbulence-induced pressure fluctuations.
Herbert Saunders and Richard I. Johnson. 47: 90—
1970
What good is statistical energy analysis anyway?
Richard H. Lyon. 47: 103—1070
Patents
Method of sonic press fitting. A. G. Bodine. 47: 999—
1970
UNDERWATER SOUND
General, Unclassified
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
Procedure to compute the depth of a pressure-sensing
device. Volker Graefe and Richard Latham. 47:
443—1970
Book Reviews
Physics of Sound in the Sea. (Reviewed by David C.
Whitmarsh). 47: 1162—1970
News
Mayer, G. M., honored. 47: 452—1970
Underwater scientist exchange program. 47: 452—
1970
Propagation of Sound in Water. Attenuation. Fluctu-
ation
Papers
Acoustic radiation from partially coherent line
sources. John L. Butler and Charles H. Sherman.
47: 1290—1970
Closed solution for the initial target-acquiring angle
at the source depth in a linear-gradient ocean.
David T. Raphael. 47: 1437—1970
Effects of a horizontal sound-speed gradient on ray
propagation in a channel. J. T. Warfield and M. J.
Jacobson. 47: 350—1970
Geometric theory of ray tracing. Edward S. Eby. 47:
273—1970
1 mportance of the Fresnel correction in scattering from
a rough surface. 1. Phase and amplitude fluctuations.
D. R. Melton and C. W. Horton, Sr. 47: 290—1970
Importance of the Fresnel correction in scattering
from a rough surface. IL Scattering coefficient.
C. W. Horton, Sr., and D. R. Melton. 47: 299—
1970
Intensity equations in ray acoustics. III. Exact two-
dimensional formulation. Peter Ugincius. 47: 339—
1970
Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point prob-
lem. E. L. Murphy. 47: 899-—1970
Theoretical investigation of a double family of normal
modes in an underwater acoustic surface duct.
M. A. Pedersen and D. F. Gordon. 47: 304—1970
Wave attenuation in saturated sediments. Robert D.
Stoll and George M. Bryan. 47: 1440—1970
Abstracts
Additional data on underwater sound localization.
Harry Hollien, J. L. Lauer, and Patricia Paul. 47:
127—1970
Experimental digital system for the prediction of
underwater sound propagation. D. C. Tate. 47:
101—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1685
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Fast field program. F. R. DiNapoli. 47: 100—1970
Fluctuations in the reflections of low-frequency
acoustic pulses from the ocean surface. M. Vertner
Brown and Alfred Saenger. 47:113—1970
Model for low-frequency sound propagation in deep
water. J. B. Franklin, A. Mohammed, and R. J.
Jordan. 47: 101—1970
Modified ray theory for the two-turning-point prob-
lem. E. L. Murphy. 47: 101—1970
Possible relations between a plane wave and waves
refracted from large, weak inhomogeneities. H. W.
Broek. 47: 102—1970
Radiation into the atmosphere by underwater infra-
sound. Richard K. Cook. 47: 109—1970
•Some mathematical and computational contributions
to underwater sound propagation. В. O. Koopman
and G. Raisbeck. 47: 100—1970
Tensor ray tracing. Edward S. Eby. 47: 100—1970
Time-smear and frequency-smear studies on the
BIFI range. Bernard Sussman and William G.
Kanabis. 47: 101—1970
Underwater sound propagation across the Hawaiian
Arch. J. Northrop. 47: 101—1970
Volume back scattering in the Coral Sea. Marshall
Hall. 47: 114—1970
13.3 Velocity of Sound in Water. Refraction. Doppler
Effect
Papers
Doppler characteristics of a sonar signal propagating
through an anisotropic medium whose index of
refraction is a function of time. Laurent A. Broca.
47: 265—1970
Intensity equations in ray acoustics. Ill. Exact two-
dimensional formulation. Peter Ugincius. 47: 339—
1970
Refraction correction in constant gradient media.
D. H. Wood. 47: 1448—1970
Letters to the Editor
Sound speed in pure water and sea water. Vincent A.
Del Grosso. 47: 947—1970
Abstracts
Experimental digital system for the prediction of
underwater sound propagation. D. C. Tate. 47: 101
—1970
Experimental prediction of acoustic path siahTty
from thermistor-chain data. George M. Wai 41.
47: 101—1970
Possible relations between a plane wave and waves
refracted from large, weak inhomogeneities. H. W.
Broek. 47: 102—1970
Propagation calculations for a parabolic velocity
profile. N. C. N'ichd as a id H . Uber all. 47 •. 101 — 1^.5
1970
Some mathematical and computational contributions
to underwater sound propagation. В. O. Koopman
and G. Raisbeck. 47: 100—1970
13.4 Reflection. Echoes. Structures for Absorbing Sound
in Water	13.6
Papers
Acoustic characteristics of woods at high hydrostatic
pressure. J. L. Lastinger. 47: 285—1970
Curvature corrections to rough-surface scattering at
high frequencies. P. J. Lynch. 47: 804—1970
Digital analysis of acoustic reflectivity in the Tyr-
rhenian abyssal plain. Ole F. Hastrup. 47: 181—
1970
Energy conservation for rough-surface scattering.
P. J. Lynch and R. J. Wagner. 47: 816—1970
Importance of the Fresnel correction in scattering
from a rough surface. I. Phase and amplitude fluc-
tuations. D. R. Melton and C. W. Horton, Sr. 47:
290—1970
Importance of the Fresnel correction in scattering
from a rough surface. II. Scattering coefficient. C.
W. Horton, Sr., and D. R. Melton. 47: 299—1970
Interaction of a plane acoustic wave with an elastic
spherical shell. Sing-Chih Tang and David H. Y.
Yen. 47: 1325—1970
Line admittance of infinite isotropic fluid-loaded
plates. P. Ranganath Nayak. 47: 191—1970
Multipath reflections from a random surface. John J.
Martin. 47: 1303—1970
Scattering by spherically symmetric inhomogeneities.
George V. Frisk and John A. DeSanto. 47: 172—
1970
Survey of literature on reflection and scattering of
sound waves at sea surface. Leonard Fortuin.47‘.
1209—1970
Letters to the Editor
Solutions for sound-radiation problems by integral
equations at the critical wavenumbers. George
Chertock. 47: 387—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic spectra of specular and near-specular scat-
tering from a three-dimensional traveling sinusoidal
surface. William I. Roderick. 47: 112—1970
Application of Love waves to object location and mea-
surement in the sea bottom. A. A. Hudimac, R.
Welsh, and G. Koopmann. 47 : 113—1970
Empirical determination of air-water impedance
differences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47:
113—1970
Fluctuations in the reflections of low-frequency
acoustic pulses from the ocean surface. M. Vertner
Brown and Alfred Saenger. 47 : 113—1970
Measured time and frequency sprea dhg ofacous tc
signals reflected from the sea surface. R. S. Thomas.
47-.112 -1970
Spectrum of a reflected signal from a time-varying
stochastic surface. Benjamin F. Cron and Albert
H. Nuttall. 47: 112—1970
Specular scattering of underwater sound from aniso-
tropic sea and swell surfaces. Ned Mayo and Her-
man M ed win. 47 : 112 —1970
Interference. Diffraction
Letters to the Editor
Transmitted waves in the diffraction of sound from
liquid cylinders. Donald Brill and H. Uberall. 47:
1467—1970
Scattering. Reverberation in Water
Papers
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. I. Theory. C. S. Clay and H. Medwin.
47: 1412—1970
1686 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. II. Experiment. H. Medwin and C. S.
Clay. 47: 1419—1970
Horizontal coherence of explosive reverberation. R. J.
Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 909—1970
Importance of the Fresnel correction in scattering
from a rough surface. I. Phase and amplitude fluc-
tuations. D. R. Melton and C. W. Horton, Sr. 47:
290—1970
Importance of the Fresnel correction in scattering
from a rough surface. II. Scattering coefficient.
C. W. Horton, Sr., and D. R. Melton. 47: 299—1970
Survey of literature on reflection and scattering of
sound waves at sea surface. Leonard Fortuin. 47:
1209—1970
Vertical coherence of shallow-water reverberation.
R. J. Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 342—1970
Letters to the Editor
Circumferential waves on hollow aluminum cylinders.
S. W. Marshall and T. G. Olson. 47: 949—1970
On the energy transported with a sound pulse. Robert
W. Young. 47: 441—1970
Transmitted waves in the diffraction of sound from
liquid cylinders. Donald Brill and H. Uberall. 47:
1467—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic spectra of specular and near-specular scat-
tering from a three-dimensional traveling sinusoi-
dal surface. William I. Roderick. 47: 112—1970
Application of Love waves to object location and mea-
surement in the sea bottom. A. A. Hudimac, R.
Welsh, and G. Koopmann. 47: 113—1970
Diffraction of a sound pulse by a solid cylinder in
water. W. G. Neubauer and L. R. Dragonette. 47:
62—1970
Fluctuations in the reflections of low-frequency acous-
tic pulses from the ocean surface. M. Vertrer
Brown and Alfred Saenger. 47". 113—-1970
Measured time and frequency spreading of acoustic
signals reflected from the sea surface. R. S. Thomas.
47: 112—1970
Soluble problems in scattering from rough surfaces.
John A. DeSanto. 47: 63—1970
Spectrum of a reflected signal from a time-varying
stochastic surface. Benjamin F. Cron and Albert
H. Nuttall. 47: 112—1970
Specular scattering of underwater sound from aniso-
tropic sea and swell surfaces. Ned Mayo and Her-
man Medwin. 47: 112—1970
Statistical studies of back-scattered sound near 28
kHz. Paul H. Moose and R. L. Swarts. 47: 113—
1970
Vertical coherence of shallow-water reverberation.
R. J. Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 113—1970
13.7 Radiation from Objects Vibrating under Water.
Acoustical and Mechanical Impedance. Normal
Modes. (See also 5.3, 11.5, and 12.3z)
Papers
Acoustic radiation from partially coherent line
sources. John L. Butler and Charles H. Sherman.
47: 1290—1970
Empirical determination of air-water impedance dif-
ferences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47: 921—
1970
Line admittance of infinite isotropic fluid-loaded
plates. P. Ranganath Nayak. 47: 191—1970
Penetration of a sonic boom into water. Richard K.
Cook. 47: 1430—1970
Letters to the Editor
Circumferential waves on hollow aluminum cylinders.
S. W. Marshall and T. G. Olson. 47: 949—1970
Comment on “Analysis of an integral equation arising
from the investigation of vertical directivity of sea
noise” EM. W. Anderson and R. L. Tittle, J. Acoust.
Soc. Amer. 45, 1129-1133 (1969)J. D. C. Stickler
and G. R. Fox. 47:1470—1970
Solutions for sound-radiation problems by integral
equations at the critical wavenumbers. George
Chertock. 47: 387—1970
Sound radiation from orthotropic plates. David Feit.
47: 388—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic radiation from fluid-loaded rectangular
plates. Huw G. Davies. 47: 56—-1970
Analysis of array with nonlinear amplifier/transducer
modules. R. F. DeLaCroix. 47: 55—1970
Computer display of array characteristics. G. W.
Byram and G. V. Olds. 47: 55—1970
Empirical determination of air-water impedance
differences in small tanks. Burton A. Weiss. 47: 113
—1970
Numercial calculation of farfield of transducer array
near critical frequency. George Chertock. 47: 55—
1970
Subharmonics of the bubble equation addenda. L. P.
Solomon and L .L .Evans .47 '.92—1970
Transient radiation loading on spherical sonar arrays.
M. C. Junger and J. M. Garrelick. 47: 54—1970
Sound Generation by Liquid Motion. Bubbles.
Splashes. Turbulence. (See also 13.12 and 14.7)
Papers
Deconvolution for removing the effects of the bubble
pulses of explosive charges. Jens M. Hovem. 47:
281—1970
I nsti'l't у <4 th e met'ion <4 a pd sd'ingb ibbl e'in a
sound field. Anthony I. Eller and Lawrence A.
Gum. 47: 762-197)
Letters to the Editor
Comments on “Analysis of an integral equation aris-
ing from the investigation of vertical directivity of
sea noise” EM. W. Anderson and R. L. Tittle, J.
Acoust .Soc .Amer .45,1129 4133 (1969)] .D .C .
Stickler and G. R. Fox. 47 : 1470—1970
Comments on “Effect of air bubbles in the external
auditory meatus on under water he ;ri ng th redi -
olds" EH. Hollien and J. F. Brandt, J. Acoust. Soc.
Amer. 46, 384—387 (1969)J. Benjamin B. Bauer.
47: 1465—1970
Damping constants of pulsating bubbles. Anthony I.
Eller. 47: 1469—1970
Abstracts
Subharmonics of the bubble equation addenda. L. P.
Solomon and L. L. Evans. 47: 92—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1687
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Patents
Acoustic turbulent water-flow tunnel. George F.
Carey, John E. Chlupsa, Howard H. Schloemer, and
Emanuel F. King. 47: 1205—1970
13.9 Noise in Water. Ship Noise. Flow Noise. Biological
Noises. (See also 7.7 and 14.7)
Papers
Penetration of a sonic boom into water. Richard K.
Cook. 47: 1430—1970
Zero-crossing shift as a detection method. N. Bom and
B. W. Conolly. 47: 1408—1970
Letters to the Editor
Comments on “Analysis of an integral equation arising
from the investigation of vertical directivity of sea
noise” EM. W. Anderson and R. L. Tittle, J. Acoust.
Soc. Amer. 45, 1129-1133 (1969)]. D. C. Stickler
and G. R. Fox. 47: 1470—1970
Comments on "Vertical directionality of ambient
noise in the deep ocean at a site near Bermuda”
EE. H. Axelrod, B. A. Schoomer, and W. A. Von
Winkle, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 37, 77-83 (1965)]
and “Ambient-noise directivity measurements”
EG. R. Fox, J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. 36, 1537-1540
(1964)]. Wayne W. Crouch. 47 : 394—1970
Abstracts
Incoherent hydrophone arrays to reduce variance in
underwater noise measurements. W. D. Mark and
B. G. Watters. 47:113—1970
Noise generated by a descending hydrophone. H. E.
Dahlke and R. J. Kidani. 47: 92—1970
Turbulent-boundary-layer pressure fluctuations over
rough walls. William K. Blake. 47: 92—-1970
Wavenumber-frequency spectra of turbulent bound-
ary layer pressure measured by microphone arrays.
William K. Blake and David M. Chase. 47: 92—
1970
Patents
Sound producing device for fishing. Edward Lux. 47:
999—1970
13.10 Underwater Macrosonics. Explosions. Distortion.
(See also 5.22, 14.2, and 12.5)
Papers
Deconvolution for removing the effects of the bubble
pulses of explosive charges. Jens M. Hovem. 47:
281—1970
Dynamic bulk moduli of several solids impacted by
weak shockwaves. N. L. Coleburn. 47: 269—1970
Horizontal coherence of explosive reverberation.
R. J. Urick and G. R. Lund, 47: 909—1970
Abstracts
Evolution of explosion pressure-wave characteristics
in the region relatively close to the origin. A. B.
Arons. 47: 91—1970
Measurements of source characteristics of the shock
wave from small TNT charges in the deep ocean.
L. C. Maples and W. H. Thorp. 47: 91—1970
Self-demodulation of a pulsed sinusoidal acoustic
wave in water. Robert H. Mellen and David G.
Browning. 47: 92—1970
Underwater explosion signals measured at long ranges.
J. B. Hershey. 47: 91—1970
Workshop: Underwater explosive sound sources. 47:
110—1970
13.11 Instruments Relating to Underwater Sound. Calibrat-
ing Devices
Papers
Vertical coherence of shallow-water reverberation.
R. J. Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 342—1970
Abstracts
Response of a cylindrical shell to localized direct radi-
ation. Ghassan R. Khabbaz. 47: 114—1970
Response of a thin-walled cylindrical duct to a random
pressure field. H. Khosrovani, R. Cohen, and R. C.
Chanaud. 47: 115—1970
Results of television data transmitted acoustically via
a water medium. D. L. Guthals. 47: 124—1970
Patents
Alarm system. Nichols L. Campana, Frank J. Cam-
pano, and Louis F. Lombardi. 47: 1506—1970
13.1 In Navigational Instruments Using Underwater Sound.
Underwater Listening and Echo-Ranging Devices.
Sonar
Papers
Closed solution for the initial target-acquiring angle
at the source depth in a linear-gradient ocean.
David T. Raphael. 47: 1437—1970
Directivity of sonar receiving arrays. William C.
Queen. 47: 711—1970
Doppler characteristics of a sonar signal propagating
through an anisotropic medium whose index of
refraction is a function of time. Laurent A. Broca.
47: 265—1970
Exact theory of tracking of moving underwater object
by short-base navigation system attached to an im-
perfectly stabilized moving ship. Ramesh N.
Vaishnav and Edward B. Magrab. 47: 912—1970
Horizontal coherence of explosive reverberation. R. J.
Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 909—1970
Refraction correction in constant gradient media.
D. H. Wood. 47:1448—1970
Zero-crossing shift as a detection method. N. Bom
and B. W. Conolly. 47: 1408—1970
Abstracts
Bearing errors inherent in the use of passive sonar ar-
rays. J. R. Nitsche and F. J. Waters. 47: 113—-1970
Doppler dispersion losses in the reduced averaging
processor for the linear swept FM pulse. S. P. Lee.
47: 123—1970
Signal waveform design for a correlation echo sounder.
James F. Bartram and David A. Pitassi. 47: 123—
1970
Target detection using echo-to-echo cross covariance.
Michael A. Cosgrove. 47: 123—1970
Testing for isotropy. L. L. Scharf and С. E. Schmid.
47: 123—1970
Patents
Acoustic mapping apparatus. George M. Walsh. 47:
1205—1970
Apparatus for displaying the direction of incident
plane waves. Gtinter Ziehm. Karl-Friedrich Trie-
bold, Alfred Schief, and Reinhard W. Leisterer. 47:
466—1970
1688 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Apparatus for improving the recognition of echoes in
sonar systems. Reinhard Wilhelm Leisterer. 47:
999—1970
Beam forming technique and implementation for sonar
simulation. Myron N. Kaufman and Melvin Lind-
ner. 47: 1506—1970
Circuit arrangement for echo sounders. Heinz Wilhelm
Purnhagen. 47: 51—1970
Deep water homing device. Marvin Cappel, Jr., and
David R. Sutton. 47: 999—1970
Device for simulating progressively delayed outputs
linear hydrophone array. Samuel W. Autrey. 47:
1506—1970
Directional sonar system. Ernest A. Granfors, Don L.
Loveless, Charles F. Boyle, and Harry W. Kom-
panek. 47: 466—1970
Echo detection and ranging system. Francis J. Mur-
phree. 47: 51—1970
Faired cable. Henry H. Loshigian. 47: 465—1970
Navigation system. Joseph Abruzzo, Andrew P. Cox,
Jr., and Raymond F. Hollandbeck. 47: 755—1970
Passive sonar bearing and frequency detecting and
indicating system. Milton D. Papineau and Claude
C. Routh. 47: 52—1970
Radio sonobuoy. Ronald H. Taplin. 47: 755—1970
Sea bottom classifier. William C. Stanley, William G.
Harris, Jr., and Edward G. McLeroy, Jr. 47 : 1000—
1970
Small boat sonar. Louis R. Padberg, Jr., Fred D.
Parker, and Merwin R. Markland. 47: 51—1970
Sonar system. Ted I. Haney and Henry L. Warner.
47: 755—1970
Streamlined missile device for location of submarines.
Robert E. Peterson. 47: 1506—1970
Ultrasonic homing beacon and communication equip-
ment for underwater swimmers. Frank Mass, Jr.
47: 1506—1970
Underwater acoustic navigation system. Samuel Pure
and John D. Wallace. 47: 755—1970
Underwater locating and intercommunicating device,
particularly for free-swimming divers. Hermann
Geiling and Paul Weberling. 47: 755—1970
13.lit Transducers for Underwater Sound. Transducer Cal-
ibration. (See also 5.18)
Papers
Radiation resistance of a small transducer at a water
surface near plane boundaries. F. B. Stumpf and
Y. Y. Lam. 47: 332—1970
Standard hydrophone for the infrasonic and audio-
frequency range at hydrostatic pressure to 10 000
psig. T. A. Henriquez and L. E. Ivey. 47: 276—
1970
Vertical coherence of shallow-water reverberation.
R. J. Urick and G. R. Lund. 47: 342—1970
Abstracts
Flush-mounted pressure transducer as a unit of an
acoustic homing system. G. Maidanik, D. U.
Noiseux and T. G. Horwath. 47 : 123—1970
Signal processing for an acoustic homing system.
D. U. Noiseux, T. G. Horwath, and G. Maidanik.
47: 124—1970
Patents
Acceleration cancelling hydrophone. Dorothy E.
Hancks, William C. Hubbard, and Claude C. Routh.
47: 53—1970
Acoustic generator of the spark discharge type. Hu-
bert A. Wright, Jr. 47: 1206—1970
Electroacoustic lumped constant transmission line.
Frank R. Abbott. 47: 1206—1970
Electroacoustic transducer with improved shock re-
sistance. Frank Massa. 47: 53—1970
Electroacoustic transducer with improved shock re-
sistance. Frank Massa and Gilbert C. Barrow. 47:
1000—1970
Electroacoustic transducer with multiple beam char-
acteristics. Frank Massa, Jr.47 : 1507—1970
Electro-mechanical directional transducer. Geoffrey
L. Wilson. 47: 52—1970
Electromechanical transducer assemblies. George
Pearce. 47: 53—1970
Fluid-actuated, dual piston, underwater sound gen-
erator. John A. Dickie and Theron Usher, Jr. 47:
1206—1970
Folded transducer transmitting or receiving for low
frequency underwater sound. Wesley L. Angeloff.
47: 466—1970
Hydrostatic-pressure compensating hydrophone struc-
ture. Stephen Victor Chelminski and Paul Chel-
minski. 47-. 1207—1970
Mechanical imploder and method for generating under
water seismic signals. Edward G . Schempf. 47:
1205—1970
Method and apparatus for underwater towing of
seismic hydrophone arrays. Edward C. Brainard
II. 47: 466—1970
Piezoelectric vibration transducer. Alfred I. Paley.
47: 1206—1970
Repetitive pneumatic acoustic source for marine
seismic surveying. Bernard Otto. 47: 756—1970
Seal for pneumatic acoustic source. Ellis M. Brown,
George B. Loper, and Bernard Otto. 47: 1000—1970
Seismic wave source for marine prospecting. Daniel
Silverman. 47t 1207—1970
Sonar transducer cage. Donald A. Fredenburg. 47:
1000—1970
Spherical directional hydrophone with semispherical
magnets. Paul F. Hayner and Jirair A. Babikyan.
47: 467—1970
Transducer. Donald L. Folds, David H. Brown, and
Henry L. Warner. 47: 1207—1970
Transducer array and erecting means. James A.
Morrow. 47: 52—1970
Transducer for producing two coaxial beam patterns
of different frequencies. Orrill L. Akervold and
William J. Kutny, Jr. 47: 51—1970
Transducer having a backing mass spaced a quarter
wavelength therefrom. John H. Thompson. 47:
1207—1970
Transducer of acoustical energy exhibiting the char-
acteristics of a pulsating sphere. Wesley L. Angel-
off. 47: 466—1970
Underwater acoustic generator with variable resonant
frequency. Albert E. Wallen. 47: 51—1970
Variable focus electroacoustic transducer. Rufus L.
Cook and Jesse L. Bealor, Jr. 47 : 1207—197 0
13.12 Acoustic Cavitation (See also 14.2)
Papers
Movie films of cavitation in superlluid helium. A.
Mosse, M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch. 47: 1258—
1970
Pressure threshold for acoustic cavitation. L. A.
Skinner. 47: 327—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1689
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
14
14.2
Abstracts	14.5
High-speed movie films of visible cavitation in liquid
helium. А. Моззё, M. L. Chu, Jr., and R. D. Finch.
47: 108—1970
Nucleation of cavitation by alpha irradiation of liquid
helium. J. R. Shadley and R. D. Finch. 47: 109-—
1970
Role of vapor-cavity dynamics in cavitation-thresh- 14.6
old determination. Robert E. Apfel. 47: 108—1970
Studies on collapsing cavities. H. Scott Fogler. 47:
108—1970
Threshold of cavitation at elevated pressure. F. A.
Angona. 47: 108—1970
AEROACOUSTICS, MACROSONICS
Macrosonic Propagation. Distortion of the Wavefront.
Shock Waves. Blast Waves. Supersonic Boom (See
also 7.10)
Papers
Dynamic bulk moduli of several solids impacted by
weak shockwaves. N. L. Coleburn. 47 : 269—1970
Penetration of a sonic boom into water. Richard F.
Cook. 47: 1403—1970
Letters to the Editor	14.7
On the energy transported with a sound pulse. Robert
W. Young. 47:441—1970
Technical Notes and Research Briefs
NBS shock tube. 47: 970—-1970
Abstracts
Experimental observation of nonlinear pressure reso-
nance in a piston-driven column of air in a closed
pipe. D. B. Cruikshank, Jr. 47: 82—-1970
Extrapolation techniques for predicting structural
responses to aeroacoustic loads. Allan G. Piersol.
47: 103—1970
Internal-force and moment-response equations for
structures exposed to aeroacoustic excitation.
Harry Himelblau. 47: 102—1970
Large-amplitude pulse propagation: a transient
effect. M. B. Moffett, P. J. Westervelt, and R. T.
Beyer. 47: 82—1970
Measurements of source characteristics of the shock
wave from small TNT charges in the deep ocean.
L. C. Maples and W. H. Thorp. 47: 91—1970
Nonlinear transmission loss of acoustic waves of
finite amplitude. Tsin N. Lee and С. K. Liu. 47:
109—1970
Prediction of infrasonic waves from thermonuclear
explosions using Cagniard’s integral transform
method. Allan D. Pierce and Joe W. Posey. 47:
109—1970
Response of ground structures to sonic loads. Louis
C. Sutherland. 47: 103—1970
Second-harmonic generation in plane-piston beams.
Peter H. Rogers and A. O. Williams, Jr. 47: 82—
1970
Some wind-tunnel test developments relating to
fluctuating pressures of transonic shock-boundary
layer interaction. Edmund J. Luksus and Jackson
T. Huang. 47: 63—1970
Theory of sonic boom rise times. Allan D. Pierce. 47:
109—1970
News
Finite amplitude acoustics. 47: 722—1970
Interaction of Sound with Sound
Letters to the Editor
Large-amplitude pulse propagation—a transient
effect. Mark. N. Moffett, Peter J. Westervelt, and
Robert T. Beyer. 47: 1473—1970
Interaction of Fluid Motion and Sound
Papers
Experimental study of sound-wave phase fluctuations
caused by turbulent wakes. Dieter W. Schmidt and
Peter M. Tilmann. 47:1310—1970
Abstracts
Acoustic rays in two-dimensional rotating flows.
Richard F. Salant. 47: 81—1970
On the effects of viscosity on sound propagating in a
moving fluid through cylindrical ducts. G. M.
Rentzepis. 47 : 83—1970
Refraction of sound by a jet: a numerical study. L. K.
Schubert. 47: 110—1970
Standing-wave tube for low-frequency measurements
in the presence of steady flow. William S. Gatley
and Victor Simon III. 47: 117—1970
Generation of Sound by Fluid Flow
Papers
Effects of roughness on measured wall-pressure fluc-
tuations beneath a turbulent boundary layer. F.
A. Aupperle and R. F. Lambert. 47: 359—1970
Sound radiation from rigid flow spoilers correlated
with fluctuating forces. Hanno H. Heller and
Sheila E. Widnall. 47: 924—1970
Theoretical analysis of compressor noise M. V.
Lowson. 47: 371—-1970
Letters to the Editor
Observations of oscillatory radial flow between a
fixed disk and a free disk. Rober: C. Chanaud and
Michael S. Bobeczko. 47: 1471—1970
Abstracts
Effects of shear flow on sound propagation in ducts.
1. Catton, Alan S. Hersh, and David Alan Bies.
47: 122—1970
Equivalent impedance method for attenuation in
ducts. P. G. Vaidya. 47:122—1970
Fluctuating pressures induced by three-dimensional
protuberances. Jack E. Robertson. 47: 91—1970
Influence of flow and high sound levels on the attenu-
ation in a lined duct. U. Kurze. 47: 122—1970
Interpretations of cross-correlation and cross-spectra
measurements of boundary- layer turbulence and
panel response. P. H. White. 47: 115—1970
Measurement of the convection velocity in spectral
space. J. B. Brackenridge, F. E. Geib, Jr., G.
Maidanik, and G. Remmers. 47: 92—1970
Noise generated by a descending hydrophone. H. E.
Dahlke and R. J. Kidani. 47: 92—1970
Re-entry acoustical measurements on a ballistic ve-
hicle. George Kachadourian. 47: 127—-1970
Study- of the acoustic effects caused by the insertion
of strip flow spoilers into a model air jet. M. A.
Simpson, C. G. Gordon, N. Reddingius, and W. C.
Meecham. 47: 11—1970
Supersonic turbulence-induced pressure fluctuations
Herbert Saunders and Richard I. Johnson. 47: 90—
1970
1690 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Turbulent-boundary-layer pressure fluctuations over
rough walls. William K. Blake. 47: 92—1970
Wavenumber-frequency spectra of turbulent bound-
ary layer pressure measured by microphone arrays.
47: 92—1970
14.8 Aerothermoacoustics
Papers
Evaluation of Rayleigh's hypothesis in low-fre-
quency vibrating diffusion flames. В. E. L. Deckker
and P. Sampath. 47: 1453—1970
Abstracts
Characteristics and origin of sound emission from
turbulent flames. G. T. Williams. 47: 110—1970
15	ACOUSTIC SIGNAL PROCESSING
15.1	General, Unclassified
Papers
Cochlear innervation, signal processing, and their
relation to auditory time-intensity effects. P. A.
Lynn and B. McA. Sayers. 47: 5251—1970
News
Zurich seminar on digital processing of analog signals.
47: 725—1970
15.2	Statistical Theory of Signals
Papers
Nonparametric detector for a narrow-band signal.
Arthur Shapiro. 47: 694—1970
Abstracts
Detection of a potentially shifting signal parameter.
M. J. Hinich. 47: 123—1970
Doppler dispersion losses in the reduced averaging
processor for the linear swept FM pulse. S. P. Lee.
47: 123—1970
Interactions of two signals in a bandpass smooth
limiter. J. S. Lee and J. H. Hughen. 47: 88—1970
Multidelay model relating tide height to underwater
acoustic phase. Kamal Yacoub and Jose Almeida.
47: 124—1970
On the frequency analysis of mechanical shocks and
single impulses. Jens Trampe Broch and Hans P.
Olesen. 47: 87—1970
Performance of bearing estimators subject to nonideal
inputs. R. J. Richter and R. D. Schalow. 47: 124—
1970
Real-time random-signal processing. A. C. Keller.
47: 70—1970
Signal processing for the detection of acoustic tran-
sients. James F. Bartram. 47:91—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
99—1970
Signal waveform design for a correlation echo sounder.
James F. Bartram and David A. Pitassi. 47 : 123—
1970
Target detection using echo-to-echo cross covariance.
Michael A. Cosgrove. 47: 123—1970
Testing for isotropy. L. L. Scharf and С. E. Schmid.
47: 123—1970
15.3	Space-Time Processing Methods. Automatic Rec-
ognition. Acoustic Holography
Papers
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. I. Theory. C. S. Clay and H. Medwin.
47: 1412—1970
Dependence of spatial and temporal correlation of
forward-scattered underwater sound on the surface
statistics. 11. Experiment. H. Medwin and C. S.
Clay. 47: 1419—1970
Digital analysis of acoustic reflectivity in the Tyr-
rhenian abyssal plain. Ole F. Hastrup. 47: 181—
1970
Directivity of sonar receiving arrays. William C.
Queen. 47: 711—1970
Polarity coincidence arrays. C. S. Clay. 47: 432—1970
Representation and analysis of time-limited signals
using a complex exponential algorithm. Frank R.
Spitznogle and Azizul H. Quazi. 47: 1150—1970
Signal processing to reduce multipath distortion in
small rooms. J. L. Flanagan and R. C. Lummis. 47:
1475—1970
Use of a two-dimensional array to receive an un-
known signal in a dispersive wavegud e.C .S .Cl ay
and M. J. Hinich. 47: 435—1970
Zero-crossing shift as a detection method. N. Bom
and B. W. Conolly. 47: 1408—1970
Abstracts
Analysis of the liquid surface motion in liquid surface
acoustical holography. T. J. Bander aid В. P.
Hildebrand. 47: 81—1970
Application of holographic interferometry to vibrations
of the bodies of string instruments. W. Reinikce and
L. Cremer. 47: 131—1970
Detection of a potentially shifting signal parameter.
M. J. Hinich. 47: 123—1970
New hybrid real-time spectrum analysis system. Joerg
H. Winkler and H. Blaesser. 47: 69—1970
On-line processing—a modular approach. Myron
Kaufman and Fraud Kasper. 47: 70—1970
Operational signal-to-nolse level for grav’tit tondl у
propelled acoustic homing. T. G. Horwath G.,
Maidanik, and D. U. Noiseux. 47: 124—-1970
Parameter variations in linear memories. R. A.
Roberts. 47: 125—1970
Real-time analysis. Bent Frederiksen and Jan Soe-
berg. 47: 69—1970
Real-time hybridsoundand vibration analyzer. James
A. Lapointe, Warren R. Kundert, and Goidon R.
Partridge. 47: 69—1970
Real-time random-signal processing. A. C. Keller. 47:
70—1970
Real-time shock-spectrum analyzer employing time
compression and synthesizing undamped response
characteristics. Henry J. Bickel. 47: 87—1970
Real-time signal processing: introductory remarks.
J. S. Bendat. 47: 69—1970
Real-time spectral analysis of aircraft flyover noise.
W. J. Galloway, R. D. Horonjeff, and R. N. Burns.
47: 87—1970
Real-time spectrum analysis in the field using a gen-
eral purpose computer. E. M. Fitzgerald, A. A.
Petrini, and J. K. Zimmerman. 47:70—1970
Signal processing for an acoustic homing system. D. U.
Noiseux, T. G. Horwath, and G. Maidanik. 47: 124
—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1691
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Signal waveform design for a correlation echo sounder.
James F. Bartram and David A. Pitassi. 47: 123—
1970
Some experience with the computerized noise monitor-
ing system at Stuttgart airport. P. M. Straessner
apd H. Blaesser. 47: 87—1970
Target detection using echo-to-echo cross covariance.
Michael A. Cosgrove. 47: 123—1970
Testing for isotropy. L. L. Scharf and С. E. Schmid.
47: 123—1970
Time-smear and frequency-smear studies on the
BIFI range. Bernard Sussman and William G.
Kanabis. 47: 101-—1970
Ubiquitous analyzers—theory, operation, and per-
formance. H. J. Bickel, A. Citrin, and R. Vogel.
47: 69—1970
Patents
Apparatus for electrical waveform analysis. Eldred
M. Myers and Philip G. Schuls. 47: 1001—1970
Correlating seismic signals. George B. Loper. 47: 467
—1970
Holographic method and apparatus for acoustical field
recording. Karl A. Stetson. 47:467—1970
Impulse noise cancellation. William L. Black. 47:
1001—1970
Optical correlator modulating light twice in ultra-
sonic light modulator. Kendall Preston, Jr. 47: 467
—1970
Signal-to-noise ratio enchancement methods and
means. Charles R. Trimble. 47: 1000—1970
Ultrasonic modulator having a cylindrical transducer.
Herbert G. Aas and George E. Danielson, Jr. 47:
467—1970
15.4	Displays and Sensory Pattern Recognition. Learning
Machines
Papers
Cooperation of listener and computer in a recognition
task: effects of listener reliability. D. \V. J. Cor-
coran, J. L. Dennett, and A. Carpenter. 47: 480—
1970
Abstracts
Computer display of array characteristics. G. W.
Byram and G. V. Olds. 47: 55—1970
Doppler dispersion losses in the reduced averaging
processor for the linear swept FM pulse. S. P. Lee.
47: 123—1970
Nonparametric detector for a narrow-band signal.
Arthur Shapiro. 47: 694—1970
Results of television data transmitted acoustically
via a water medium. D. L. Guthals. 47: 124—1970
Patents
Optic-to-acoustic converter for pattern recognition.
Euval S. Barrekette, Charles V. Freiman, Denos C.
Gazis, and John E. Lovell. 47: 1208—1970
15.5	Instrumentation. (See also 5.24)
Abstracts
Interactions of two signals in a bandpass smooth
limiter. J. S. Lee and J. H. Hughen. 47: 88—1970
Preprocessing of analog-filter outputs for computer-
aided data acquisition. G. C. Maling, Jr. 47: 87—
1970
Techniques for identifying sources of noise. K. N.
Fieldhouse. 47: 88—1970
Patents
Acousto-electric filter utilizing surface wave propa-
gation in which the center frequency is determined
by a conductivity pattern resulting from an optical
image. Robert Adler and Adrian J. De Vries. 47:
1208—1970
Detection of almost periodic occurences. Tibor
Tallian, Joseph A. Kamenshine, and O. G. Gustaf-
sson.47:1208—1970
Solid state acoustic signal translating device with light
activated electrode interconnections. Ruth F. Sei-
watz. 47: 1208—1970
Spectrum analyser. Bruce P. Bogert and Peter Hirsh.
47: 1208—1970
16	BIOACOUSTICS
16.2	Acoustic Characteristics of Biological Media. Molec-
ular Species. Cellular Level. Tissues
Abstracts
Ultrasonic absorption in aqueous solutions of globular
proteins. William D. O’Brien, Jr., and Floyd Dunn.
47:98—1970
16.3	Acoustic Measurement Methods in Biological Sys-
tems and Media
Patents
Piezoelectric pressure transducer. Roy L. Burkhalter
and Charles W. Kayser. 47:468—1970
16.4	Mechanisms of Action of Acoustic Energy on Bio-
logical Systems. Physical Processes. Sites of Action
Papers
Effects of intense noise during fetal life upon post-
natal adaptability (statistical study of the reactions
of babies to aircraft noise). Y. Ando and H. Hattori.
47: 1128—1970
Physical and chemical aspects of ultrasonic disrup-
tion of cells. P. R. Clarke and C. R. Hill. 47: 649—
1970
The role of heat in the production of ultrasonic focal
lesions.John B.Pond.47:1607—1970
16.5	Use of Acoustic Energy (with or without other forms)
in Studies of Structure and Function of Biological
Systems
Papers
Measurement system for fetal aduiometry. R. J.
Bench, J. H. Anderson, and Margaret Hoare. 47:
1602—1970
Abstracts
Characterization of breast tissue by ultrasonic visual-
ization methods. Elizabeth Kelly Fry, L. V. Gib-
bons, and G. Kossoff. 47: 77—1970
Patents
Eye measuring instrument. E. J. Giglio. 47: 53—1970
16.6	Sound Generation and Detection by Animals (See
also 4.15 and 4.16)
1692 Volume 47	1970
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Papers
Auditory function, communication, and the brain-
evoked response in anuran amphibians. Jasper J.
Loftus-Hills and Brian M. Johnstone. 47: 1131—
1970
Cochlear innervation, signal processing, and their
relation to auditory time-intensity effects. P. A.
Lynn and B. McA. Sayers. 47: 525—1970
Intensity changes at the ear as a function of the azi-
muth of a tone source: a comparative study. J. M.
Harrison and P. Downey. 47: 1509—1970
Measurement of the cochlear potentials of the guinea
pig at constant sound-pressure level at the eardrum.
I. Cochlear-microphonic amplitude and phase.
C. A. Laszlo, R. P. Gannon, and J. H. Milson. 47:
1063—1970
Mechanics of the guinea pig cochlea. В. M. Johnstone,
K. J. Taylor, and A. J. Boyle. 47: 504—1970
on and off responses as measured in the cochlea of
the guinea pig. Roman Kupperman. 47: 518—1970
Peripheral inhibition in auditory fibers in the frog.
Harold J. Liff and Moise H. Goldstein, Jr. 47:
1538—1970
Response of neurons in the cochlear nuceli to varia-
tions in noise bandwidth and to tone-noise com-
binations. Donald D. Greenwood and Jay M.
Goldberg. 47: 1022—1970
Role of weak signals in acoustic startle. Howard S.
Hoffman and Barry L. Wible. 47: 489—1970
Abstracts
Audibility curve of the common canary. R. J. Dooling,
J. A. Mulligan, and J. D. Miller. 47:67—1970
Binaural interaction in the dorsal cochlear nucleus.
Truman E. Mast. 47: 77—1970
Function of the porpoise ear as shown by its electrical
potentials. James H. McCormick, E. G. Wever,
Sam H. Ridgeway, and Jerry Plain. 47: 67—1970
Hearing in the monkey (macaco): absolute and differ-
ential sensitivity. William C. Stebbins, Richard D.
Pearson, and David B. Moody. 47: 67—1970
Interaction between efferent bundle electrical stimu-
lation and sound in guinea pig. P. Nieder and I.
Nieder. 47: 68—1970
Intracellular recording from neurons in primary audi-
tory cortex of unanesthetized cats. F. de Ribau-
pierre and M. H. Goldstein, Jr. 47: 68—1970
Phase dependence of two-tone inhibition in frog
auditory nerve fibers. Harold Liff. 47: 68—1970
Pure-tone behavioral thresholds of the lemur. Curtin
Mitchell, Jack Vernon, and Paul Herman. 47:
67—1970
Response of one type of neuron in the inferior collic-
ulus of the kangaroo rat (dipodomys spectabilis)
to low-frequency binaural tones. Robert D. Stillman.
47: 76—1970
Sensitivity of single neurons in the dorsal nucleus of
the lateral lemniscus of the cat to binaural tonal
stimulation. J. F. Brugge, D. J. Anderson, and L. M.
Aitkin. 47: 77—1970
Sensitivity of the green sea turtle’s ear as shown by its
electrical potentials. Sam H. Ridgway, E. G. Wever,
James G. McCormick, Jerry Palin, and John Ander-
son. 47: 67—1970
Target simulation and the sonar of bats. James A.
Simmons. 47: 76—1970
16.7	Role of Acoustic Energy in the Integrated Behavior of
Animals
Papers
Auditory function, communication, and the brain-
evoked response in anuran amphibians. Jasper J.
Loftus-Hills and Brian M. Johnstone. 47: 1131—
1970
Effects of intense noise during fetal life upon post-
natal adaptability (statistical study of the reactions
of babies to aircraft noise). Y. Ando and J. Hattoir.
47: 1128—1970
Measurement system for fetal audiometry. R. J.
Bench, J. H. Anderson, and Margaret Hoare. 47:
1602—1970
Role of weak signals in acoustic startle. Howard S.
Hoffman and Barry L. Wible. 47: 489—1970
16.8	Medical Diagnosis with Acoustics (See also 5.23)
Patents
Medical diagnostic system. John J. Flaherty and Peter
J. Rosauer. 47: 53—1970
Medical ultrasonic scanning system. John J. Flaherty
and Donald T. O'Connor. 47: 1001—1970
Ultrasound diagnostic apparatus. Walter E. Krause,
Richard E. Soldner, and Otto H. Kresse. 47 : 1507—
1970
News
Report of the Congress on Ultrasonic Diagnostics in
Medicine. G. Kossoff and F. Dunn. 47: 726—1970
17	STATISTICAL METHODS IN ACOUSTICS
17.1	General, Unclassified
Abstracts
What good is statistical energy analysis anyway?
Richard H. Lyon. 47: 103—1970
17.2	Stationary Response of Rooms and Structures to
Noise Sources
Papers
Distribution of maxima in t he response о fan osciIhtor
to random excitation. Stejh en H. C raid all. 47:
838—1970
Abstracts
Computer solution of the response of complex struc-
tures to random excitation. Bruce A. Rommel and
George F. Racker. 47: 102—1970
17.3	Spatial Statistics of Room Response and of Structural
Vibration
Papers
Distribution of maxima in the response of an oscillator
to random excitation. Stephen H. Crandall. 47:
838—1970
Influence of diffusivity on the transmission bss of a
single-leaf wall. A. de Bruijn. 47: 667—1970
Sa mpling statistics for an acoustic mode. Richard
Waterhouse. 47: 961—1970
Sound transmission through double panels using statis-
tical energy analysis. A. J. Price and M. J. Crocker.
47: 683—1970
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 1693
ANALYTIC SUBJECT INDEX
Letters to the Editor
Comparison of mechanical coupling factor by two
methods. Ghassan R. Kabbaz. 47: 392—1970
First passage time problem. Jann-Nan Yang and
Masanobu Shinozuka. 47:393—1970
Abstracts
Computer programs for sonically induced vibration
of structures. Tsin N. Lee and С. K. Liu. 47: 125—
1970
Determination of the pressure cross correlation on a
cylindrical body due to rocket exhaust noise. Jess
H. Jones, Luke Schutzenhofer, Stanley H. Guest,
and Gilbert A. Wilhold. 47:90—1970
Displacement first passage of the transient response
of linear vibration system with stationary random
excitation. Raymond G. Jacquot. 47: 126—1970
Effect of absorbing surfaces on the statistics of diffuse
sound fields. T. F. W. Embleton. 47: 116—1970
Experimental evaluaation of microphone traverses
in a reverberant room. C. Ebbing and D. J. Ingalls.
47: 116—1970
Interpretations of cross-correlation and cross-spectra
measurements of boundary layer turbulence and
and panel response. P. H. White. 47: 115—1970
Multiple noise sources in an enclosure. Ballard W.
George. 47:117—1970
Predicting spacecraft acoustically induced random
vibration flight and test environments. F. F. Kaz-
mierczak and A. L. Ikola. 47: 125—1970
Separation of dispersive and nondispersive energy
through correlation techniques. Earl DuBack and
Robert Weiss. 47:115—1970
Separation of multipath energy in dispersive media.
Robert Weiss. 47: 115—1970
Sound field in reverberation chamber at discrete fre-
quencies. J. Tichy. 47:117—1970
Spatial averaging in a diffuse sound field. David Lub-
man.47:116—1970
Random Testing
Papers
Errorsobtaind in spectral-density analysis with sweep-
ing filter and remaining ripple when using equalizer-
analyzer system for random-vibration tests. Anders
Reveman. 47: 257—1970
Abstracts
Experimental evaluation of microphone traverses in a
reverberant room. C. Ebbing and D. J. Ingalls. 47:
116—1970
1694 Volume 47	1970
THE JOURNAL OF THE ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor-in-Chief	R. Brttce Lindsay, Brown University, Providence, R. I. 02912
Associate Editors
2.	Architectural Acous’icb D. Northwood, Division of Building Research, National Research Council, Ottawa 2, Ont.,
Canada
4.	Physiological Acoustics, 4.1, 4.2—Russell R. Pfeiffer, Dept, of Electrical Engineering, Washington University, St.
Louis, Mo. 63130
Psychological Acoustics, 4.3, 4.7, 4.8, 4.11, 4.15—D. M. Green, Psychology Dept., University of California, San Diego,
P. O. Box 109, La Jolla, Calif. 92037
Psychological Acoustics, 4.4, 4.4.5, 4.5, 4.6, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16—A. M. Small, Jr., Dept, of Speech
Pathology and Audiology, The Uni-
versity of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240
S.	Applied Acoustics, Instruments & Apparatus—H. F. Olson, RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J. 08540
33 Patents. 6. Music and Musical Instruments. 8. Standards.—R. W. Young, Naval Undersea Resean hand Develop-
ment Center, San Diego, Calif. 92132
7.	Noise С- M. Harris, S. W. Mudd Building, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. 10027
9.	Speech Communication—P. B. Denes, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Mountain Ave., Murray Hill, N. J. 07974
10.	Ultrasonics—Dr. F. H. Fisher, Dept, of Physics, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, R. I. 02881
II.	Radiation and Scattering—J. E. Burke, ESL, Inc., 495 Java Dr., Sunnyvale, Calif. 94086
12.	Mechanical Vibrations and Shock—J. C. Snowdon, Ordnance Research Laboratory, The Pennsylvania State University,
State College, Pa. 168U1
Vib'ations of Plates and Shells—A. Kalni -s, Dept, of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics, Lehigh University,
Bethlehem, Pa. 18015.
Random Vibration—R. H. Lyon, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., 50 Moulton St., Cambridge, Mass. 02138
13.	Underwater Sound—V. M. Albers, Ordnance Research Laboratory, The Pennsylvania State University, State College,
Pa. 16801
14.	Aeroacoustics. Macrosonics—R. H. Lyon, Bolt Ber; nek and Newman Inc., 50 Moulton St., Cambridge, Mass. 02138
15.	Acoustic Signal Processing—W. A. Von Winkle, . ! 4 Great Neck Rd., Wa terford, Conn. 06385
16.	Bioacoustics—F. Dunn, Biophysical Laboratory, University of Illinois, Urbana, III. 61803
17.	Statistical Methods in Acoustics
Statistical Methods in Rooms—T. D. Northwood, Division of Building Research, National Research Council, Ottawa
2, Ont., Canada
Statistical Methods in Structures—R. H. Lyon, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., 50 Moulton Street, Cambridge,
Mass. 02138
3.2 References—F. E. White, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Mass. 02’67
—M. Sonn, Submarine Signal Division, Raytheon Co., P. O. Box 360, Portsmouth, R. I. 02871
Acoustical News: USA—M. E. Hawley, 6808 Florida St., Chevy Chase, Maryland 20015
Acoustical News from Abroad—M. Strasb: .ag, 3531 Yuma St. N. W., Washington, D. C. 20008
Technical Notes and Research Briefs—R. H. Nichols, Jr., Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Whippany, N. J. 07981
Analytic Subject Index. Book Reviews—R. B. Lindsay, Brown University, Providence, R. I. 02912
EDITORIAL ASSISTANTS AT A1P
Supervisor, Journal Publications: P. Johnso1 ; Chief Copy Lditor: K. Pendergast; Copy Editors: S. Sheifek and J. E. Swan.
SUBMISSION OF PAPERS
To be acceptable for publication in The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, manuscripts must adhere to ce tain physical
requisites. Authors intent on publishing in the Journal should, before preparing the final manuscript, stu< ly carefully the section
INFORMATION OR CONTRIBUTORS TO Г* JOURNAL OF THE ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, which is
printed in the introductory pages of each Number 1 issue of the Journal (January and July).
Manuscripts of papers and letters to the Editoi must be submitted to the Associate Editor having cognizance of the subject-
matter field of the paper as listed abo"e and as defined in ‘he CLASSIFICATION OF SUBJECTS printed the first and last
issues of each volume. Please do not send them to the Editor-in-Chief or to the American Institute of Physics.
Submission of a manuscript is a representation that it has not been copyrighted, published, or accepted for publication elsewhere.
Authors' institutions are requested to pay a publication charge of $60 per printed page, which, if honored, entitles them to 100
free reprints.
Proof and all correspondence concerning material already in the process of publication should be addressed to Supervisor,
Editorial Dept., American Institute of Physics, 335 E. 45 St., New York, N. Y. 10017. Reference must be made to author,
publication, title, and scheduled date of issue.
SUBSCRIPTION PRICE
U. S. A. and Possessions, Canada, and Mexico: $35. Elsewhere: $38.
BACK NUMBERS
Yearly rate (when complete year is available): $20 prior to January 1947; $30 through 1956; $50 thereafter.
Single copies: $6 each prior to January 1947; $5 each thereafter.
Special Supplements: September 1962, May 1966, April 1967, $3 each.
Cumulative Indexes: Vols. 1-10, 1929-39, Pp. 131: $5.00. Vols. 11-20, 1939-48, Pp. 406: $5. Vols. 21-30, 1949-58, Pp. 965: $10
(members), $20 (nonmembers). Vols. 31-35, 1959-63, Pp. 1140: $10 (members), $20 (nonmembers). Vols. 36-44, 1964-1968
(JASA and Patents only), Pp. 485: S8 (members), $10 (nonmembers).
SUBSCRIPTIONS, RENEWALS, AND ORDERS FOR BACK NUMBERS
—should be addressed to the American Institute of Physics, 335 East 45 St., New York, N. Y. 10017
CHANGE OF ADDRESS
Allow at least six weeks’ advance notice. Send both old and new addresses to the Circulation Department, American Institute
of Physics. If possible, please include an address stencil from the mailing envelope of a recent issue.
10 21 70